CHST 063 Textbook
CHST 063 Textbook
CHILDHOOD
OERI
OERI
Child Family Community: The Socialization
of Diverse Children
Remixed by MIchelle DeJohnette, Michelle Harper, Nicole Porter, Liz Romero, Tyrone Ledford, and Cindy Stephens
This text is disseminated via the Open Education Resource (OER) LibreTexts Project (https://LibreTexts.org) and like the hundreds
of other texts available within this powerful platform, it is freely available for reading, printing and "consuming." Most, but not all,
pages in the library have licenses that may allow individuals to make changes, save, and print this book. Carefully
consult the applicable license(s) before pursuing such effects.
Instructors can adopt existing LibreTexts texts or Remix them to quickly build course-specific resources to meet the needs of their
students. Unlike traditional textbooks, LibreTexts’ web based origins allow powerful integration of advanced features and new
technologies to support learning.
The LibreTexts mission is to unite students, faculty and scholars in a cooperative effort to develop an easy-to-use online platform
for the construction, customization, and dissemination of OER content to reduce the burdens of unreasonable textbook costs to our
students and society. The LibreTexts project is a multi-institutional collaborative venture to develop the next generation of open-
access texts to improve postsecondary education at all levels of higher learning by developing an Open Access Resource
environment. The project currently consists of 14 independently operating and interconnected libraries that are constantly being
optimized by students, faculty, and outside experts to supplant conventional paper-based books. These free textbook alternatives are
organized within a central environment that is both vertically (from advance to basic level) and horizontally (across different fields)
integrated.
The LibreTexts libraries are Powered by MindTouch® and are supported by the Department of Education Open Textbook Pilot
Project, the UC Davis Office of the Provost, the UC Davis Library, the California State University Affordable Learning Solutions
Program, and Merlot. This material is based upon work supported by the National Science Foundation under Grant No. 1246120,
1525057, and 1413739. Unless otherwise noted, LibreTexts content is licensed by CC BY-NC-SA 3.0.
Any opinions, findings, and conclusions or recommendations expressed in this material are those of the author(s) and do not
necessarily reflect the views of the National Science Foundation nor the US Department of Education.
Have questions or comments? For information about adoptions or adaptions contact [email protected]. More information on our
activities can be found via Facebook (https://facebook.com/Libretexts), Twitter (https://twitter.com/libretexts), or our blog
(http://Blog.Libretexts.org).
3: What is a Family
3.1: Diversity of Families
3.2: Development of Parents
3.3: In uences on Child Rearing Practices
3.4: Styles of Parenting
3.5: Child Rearing Practices and Guidance
3.6: Child Abuse and Neglect
3.7: Mandated Reporting
4: Community
4.1: What is Community?
4.2: Neighborhoods
4.3: Community Organizations and Services
4.4: Type of Communities
4.5: Racism
1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/152162
5: School
5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education
5.2: Education around the World
5.3: School Systems
5.4: What is the future of education?
5.5: The History of Instructional Technology in Education
5.6: Emerging Trends in The Use of Emerging Technologies in E-learning
5.7: The Role of Teachers/Educators
5.8: Interrelationships of Families, School and Communities
5.9: Current Research
Index
Glossary
Detailed Licensing
2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/152162
Licensing
A detailed breakdown of this resource's licensing can be found in Back Matter/Detailed Licensing.
1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/166708
Text/Chapter Organization
Welcome and Introduction
Welcome Child, Family and Community students and instructors. We hope this text is a guide and resource in building awareness,
knowledge and skills as a current or future educators. We also want to thank the previous authors for their contribution and
allowing us a starting point to enhance the original text. The chapters are organized with learning objectives, embedded terms and
definitions, critical reflection and practical application of the content and topics. While we possibly couldn’t cover every topic, we
invite you to share your experiences and knowledge with your peers to enhance the content shared in this text. You will notice a
common theory utilized throughout this text. Uri Bronfenbrenner’s (1917-2005) Ecological Systems Theory explains how a child is
influenced by their interactions and surroundings. We hope you are able to examine the interrelationships between childrens
experiences and the roles families and communities play a part in their overall growth and development. We recommend you start
with Chapter One as it is the foundational chapter and then proceed to the following chapters.
1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133847
California Polytechnic University, Pomona
Her research and teaching center the need to prepare critically conscious early childhood educators
using anti-racist and anti-bias frameworks. Her research interests are critical theory, culturally
responsible pedagogy, anti-bias and anti-racist education, and issues of equity in early childhood
education, with a focus on preschool.
Nicole D. Porter, Ed.D.
Skyline College
Passion and commitment to serving children and families has been the
driving force in her educational and professional journey. Dr. Porter has
over 20-years’ experience in developing and facilitating programs for
young children, college students and families. Her dedication to her
work has been supported and encouraged by her husband of over 25 years as well as her emerging adult children. Dr. Porter is a
servant leader and strives to see her colleagues and students become “Producers of Education.” Her recent study of early childhood
teacher educators on race, ethnicity and culture has led her to further working in developing, “Critically Reflective Cultural
Educators.”
Cindy Stephens
College of the Canyons
Cindy has spent over half of her life dedicated to her passion creating an educational system that
honors and supports children in their lifelong journey of learning. Her role as faculty in the Early
Childhood Education department on her campus provides her with a balanced joy in working with
adult and children learners. She has a deep passion in creating equitable spaces for all learners that
was fueled at a very young age. She is grateful for all of the opportunities her work has afforded her
over the past 44 years.
2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133847
Acknowledgements and Feedback Request
An Open Educational Resources Publication by College of the Canyons
Authored and compiled by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz
Peer Reviewed by Jennifer Paris
Editor: Alexa Johnson
Cover & Graphics: Ian Joslin
Version 1.0
2019
Acknowledgements
College of the Canyons would like to extend appreciation to the following people and organizations for allowing this textbook to be
created:
California Community Colleges Chancellor’s Office
Chancellor Dianne G. Van Hook
Santa Clarita Community College District
College of the Canyons Distance Learning Office
1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116250
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
1: Introduction to Socialization and Theories
Learning Objectives
Identify developmental theories and their influences on how children develop.
Define socialization
Understand socialization theories and their influences on child development
Identify agents of socialization
Understand methods of socialization
Discuss Bronfenbrenner's Ecological Systems Theory
Theories
The evolving idea of how we become members of a society, develop behaviors, values and beliefs, and follow and create norms
and expectations happens through a process called socialization. There is a growing and profound body of research that describes
socialization, and the process in which humans are socialized through agents, which we call agents of socialization. Environments
such as home, school, and community, are major contributors to the autonomy of who we are as individuals, and a collective group.
The methods in how we experience socialization can determine how we experience the different environments we navigate
through. This describes how two individuals who navigate through the same environment can have different outcomes.
In addition to socialization, theories on socialization explains the impacts socialization can have on our cognitive and moral
development, social-emotional development, physical development, and language development. There are very strong links
between socialization and behavioral outcomes. Once we understand socialization, and theories such as Bronfenbrenner's
Ecological Systems Theory, we will come to understand how individuals become who they are, and how to help children navigate
through their environments.
1.1: Developmental Theory
1.2: Socialization Factors
1.3: Methods of Socialization
1.4: Bronfenbrenner
1.5: Vygotsky
1.6: Barbara Rogoff
1.7: Bandura
1.8: Cultural Frameworks
1.9: Erikson
1.10: Clarks-Cross Cultural Issues
1.11: Piaget
1.12: Behaviorism
1.13: Family Systems Theories
1: Introduction to Socialization and Theories is shared under a CC BY-NC license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1
1.1: Developmental Theory
Socialization
Socialization is apart of child development, children learn about about their social world within the context of their culture. The
intent is for new generations of a society to learn societies way of life, in order to continue to exist. Whatever is distinctive about a
cultural a society must be transmitted- this process is socialization. For U.S. culture to continue, for example, children in the United
States must learn cultural values related to living in a "democracy". How this is socialized in children are taught to say the 'Pledge
of Alliance" every day in school. Additionally to shape this value children learn about the norms of voting, and how to use material
objects such as voting machines. This value impacts their schooling, their community participation and how their parent interact
with them.
This text focuses on the myriad of ways society shape children and their behaviors, attitudes and values. Attempting to
understanding children begins with a knowledge about development. In this text we will look at the theories, social institutions,
cultural norms, interactions with others to understand human behavior.
Developmental Overview
This section will review introduce human development for some and review human development foundations for others. Human
development is divided into 3 main areas: Physical, Cognitive, and Affective. Together, these areas address the development of the
whole child.
Physical-motor development – this includes our gross motor, fine motor, and perceptual-motor development.
Cognitive or intellectual development – this includes our thoughts and how our brain processes information, as well as how we
utilize language so that we can communicate with one another.
Affective development – this includes our emotions, social interactions, personality, creativity, spirituality, and the relationships
we have with ourselves and others.
All three areas of development are of critical importance in how we support the whole child. For example, if we are more
concerned about a child’s cognitive functioning we may neglect to give attention to their affective development. We know that
when a child feels good about themselves and their capabilities, they are often able to take the required risks to learn about
something new. Likewise, if a child is able to use their body to learn, that experience helps to elevate it to their brain. Below is a
image of a child who is learning to walk. All areas of development is being impacted during this task. Additionally, as a society we
value Independence and caregivers works to facilitate the acquisition of this skills.
Figure 1.1.1 : Walking addresses cognitive, physical, and social emotional development. (CC BY-NC-SA 2.0; sean dreilinger via
WordPress)
1.1.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129776
Quoteable
Developmental Theories
Theories help us to understand behaviors and recognize developmental milestones so that we can organize our thoughts and
consider how to best support a child’s individual needs. With this information, we can then plan and implement learning
experiences that are appropriate for the development of that child (called, “developmentally appropriate practice or DAP", which is
discussed more later on in this chapter), set up engaging environments, and most importantly, we can develop realistic expectations
based on the child’s age and stage of development.
A theory is defined as “a supposition, or a system of ideas intended to explain something, especially one based on general
principles independent of the thing to be explained, a set of principles on which the practice of an activity is based.”
The theories we chose to include in this text form the underlying “principles” that guide us in the decisions we make about the
children in our care, as well as provide us with insight on how to best support children as they learn, grow, and develop. The
theories that have been selected were proposed by scientists and theorists who studied human development extensively. Each, with
their own unique hypothesis, set out to examine and explain development by collecting data through observations/experiments. The
theorists we selected, strived to answer pertinent questions about how we develop and become who we are. Some sought to explain
why we do what we do, while others studied when we should achieve certain skills. Here are a few of the questions developmental
theorists have considered:
Is development due to maturation or due to experience? This is often described as the nature versus nurture debate. Theorists
who side with nature propose that development stems from innate genetics or heredity. It is believed that as soon as we are
conceived, we are wired with certain dispositions and characteristics that dictate our growth and development. Theorists who
side with nurture claim that it is the physical and temporal experiences or environment that shape and influence our
development. It is thought that our environment - our socio-economic status, the neighborhood we grow up in, and the schools
we attend, along with our parents’ values and religious upbringing - that impact our growth and development. Many experts feel
it is no longer an “either nature OR nurture” debate but rather a matter of degree; which influences development more?
Does one develop gradually or does one undergo specific changes during distinct time frames? This is considered the
continuous or discontinuous debate. On one hand, some theorists propose that growth and development are continuous; it is a
slow and gradual transition that occurs over time, much like an acorn growing into a giant oak tree. While on the other hand,
there are theorists that consider growth and development to be discontinuous; which suggests that we become different
organisms altogether as we transition from one stage of development to another, similar to a caterpillar turning into a butterfly.
Is behavior shaped by individual internal processes or by the role of society in shaping behavior?
Critical Reflection
Socialization is the means by which human infants begin to acquire the skills necessary to perform as functioning members of
their society.
-What skills did your acquire to become a successful adult? Who and what was instrumental in shaping you to fit into society?
As suggested earlier, not only do theories help to explain key components of human development, theories also provide
practitioners with valuable insight that can be utilized to support a child’s learning, growth, and development. At this time, we
would like to mention that although theories are based on notable scientific discoveries, it is necessary to emphasize the following:
No one theory exclusively explains everything about a child’s development.
Theories are designed to help us make educated guesses about children’s development
Each theory focuses on a different aspect of human development
Theories often build on previous theoretical concepts and may seek to expand ideals or explore new facets.
Theories may not be generally applied to all diverse experiences
Developmental theories give us a framework for understanding the importance of socialization. The most common developmental
theories are outlined here. Later, their application to socialization will be explained in specific chapters.
1.1.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129776
We will see that different theories cover different aspects of growth. Several developmental psychologists have laid the foundation
to provide a framework to examine, explain and interpret human behavior. Some theories focus on socialization of children within
their culture and community. For example, Rogoff suggested cultural communities expect and shape children differently. It is
important to understand the role culture plays in socialization given the changing demographics and issues impacting children (later
discussed in chapter 8). Theories which focus on the diverse cultural context of socialization include:
Bronfenbrenner
Vygotsky
Rogoff
Cultural Framework Theories
In addition, other theories will be highlighted. Such as:
Piaget
Erikson
Bandura
Behaviorism
Currently, the last theories identified are considered foundational to the field of child development. Yet, it is critical to note these
theories have been generally researched on middle class western cultural norms and generalized to all children. Their validity is
greatly debated. It is important to keep this research limitation in mind when applying to all children.
Attribution
Mitchell, K., Burrows, M., Staley, K. (2020, August 1). Preparing for University Reading. Pressbooks.
1.1: Developmental Theory is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1: Theories That Help Us Understand Families by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
1.1.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129776
1.2: Socialization Factors
Introduction
The influences of family, society, culture, community are all factors to take into play when understanding socialization. How are
childhoods influenced by nature and nurture? In this section, we will consider how family society and culture influence the lives of
children. You will explore how the natural sciences (biology) and social sciences (anthropology, psychology, social work, and
sociology) study these influences on children.
Defining Socialization
In the summer of 2005, police detective Mark Holste followed an investigator from the Department of Children and Families to a
home in Plant City, Florida. They were there to look into a statement from the neighbor concerning a shabby house on Old Sydney
Road. A small girl was reported peering from one of its broken windows. This seemed odd because no one in the neighborhood had
seen a young child in or around the home, which had been inhabited for the past three years by a woman, her boyfriend, and two
adult sons. Who was the mystery girl in the window? Entering the house, Detective Holste and his team were shocked. It was the
worst mess they’d ever seen, infested with cockroaches, smeared with feces and urine from both people and pets, and filled with
dilapidated furniture and ragged window coverings. Detective Holste headed down a hallway and entered a small room. That’s
where he found the little girl, with big, vacant eyes, staring into the darkness. A newspaper report later described the detective’s
first encounter with the child: “She lay on a torn, moldy mattress on the floor. She was curled on her side . . . her ribs and
collarbone jutted out . . . her black hair was matted, crawling with lice. Insect bites, rashes and sores pocked her skin . . . She was
naked—except for a swollen diaper. … Her name, her mother said, was Danielle. She was almost seven years old” (DeGregory,
2008). Detective Holste immediately carried Danielle out of the home. She was taken to a hospital for medical treatment and
evaluation.
Through extensive testing, doctors determined that, although she was severely malnourished, Danielle was able to see, hear, and
vocalize normally. Still, she wouldn’t look anyone in the eyes, didn’t know how to chew or swallow solid food, didn’t cry, didn’t
respond to stimuli that would typically cause pain, and didn’t know how to communicate either with words or simple gestures such
as nodding “yes” or “no.” Likewise, although tests showed she had no chronic diseases or genetic abnormalities, the only way she
could stand was with someone holding onto her hands, and she “walked sideways on her toes, like a crab” (DeGregory, 2008).
What had happened to Danielle? Put simply: beyond the basic requirements for survival, she had been neglected. Based on their
investigation, social workers concluded that she had been left almost entirely alone in rooms like the one where she was found.
Without regular interaction—the holding, hugging, talking, the explanations, and demonstrations given to most young children—
she had not learned to walk or to speak, to eat or to interact, to play or even to understand the world around her. From a
sociological point of view, Danielle had not been socialized.
Socialization is the process through which people are taught to be proficient members of a society. It describes the ways that people
come to understand societal norms and expectations, to accept society’s beliefs, and to be aware of societal values. Socialization is
not the same as socializing (interacting with others, like family, friends, and coworkers); to be precise, it is a sociological process
that occurs through socializing. As Danielle’s story illustrates, even the most basic of human activities are learned. You may be
surprised to know that even physical tasks like sitting, standing, and walking had not automatically developed for Danielle as she
grew. And without socialization, Danielle hadn’t learned about the material culture of her society (the tangible objects a culture
uses): for example, she couldn’t hold a spoon, bounce a ball, or use a chair for sitting. She also hadn’t learned its nonmaterial
culture, such as its beliefs, values, and norms. She had no understanding of the concept of “family,” didn’t know cultural
expectations for using a bathroom for elimination, and had no sense of modesty."
Socialization is the manner used to internalize the norms and ideas of a society, and helps maintain social and cultural continuity. It
is the way children learn about and begin to understand the world they live in. This develops as children interact with various
“agencies” in their lives. Some of the strongest agents of socialization Will be discussed in this chapter.
The COVID-19 pandemic truly altered the way we socialized as a nation. The United States as well as abroad went into lockdowns
for periods of time which made us rely on technology more than we may have had in the past. Daily routines which may have
included going to school, participating in activities outside the home (ex. sports, clubs, community service) and interacting with
one's peer group changed and led to more screen time and minimal interactions with people face to face for families but especially
children of all ages. (Ranjbar, K., Hosseinpour, H., Shahriarirad, R.et al.,2021). No one could have imagined that a virus would
1.2.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
impact the way we socialized and understood the importance of social-emotional development. This leads us to understanding how
traits we may have inherited or learned assist in our overall development.
Nature vs Nurture
Nature vs nurture is all about genes and heredity, how your genes interact with your environment, and how your environment
interacts with your genes. What is nature vs nurture? Nature refers to our genes, and nurture refers to our environment. They are the
sources that create individual differences in development. We tend to know more about genes than we do about how we are
impacted by environment because environment has countless factors that play a part in impacting our development.
Two of the most important terms to understand when looking in to nature vs nurture is genotype and phenotype. Genotype is
simply the genetic constitution (or the unchangeable makeup) of an individual organism. Phenotype is the set of observable
characteristics of an individual resulting from the interaction of its genotype with the environment. Now that we defined genotype
and phenotype, let’s look at the different ways our genetics interacts with our environment.
Passive genotype-environment correlation occurs when children passively inherit the genes and the environments their family
provides. Certain behavioral characteristics, such as being athletically inclined, may run in families. The children have inherited
both the genes that would enable success at these activities and given the environmental encouragement to engage in these actions.
Evocative genotype-environment correlation refers to how the social environment reacts to individuals based on their inherited
characteristics. For example, whether one has a more outgoing or shy temperament will affect how he or she is treated by others.
Active genotype-environment correlation occurs when individuals seek out environments that support their genetic tendencies. This
is also referred to as niche picking. For example, children who are musically inclined seek out music instruction and opportunities
that facilitate their natural musical ability.
Genetic research has consistently shown heritable influence in many traditional areas of psychological research such as mental
illness, personality, cognitive disabilities and abilities, and drug use and abuse. Some areas showing strong genetic influence may
be more surprising, such as self-esteem, interests, attitudes, and school achievement (Plomin & Asbury, 2005).
There are many studies done on siblings to show what influence is stronger, genes or environment. Siblings are often similar, but
their similarity is rooted in their genes rather than in the environment they share. Environment is hugely important to human
development, but genetic research has shown beyond doubt that the most effective environmental influences are those that operate
to make children in the same family different, not similar. These environmental influences are called non-shared because they are
not shared by children growing up in the same family (Plomin & Asbury, 2005). In non-shared environments, children can
experience differences in parents, peers, teachers, health and wellness practices, attitudes, beliefs, and religious practices. These
differences in non-shared environmental influences can lead to differences in behaviors.
Throughout the lifespan of a child’s development, children may experience genetic change. Genetic change simply means that
genetic effects at one age differ from genetic effects at another age; that is, the same genes could have different effects in the brains
of eight-year-olds and eighteen (Plomin & Asbury, 2005). For example, developmental change in genetic effects is likely to be
responsible for the fact that it is difficult to find behavioral markers in childhood for individuals who later become schizophrenic.
Although it is possible that "schizophrenia genes" are not turned on until after adolescence, it is more likely that these genes
operate the same way before and after adolescence but that they only express their hallucinatory and paranoid effects after
adolescent brain development (Plomin & Asbury, 2005).
1.2.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
Figure 1.2.1 : The genetics of these twins are identical to one another, just like their appearance. (CC BT-ND 2.0; ethermoon via
Flickr)
Temperament
What are the origins of human personality? Are they chiefly the result of the child's reinforcement history? The child's learned
attributions about the social world? The child's genes? Or is there more to understand than would result from a simple choice
between nature and nurture (Rothbart, 2007)? Through genetics, we develop temperament.
Temperament is made up of the innate characteristics that determine an individual’s sensitivity to various experiences and
responsiveness to patterns of social interaction. Are there links between a child’s temperament and personality development?
Understanding temperament is central to our understanding of development, and temperament constructs are linked to individual
differences in both personality and underlying neural function (Rothbart, 2007). Temperament and experience combine to "grow" a
personality, which will include the child's developing cognitions about self, others, and the physical and social world, as well as his
or her values, attitudes, and coping strategies (Rothbart, 2007).
From early infancy, children show considerable variability in their reactions to the environment. One child is fearful, has only a
brief attention span, and cries even at moderately stimulating play; another child enjoys vigorous play, is not easily distracted, and
seeks out exciting events. These reactions, together with the mechanisms that regulate them, constitute the child's temperament
(Rothbart, 2007). Early temperament development can lead to behavioral problems in adolescence. Starting at birth, children are
developing temperament, and through temperament, children are developing other social behaviors such as conscience and
empathy. For an example, in a study, more fearful children developed greater conscience during the preschool years than less
fearful children did. Fear provides internal cues of discomfort that can be attributed to conscience rather than to external reward or
coercion (Rothbart, 2007). In that same study, it was noted that the relation between temperament and conscience was also affected
by parenting. Fearful children who received gentle and non-punitive socialization developed greater conscience than did fearful
children whose parents were punitive.
Family
Family is the first and most important agent of socialization. Mothers and fathers, siblings and grandparents, plus members of an
extended family, all teach a child what he or she needs to know. For example, they show the child how to use objects (such as
clothes, computers, eating utensils, books, bikes); how to relate to others (some as “family,” others as “friends,” still others as
“strangers” or “teachers” or “neighbors”); and how the world works (what is “real” and what is “imagined”). As you are aware,
either from your own experience as a child or from your role in helping to raise one, socialization includes teaching and learning
about an unending array of objects and ideas.
Part of the reason we turn out much like our parents, for better or worse, is that our families are such an important part of our
socialization process. When we are born, our primary caregivers are almost always one or both of our parents. For several years,
we have more contact with them than with any other adults. Because this contact occurs in our most formative years, our parents’
interaction with us and the messages they teach us can have a profound impact throughout our lives.
Keep in mind, however, that families do not socialize children in a vacuum. Many social factors affect the way a family raises its
children. For example, we can use our imagination to recognize that individual behaviors are affected by the historical period in
1.2.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
which they take place. Sixty years ago, it would not have been considered especially strict for a father to hit his son with a wooden
spoon or a belt if he misbehaved, but today that same action in some places might be considered child abuse.
Sociologists recognize that race, social class, religion, and other societal factors play an important role in family socialization.
Families may socialize for obedience and conformity, judgment, creativity, and problem-solving, depending on the values they
hold. Children may also be socialized to abide by gender norms, perceptions of race, and class-related behaviors. For example, poor
families usually emphasize obedience and conformity when raising their children, while wealthy families emphasize judgment and
creativity (National Opinion Research Center, 2008). This may occur because working-class parents have less education and more
repetitive-task jobs for which it is helpful to be able to follow rules and conform. Wealthy parents tend to have better educations
and often work in managerial positions or careers that require creative problem solving, so they teach their children behaviors that
are beneficial in these positions. This means children are effectively socialized and raised to take the types of jobs their parents
already have, thus reproducing the class system (Kohn, 1977). Likewise, children are socialized to abide by gender norms,
perceptions of race, and class-related behaviors. In Sweden, for instance, stay-at-home fathers are an accepted part of the social
landscape. A government policy provides subsidized time off work—480 days for families with newborns—with the option of the
paid leave being shared between mothers and fathers. As one stay-at-home dad says, being home to take care of his baby son “is a
real fatherly thing to do. I think that’s very masculine” (Associated Press, 2011). Close to 90 percent of Swedish fathers use their
paternity leave (about 340,000 dads); on average they take seven weeks per birth (The Economist, 2014). How do U.S. policies—
and our society’s expected gender roles—compare? How will Swedish children raised this way be socialized to parental gender
norms? How might that be different from parental gender norms in the United States?
In Sweden, for instance, stay-at-home fathers are an accepted part of the social landscape. A government policy provides
subsidized time off work—480 days for families with newborns—with the option of the paid leave being shared between mothers
and fathers. As one stay-at-home dad says, being home to take care of his baby son “is a real fatherly thing to do. I think that’s very
masculine” (Associated Press 2011). Close to 90 percent of Swedish fathers use their paternity leave (about 340,000 dads); on
average they take seven weeks per birth (The Economist, 2014). How do U.S. policies—and our society’s expected gender roles—
compare? How will Swedish children raised this way be socialized to parental gender norms? How might that be different from
parental gender norms in the United States?
Figure 1.2.2 : Black father playing with infant. (Public Domain; NappyStock via Nappy)
Check-in Time!
What are your thoughts…. Should parents get the credit when their children turn out to be “good” kids and even go on to
accomplish great things in life? Should they get the blame if their children turn out to be “bad”?
1.2.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
Sociologist Jason E. Shelton (2008) analyzed data from a national random sample of African Americans to determine these
reasons, in what he called “one of the most comprehensive analyses to date of racial socialization strategies among African
Americans” (p. 237). Among other questions, respondents were asked whether “in raising your children, have you done or told
them things to help them know what it means to be Black.” They were also asked whether “there are any other things you’ve
done or told your children to help them know how to get along with White people.”
In his major results, Shelton found that respondents were more likely to practice racial socialization if they were older, female,
and living outside the South; if they perceived that racial discrimination was a growing problem and were members of civil
rights or other organizations aimed at helping African Americans; and if they had higher incomes.
These results led Shelton to conclude that “African Americans are not a culturally monolithic group,” as they differ in “the
parental lessons they impart to their children about race relations” (2008, p. 253). Further, the parents who do practice racial
socialization “do so in order to demystify and empower their offspring to seize opportunities in the larger society” (p. 253).
Shelton’s study helps us to understand the factors accounting for differences in racial socialization by African American
parents, and it also helps us understand that the parents who do attempt to make their children aware of U.S. race relations are
merely trying, as most parents do, to help their children get ahead in life. By increasing our understanding of these matters,
Shelton’s research has helped make a difference.
The ways in which our parents socialize us depend on many factors, two of the most important of which are our parents’ social
class and our own biological sex. Melvin Kohn (1965, 1977) found that working-class and middle-class parents tend to socialize
their children very differently. Kohn reasoned that working-class parents tend to hold factory and other jobs in which they have
little autonomy and instead are told what to do and how to do it. In such jobs, obedience is an important value, lest the workers be
punished for not doing their jobs correctly. Working-class parents, Kohn thought, should thus emphasize obedience and respect for
authority as they raise their children, and they should favor spanking as a primary way of disciplining their kids when they disobey.
In contrast, middle-class parents tend to hold white-collar jobs where autonomy and independent judgment are valued and workers
get ahead by being creative. These parents should emphasize independence as they raise their children and should be less likely
than working-class parents to spank their kids when they disobey.
If parents’ social class influences how they raise their children, it is also true that the sex of their children affects how they are
socialized by their parents. Many studies find that parents raise their daughters and sons quite differently as they interact with them
from birth. Parents help their girls learn how to act and think “like girls,” and they help their boys learn how to act and think “like
boys.” That is, they help their daughters and sons learn their gender (Wood, 2009). For example, they are gentler with their
daughters and rougher with their sons. They give their girls dolls to play with, and their boys guns. Girls may be made of “sugar
and spice and everything nice” and boys something quite different, but their parents help them greatly, for better or worse, turn out
that way. To the extent this is true, our gender stems much more from socialization than from biological differences between the
sexes, or so many sociologists assume. If theorist Carol Gilligan is right that boys and girls reach moral judgments differently,
perhaps socialization matters more than biology for how they reach these judgments.
Peers
When you were a 16-year-old, how many times did you complain to your parent(s), “All of my friends are [doing so and so]. Why
can’t I? It isn’t fair!” As this all-too-common example indicates, our friends play a very important role in our lives. This is
especially true during adolescence, when peers influence our tastes in music, clothes, and so many other aspects of our lives, as the
now-common image of the teenager always on a cell phone reminds us. But friends are important during other parts of the life
course as well. We rely on them for fun, for emotional comfort and support, and for companionship. That is the upside of
friendships.
The downside of friendships is called peer pressure, with which you are undoubtedly familiar. Suppose it is Friday night, and you
are studying for a big exam on Monday. Your friends come by and ask you to go with them to get a pizza and a drink. You would
probably agree to go with them, partly because you really dislike studying on a Friday night, but also because there is at least some
subtle pressure on you to do so. As this example indicates, our friends can influence us in many ways. During adolescence, their
interests can affect our own interests in film, music, and other aspects of popular culture. More ominously, adolescent peer
influences have been implicated in underage drinking, drug use, delinquency, and hate crimes (Agnew, 2007).
After we reach our 20s and 30s, our peers become less important in our lives, especially if we get married. Yet even then our peers
do not lose all their importance, as parents with young children still manage to get out with friends now and then. Scholars have
1.2.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
also begun to emphasize the importance of friendships with coworkers for emotional and practical support and for our continuing
socialization (Elsesser & Peplau, 2006; Marks, 1994).
and would make for a safer society. Certainly the concern and debate over mass media violence will continue for years to come.
Figure 1.2.3 : Peers playing cards. (CC BY 2.0; Zackary Drucker via Genderphotos.Vice)
Check-in Time!
How did peers play an important role in your life? How did “peer pressure” impact decisions that you made as a teenager?
School
Most U.S. children spend about seven hours a day, 180 days a year, in school, which makes it hard to deny the importance school
has on their socialization (Livingston and Wirt, 2004). Students are not in school only to study math, reading, science, and other
subjects—the manifest function of this system. Schools also serve a latent function in society by socializing children into behaviors
like practicing teamwork, following a schedule, and using textbooks.
School and classroom rituals, led by teachers serving as role models and leaders, regularly reinforce what society expects from
children. Sociologists describe this aspect of schools as the hidden curriculum, the informal teaching done by schools.
For example, in the United States, schools have built a sense of competition into the way grades are awarded and the way teachers
evaluate students (Bowles and Gintis 1976). When children participate in a relay race or a math contest, they learn there are
winners and losers in society. When children are required to work together on a project, they practice teamwork with other people
in cooperative situations. The hidden curriculum prepares children for the adult world. Children learn how to deal with
bureaucracy, rules, expectations, waiting their turn, and sitting still for hours during the day. The latent functions of teamwork and
dealing with bureaucracy are features of U.S. culture. Schools in different cultures socialize children differently in order to prepare
them to function well in those cultures.
Figure 1.2.4 : What hidden curriculum might be at play in this elementary classroom? (CC BY 2.0; USAG- Humphreys via Flickr)
Schools also socialize children by teaching them about citizenship and national pride. In the United States, children are taught to
say the Pledge of Allegiance. Most school districts require classes about U.S. history and geography. As academic understanding of
history evolves, textbooks in the United States have been scrutinized and revised to update attitudes toward other cultures as well
as perspectives on historical events; thus, children are socialized to a different national or world history than earlier textbooks may
have done. For example, information about the mistreatment of African Americans and Native American Indians more accurately
reflects those events than in textbooks of the past.
1.2.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
Check-in Time!
What are some examples of “hidden curriculum” that you experienced? How did it impact you then and now? Share any books
that you read (either assigned or personal choice) that might have influenced any thoughts or ideas that you had as a child or
teenager. How did they impact you now and then?
Controversial Textbooks
On August 13, 2001, twenty South Korean men gathered in Seoul. Each chopped off one of his own fingers because of
textbooks. These men took drastic measures to protest eight middle school textbooks approved by Tokyo for use in Japanese
middle schools. According to the Korean government (and other East Asian nations), the textbooks glossed over negative
events in Japan’s history at the expense of other Asian countries.
In the early 1900s, Japan was one of Asia’s more aggressive nations. For instance, it held Korea as a colony between 1910 and
1945. Today, Koreans argue that the Japanese are whitewashing that colonial history through these textbooks. One major
criticism is that they do not mention that, during World War II, the Japanese forced Korean women into sexual slavery. The
textbooks describe the women as having been “drafted” to work, a euphemism that downplays the brutality of what actually
occurred. Some Japanese textbooks dismiss an important Korean independence demonstration in 1919 as a “riot.” In reality,
Japanese soldiers attacked peaceful demonstrators, leaving roughly 6,000 dead and 15,000 wounded (Crampton 2002).
Although it may seem extreme that people are so enraged about how events are described in a textbook that they would resort
to dismemberment, the protest affirms that textbooks are a significant tool of socialization in state-run education systems.
The Community
The community a child reside in can provide the child with real experiences that will impact their views and perspective on the
world. Aspects of the community such as whether it’s a diverse community, access to resources, exposure to violence,
extracurricular activities and programs, and the day to day behaviors of community members can impact the child. Other
components of the community to take in to consideration is whether it’s an individualistic (those that stress the needs of the
individual over the needs of the group as a whole) or collectivistic community (emphasize the needs and goals of the group as a
whole over the needs and desires of each individual), and if the community is child centered.
Figure 1.2.5 : Girl Scouts help to build a rain garden. (CC BY 2.0; USAG-Humphreys via Wordpress)
Religion
While some religions are informal institutions, here we focus on practices followed by formal institutions. Religion is an important
avenue of socialization for many people. The United States is full of synagogues, temples, churches, mosques, and similar religious
communities where people gather to worship and learn. Like other institutions, these places teach participants how to interact with
the religion’s material culture (like a mezuzah, a prayer rug, or a communion wafer). For some people, important ceremonies
related to family structure—like marriage and birth—are connected to religious celebrations. Many religious institutions also
uphold gender norms and contribute to their enforcement through socialization. From ceremonial rites of passage that reinforce the
family unit to power dynamics that reinforce gender roles, organized religion fosters a shared set of socialized values that are
passed on through society.
1.2.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
Figure 1.2.6 : Two men from the Hasidic Jewish Community. (CC BY-ND 2.0; leibtropper via Openverse.)
The Workplace
Just as children spend much of their day at school, many U.S. adults at some point invest a significant amount of time at a place of
employment. Although socialized into their culture since birth, workers require new socialization into a workplace, in terms of both
material culture (such as how to operate the copy machine) and nonmaterial culture (such as whether it’s okay to speak directly to
the boss or how to share the refrigerator).
Figure 1.2.7 : A woman speaks on discrimination in the workplace. (CC BY-ND 2.0;
DG EMPL via Flickr)
Different jobs require different types of socialization. In the past, many people worked a single job until retirement. Today, the
trend is to switch jobs at least once a decade. This means that people must become socialized to, and socialized by, a variety of
work environments.
Government
Although we do not think about it, many of the rites of passage people go through today are based on age norms established by the
government. In mainstream America, to be defined as an “adult” usually means being eighteen years old, the age at which a person
becomes legally responsible for him- or herself. And sixty-five years old is the start of “old age” since most people become eligible
for senior benefits at that point.
Each time we embark on one of these new categories—senior, adult, taxpayer—we must be socialized into our new role. Seniors
must learn the ropes of Medicare, Social Security benefits, and senior shopping discounts. When U.S. males turn eighteen, they
must register with the Selective Service System within thirty days to be entered into a database for possible military service. These
government dictates mark the points at which we require socialization into a new category.
Mass Media
Mass media distribute impersonal information to a wide audience, via television, newspapers, radio, and the Internet. With the
average person spending over four hours a day in front of the television (and children averaging even more screen time), media
greatly influences social norms (Roberts, Foehr, and Rideout 2005). People learn about objects of material culture (like new
1.2.8 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
technology and transportation options), as well as nonmaterial culture—what is true (beliefs), what is important (values), and what
[5]
is expected (norms).
Pixar is one of the largest producers of children’s movies in the world and has released large box office draws, such as Toy
Story, Cars, The Incredibles, and Up. What Pixar has never before produced is a movie with a female lead role. This changed
with Pixar’s movie Brave, which was released in 2012. Before Brave, women in Pixar served as supporting characters and love
interests. In Up, for example, the only human female character dies within the first ten minutes of the film. For the millions of
girls watching Pixar films, there are few strong characters or roles for them to relate to. If they do not see possible versions of
themselves, they may come to view women as secondary to the lives of men.
The animated films of Pixar’s parent company, Disney, have many female lead roles. Disney is well known for films with
female leads, such as Snow White, Cinderella, The Little Mermaid, and Mulan. Many of Disney’s movies star a female, and
she is nearly always a princess figure. If she is not a princess to begin with, she typically ends the movie by marrying a prince
or, in the case of Mulan, a military general. Although not all “princesses” in Disney movies play a passive role in their lives,
they typically find themselves needing to be rescued by a man, and the happy ending they all search for includes marriage.
Alongside this prevalence of princesses, many parents are expressing concern about the culture of princesses that Disney has
created. Peggy Orenstein addresses this problem in her popular book, Cinderella Ate My Daughter. Orenstein wonders why
every little girl is expected to be a “princess” and why pink has become an all-consuming obsession for many young girls.
Another mother wondered what she did wrong when her three-year-old daughter refused to do “nonprincessy” things,
including running and jumping. The effects of this princess culture can have negative consequences for girls throughout life.
An early emphasis on beauty and sexiness can lead to eating disorders, low self-esteem, and risky sexual behavior among older
girls.
Check-in Time!
What movies or tv shows impacted you as a child? How did they influence your social norms and values?
References
Agnew, R. (2007). Pressured into crime: An overview of general strain theory. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.
The Associated Press. (2011, October 23). Swedish Dads Swap Work for Child Care. Ocala StarBanner.
Bowles, S., & Gintis, H. (1976). Schooling in capitalist America: Educational reform and the contradictions of economic life.
Basic Books.
Crampton, J. W. (2002). The Risks of Security. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 20(6), 631–635.
DeGregory, L. (2008, August 3). The Girl in the Window. Tampa Bay Times.
The Economist. (2014, July 23). Why Swedish Men Take so Much Paternity Leave.
Elsesser, K., & Peplau, L. A. (2006). The glass partition: Obstacles to cross-sex friendships at work. Human Relations, 59, 1077–
1100.
Kohn, M. (1977). Class and Conformity: A Study in Values. University of Chicago Press. Homewood, Ill: Dorsey Press.
Livingston, A., and Wirt, J. (2004). The Condition of Education 2004 in Brief [PDF]. U.S. Department of Education, National
Center for Education Statistics.
Marks, S. R. (1994). Intimacy in the public realm: The case of co-workers. Social Forces, 72, 843–858.
National Opinion Research Center. (2008). 2008 Annual Report. University of Chicago.
Plomin, R., & Asbury, K. (2005). Nature and Nurture: Genetic and Environmental Influences on Behavior. The Annals of the
American Academy of Political and Social Science, 600, 86–98.
Ranjbar, K., Hosseinpour, H., Shahriarirad, R., Ghaem, H., Rahimi, T., Mirahmadizadeh, A., Hosseninpour, P. (2021, March 10).
Students’ attitude and sleep pattern during school closure following COVID-19 pandemic quarantine: a web-based survey in south
1.2.9 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
of Iran. Environ Health Prev Med 26 (33).
Roberts, D. F., Foehr, U. G., & Rideout, V. (2005). Generation M: Media in the lives of 8–18 year-olds. Menlo Park, CA: Henry J.
Kaiser Family Foundation.
Rothbart, M. K. (2007). Temperament, Development, and Personality. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 16(4), 207–
212.
Shelton, J. E. (2008). The investment in blackness hypothesis: Toward greater understanding of who teaches what during racial
socialization. Du Bois Review: Social Science Research on Race, 5(2), 235–257.
Wood, J. T. (2009). Gendered lives: Communication, gender, and culture. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.
Attributions
Sociology - Module 3: Socialization and Interaction by Lumen Learning is licensed under CC BY 4.0
Sociology - Module 3: Socialization and Interaction by Lumen Learning is licensed under CC BY 4.0
"Agents of Socialization" by OpenStax, LibreTexts is licensed under CC BY.
"Prelude to Socialization" by OpenStax, LibreTexts is licensed under CC BY.
1.2: Socialization Factors is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
2.1: Agents of Socialization by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
2.16 Bronfenbrenner by Diana Lang has no license indicated.
1.2.10 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116254
1.3: Methods of Socialization
Methods of Socialization
Methods of socialization includes affective methods, operant methods, observational methods, cognitive methods, sociocultural
methods, and apprenticeship methods. Each method of socialization are important tools to help children grow in many areas of
their development.
Figure 1.3.1 : Grandfather holding their grandchild. (CC BY-SA 2.0; Salim Virji via WordPress.)
1.3.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134604
the punishment with an explanation and solution), and consistency (creating expected results from repeated behaviors) (Berns,
2016). Lastly reinforcement and punishment should include feedback. Feedback is giving the child evaluative information on one’s
behaviors, which can be both positive or negative.
Figure 1.3.2 : An elementary school teacher gives feedback to a student on their writing assignment. (CC BY-NC 4.0; Allison
Shelley via EDUimages)
Figure 1.3.3 : High schooler follows his instructor's modeling in their drama class. (CC BY-NC 4.0; Allison Shelley via
EDUimages)
1.3.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134604
The third theme is reasoning. Reasoning is giving explanations or causes for an act. Reasoning helps children draw conclusions and
encounter self-regulatory mechanisms (Berns, 2016). It is important that the child can understand the language of the explanation
given. If a 2-year old child spits on another child, and the teacher responds by saying, “your spit stays in your mouth. When you
spit on others you are spreading germs and it is rude”, will the 2 year-old understand what germs are and what it is to be rude?
Chances are the answer is no. Children under the age of 3 are generally egocentric (Piaget, 1974). We must consider where the
child is cognitively, and learn how to communicate effectively with children to implement this method effectively.
Figure 1.3.4 : A kindergartner writes down his observations in a science center. (CC BY-NC 4.0; Allison Shelley via EDUimages)
1.3.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134604
Figure 1.3.5 : A card used by a teacher where children can earn mask breaks for good behavior. (CC BY-NC 4.0; Allison Shelley
via EDUimages)
Figure 1.3.6 : An older sister shows her younger sibling how to wash dishes. (Public Domain; alyssasieb via Nappy)
References
Ainsworth, M. D, S. (1973). The Development of Infant-Mother Attachment. In B.M. Caldwell & H. N. Ricciuti (Eds.), Review of
Child Development Research (vol 3). Chicago: University of Chicago Press
Berns, R. (2016). Child, Family, Community: Socialization and Support. 10th ed. Belmont, Calif: Wadsworth/Cengage Learning
Pleck, E. H. (2000). Celebrating the Family: Ethnicity, consumer, culture, and family rituals. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Piaget, J. (1974). The Language and Thought of the Mind. (M. Gabain, Trans.). New York: New American Library.
Rogoff, B. (2003). The Cultural Nature of Human Development. New York: Oxford University Press
Vander Zanden, J. W. (1995). Sociology: The cor (3rd Ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
1.3: Methods of Socialization is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1.3.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134604
1.4: Bronfenbrenner
Bioecological Systems Theory
Urie Bronfenbrenner was one of the first psychologists to adopt a holistic perspective on human development via his Bioecological
Systems Theory, which had a widespread influence on the way psychologists and other social scientists approach the study of
human beings and their environments (New World Encyclopedia, 2020).
Bronfenbrenner emphasized the importance of the social environments in which children are raised, and saw the breakdown of the
family as the leading cause of the ever-growing rates of alienation, apathy, rebellion, delinquency, and violence among American
youth. His work led to new directions in research and the design of programs and policies affecting the well-being of children and
families.
Figure 1.4.1 : Brofenbrenner's Ecological Theory diagram. (CC BY SA; Alyla.K via Wikimedia)
Bronfenbrenner’s primary theoretical contribution was his Bioecological Systems Theory, in which he identified four types of
nested systems (Bronfenbrenner, 1989). Bronfenbrenner recognized that is it necessary to understand how not only the family or
school influences human development, but how broader influences do as well.
The four systems are:
Microsystem: Immediate environments such as family, school, peer group, neighborhood, and childcare environments.
Mesosystem: A system comprised of connections between immediate environments (i.e., a child’s home and school).
Exosystem: External environmental settings which only indirectly affect development, such as parent’s workplace.
Macrosystem: The larger cultural context (Eastern vs. Western culture, national economy, political culture, subculture).
Later a fifth system was added:
Chronosystem: The patterning of environmental events and transitions over the course of life.
Each system contains roles, norms, and rules that can powerfully shape development (See Table 1.). For example, in order to
understand the issues a learner is having with math, we can’t simply look at that individual and what challenges they face directly
with the subject. We have to look at the interactions that occur between the teacher and the child. Perhaps the teacher needs to make
modifications as well. The teacher may be responding to regulations made by the school, such as new expectations for students in
math or constraints on time that interferes with the teacher’s ability to instruct. These new demands may be a response to national
1.4.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129777
efforts to promote math and science deemed important by political leaders in response to relations with other countries at a
particular time in history.
Table 1. Urie Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Model
Name of System Description of System
Microsystems impact a child directly. These are the people with whom
the child interacts such as parents, peers, and teachers. The relationship
m Microsystems between individuals and those around them need to be considered. For
example, to appreciate what is going on with a student in math, the
relationship between the student and teacher should be known.
Mesosystems are interactions between environments closely
m Mesosystems surrounding the individual. The relationship between parents and
schools, for example, will indirectly affect the child.
Larger institutions such as the mass media or the healthcare system are
referred to as the ecosystem. These have an impact on families, peers,
m Exosystem
and schools that operate under policies and regulations found in these
institutions.
We find cultural values and beliefs at the level of macrosystems. These
m Macrosystems larger ideals and expectations inform institutions that will ultimately
impact the individual.
All of this happens in a historical context referred to as the
chronosystem. Cultural values change over time, as do the policies of
m Chronosystem
educational institutions or governments in certain political climates.
Development occurs at a point in time.
According to the Bioecological theory, if the relationships in the immediate microsystem break down, the child will not have the
tools to explore other parts of his environment. Children looking for the affirmations that should be present in the child/parent (or
child/other important adult) relationship look for attention in inappropriate places. These deficiencies tend to show themselves in
adolescence as anti-social behavior, lack of self-discipline, and inability to provide self-direction (Addison, 1992).
The major assumptions of The (Bio)Ecology of Human Development, have had widespread influence on the way psychologists and
other social scientists approach the study of human beings and their environments (Bronfenbrenner, 1981). It has been said that
before Bronfenbrenner, child psychologists studied the child, sociologists examined the family, anthropologists the society,
economists the economic framework of the times, and political scientists the political structure.
As a result of Bronfenbrenner’s groundbreaking work in human ecology, these environments, from the family to economic and
political structures, have come to be viewed as part of the life course from childhood through adulthood. The “bioecological”
approach to human development broke down barriers among the social sciences and built bridges between the disciplines that have
allowed findings to emerge about which key elements in the larger social structure, and across societies, are vital for optimal
human development.
Figure 1.4.2 : Protests for gun reform in the United States. (CC by SA 2.0; Lorie Shaull via Flickr)
1.4.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129777
The human ecology framework assumes that families interact within multiple environments that mutually influence each other.
These environments include the biophysical (personal variables), the microsystem (the systems in immediate surroundings, such as
family, neighborhood, church, work, or school), the mesosystem (the ways in which these immediate systems connect, such as the
relationships between family and work), the exosystem (the larger social system, such as the stress of another family member’s
job), and the macrosystem (the cultural values and the larger social system, such as immigration policy that influences admission
and social system access) (Ballard et al., 2019).
In the context of a refugee family, the family might be influenced by their biophysical (e.g., whether or not members were injured
as they fled persecution), their microsystem (e.g., parental conflict while fleeing), their mesosystem (e.g., teachers and school
personnel who are struggling with their own trauma from fleeing conflict and thus their ability to provide robust services is
impaired), their exosystem (e.g., local leaders who do not consult with women living in shelters regarding their resources needs and
don’t provide feminine hygiene products or children’s toys), and countless other environments (Hoffman, M. A., & Kruczek, T.,
2011). The family may have access to and be able to directly influence their mesosystem and at the same time feel powerless to
make changes in the exosystem. Each of these environments will contribute to their coping.
Figure
1.4.3
References
Addison, J. T. (1992). Urie Bronfenbrenner. Human Ecology, 20(2), 16-20.
Ballard, J., Wieling, E., Solheim, C., Dwanyen, L. (2019, November 20). Immigrant and Refugee Families. (2nd ed.) University of
Minnesota Libraries Publishing.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1981). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1989). Ecological systems theory. Annals of Child Development, 6(1), 187-249.
1.4.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129777
Hoffman, M. A., & Kruczek, T. (2011). A bioecological model of mass trauma: Individual, community, and societal effects. The
Counseling Psychologist, 39(8), 1087-1127.
Solheim, C. A., & Yang, P. N. D. (2010). Understanding generational differences in financial literacy in Hmong immigrant
families. Family and Consumer Sciences Research Journal 38(4), 435-454.
1.4: Bronfenbrenner is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
2.16 Bronfenbrenner by Diana Lang has no license indicated.
1.4.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129777
1.5: Vygotsky
Vygotsky: Sociocultural Theory
Lev Vygotsky believed that a person has both a set of abilities and a set of potential abilities that can be reached if given the proper
guidance from others (Paris et al., 2019).
Vygotsky's Sociocultural Theory emphasizes the importance of culture and interaction in the development of cognitive abilities. He
concentrated more on children’s immediate social and cultural environment and their interactions with adults and peers. He saw a
child as an apprentice, learning through a social environment with others who had more experience and were sensitive to the child’s
needs and abilities.
Vygotsky theorized that through guided participation with a teacher or a more capable person, also known as scaffolding, a child
can learn cognitive skills within a certain range known as the zone of proximal development. According to Vygotsky, development
occurs first through children’s immediate social interactions and then moves to the individual level as they began to internalize
their learning.
Figure 1.5.1 : One child showing another child how to tie their shoes. (CC BY-NC 4.0; Allison Shelley via EDUimages)
1.5.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129778
Vygotsky's Theory of Cognitive Develop…
Develop…
Cultural Consideration
Vygotsky’s theory promotes a learning model in which children play an active role in learning. Roles of teachers and students are
therefore transformed into a reciprocal collaborative process in which teachers help facilitate meaning construction in students.
Thus learning becomes a reciprocal experience for students and educator (Rogoff, 2003). In this framework educators must
sometimes accept differences of behavior in children and accommodate these differences in the classroom. Speech and language
development played an influential role in Vygotsky’s theories of language acquisition and learning in general. Children develop
language skills individually, but they do so within a cooperative learning context as peers, family members, teachers, and others
engage, support, and teach them.Supporting multi-language learners in their home language is an example of using (ZPD) of
learning through a reciprocal and dialogic interaction. The ZPD is a level of development obtained when children engage in social
interactions with others; it is the distance between a child’s potential to learn and the actual learning that takes place.This practice
demonstrates respect for a family's primary language and communicates that the educator values the family and child's culture.
NAEYC recommends for educators to encourage and assistant all parents in becoming knowledge about the cognitive value for
children of knowing more than one language and provide them with strategies , support, maintain and preserve home language
learning (NAEYC, 1996).
References
Leon, A. R. (n.d.). Children's Development: Prenatal through Adolescent Development. West Hills Community College Lemoore.
National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC). (1996). Linguistic and Cultural diversity—Building on
America’s strengths.
Paris, J., Ricardo, A., Rymond, D. (2019). Child Growth and Development. College of the Canyons.
Rogoff, B. (2003). The Cultural Nature of Human Development. Oxford University Press.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press.
1.5: Vygotsky is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
2.6: 1930s: Vygotsky by Diana Lang has no license indicated.
1.5.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129778
1.6: Barbara Rogoff
The Relationship of Collaboration
Building on Vygotsky’s Sociocultural theories is Barbara Rogoff. Rogoff’s theory focuses on the relationship between the child and
society. Rogoff's ideas did not focus on the child and their individual processes but on the child's cognitive skills which derive from
engagement in sociocultural activities. The theory does not focus on a child's own innate ability, but rather indicates that skills are
developed in specific contexts and learned through specific cultural activities. Her research findings are based on children and
families in Mexican and Indigenous cultures. Additionally, Rogoff’s theory highlights the interaction of nature vs nurture as
discussed earlier in this chapter. She suggests biology and culture work in concert with each other. For example, breastfeeding is
biologically based but there are different ways breast feeding is practiced based within cultural societal norms and standards.
Reflection
Learning to speak or learning to read...
Consider which on is biologically based and culturally influenced?
Figure 1.6.1 : A first-grade boy reads a book to his kindergarten friend while sitting outside. (CC BY-NC 4.0; Allison Shelley via
EDUimages)
Guided Participation
Rogoff developed the theory of guided participation, adding to Vygotsky's theory of the Zone of Proximal Development. Consider a
time when you learned something new in a relationship between yourself and an adult or caregiver, such as making tortillas with
your grandfather or learning how to change a tire of a car. This is the collaborative transfer of knowledge between a guide and
apprentice. The idea that children on their developmental path use cultural tools with skilled mentors shape their development
(Rogoff, 2003). As highlighted in the video below, the theory involves people bridging meaning and interactions with learners in a
synchronous way. Children and mentors (e.g. caregivers and more skilled peers) structure learning opportunities through choice,
observation, and listening while participating in the activities and share understanding both verbally and non- verbally.
Learning opportunities can occur through choice, observation, and listening while participating in these activities and everyday
routines. For example, caregivers who engage in game playing and singing during diapering are actually helping children learn to
cooperate with the routine. These skills and interactions become more complex as children learn other self-help adaptive skills such
as eating with a fork and spoon and learning how to help with clean up.
Dr. Barbara Rogoff highlights the following ideas:
Collaboration- Notice how the children are collaborating with each other. Children should be encouraged to collaborate with
with each other, adults, caregivers and communities.
Learning through Observation- Notice how the children are observing each other and making meaning to guide their own
engagement.
Prioritize Children's Interest- Notice how knowledge is accrued while engaging in a task in which that child has genuine
interest. The activity is engaging and fueled by curiosity and enjoyment.
Role of Adults- The caregivers and adults are needed in many tasks. Caregivers and adults should be available for collaborative
support based on the needs of the child.
1.6.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129779
The process of bridging sharply differentiates guided participation from giving information as the approach to teaching and
learning. The intention of bridging is to support a learner in making connections between what is known or unknown or
misconstrued and in need of revision or reconstruction (Rogoff, 1990). Bridging is a function of experience, recalled, simulated, or
relived, similar to watching a video playback of the interaction with the child. Bridging supports learners in reflecting on how
things were, are now, or could be with new ways of thinking and behaving. Wondering with the learner is a strategy teachers may
use to facilitate reflection and make connections; for example, wondering with a parent what her child was saying when he
behaved, the way he was observed behaving, or what she might have been feeling when her child behaved that way (Slade, 2005).
Cultural Considerations
Rogoff's theories have particular considerations for children with special needs. This theory can be particularly impactful
considering the growing number of children with special needs in the U.S. who may be experiencing a phenomena called learned
helplessness, which is discussed later in the book. Learned helplessness may occur when a child impacted by a diverse ability is
either personally or socially not able to join in typical guided participation experiences which may cause them to begin to withdraw
or lose motivation to change circumstances (2015). Think about children who are unable to engage in eye contact or social
reference caregivers- social referencing is when children look to others to give information and meaning in a social situation. A
child may begin to withdraw from a rich and beneficial relationship and thus will suffer the loss of growth that takes place within
these participatory experiences. This can cause many parents and teachers to feel helpless, not knowing how to support the child
with special needs, and leading them to reciprocally disengage in the relationship as well.
In a 2015 study, Hobson et al. observed that when a caregiver who supported a neuro-atypical child were asked to focus on the
guided participation relationship, noticed a reduction in the severity of symptoms of the the child. When caregivers focused on
having high quality guided relationships with children, the children were able to regulate and learn critical developmental skills
(Hobson et al., 2015).
References
Hobson, J. A., Tarver, L., Beurkens, N., & Hobson, R. P. (2015). The Relation between Severity of Autism and Caregiver-Child
Interaction: a Study in the Context of Relationship Development Intervention. Journal of abnormal child psychology, 1-11
Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive development in social context. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.
Rogoff, B. (2003). The Cultural Nature of Human Development. Oxford University Press.
Slade, A. (2005). Parental reflective functioning: An introduction. Attachment & Human Development. 7, 269–281.
1.6: Barbara Rogoff is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1.6.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129779
1.7: Bandura
Bandura’s Social Learning Theory and Observational Learning
Observational learning is a component of Albert Bandura’s Social Learning Theory, which asserts that individuals can learn new
responses via observation of key others’ behaviors (Bandura, 1977). Observational learning does not necessarily require
reinforcement, but instead hinges on the presence of others, referred to as social models. Social models typically possess a higher
status or authority compared to the observer, examples of which include parents, teachers, or police officers (Bouton, 2022).
Bandura theorized that the observational learning process consists of four parts. The first is attention-one must pay attention to
what one is observing in order to learn. The second part is retention- to learn, one must be able to retain the observed behavior into
one’s memory. The third part of observational learning, initiation, acknowledges that the learner must be able to execute, or initiate
the learned behavior. Lastly, the observer must possess the motivation to engage in observational learning.
Figure 1.7.1 : Children observe a social model (an experienced chess player) to learn the rules of the game. (CC BY-SA 3.0; David
R. Tribble via Wikimedia)
Imagine a child walking up to a group of children playing a game on the playground. The game looks fun, but it is new and
unfamiliar. Rather than joining the game immediately, the child opts to sit back and watch the other children play a round or two.
While observing the others, the child takes note of the ways in which they behave while playing the game. By watching the
behavior of the other kids, the child can figure out the rules of the game and even some strategies for performing well at the game.
This is called observational learning.
In the example here, the child must want to learn how to play the game in order to properly engage in observational learning. The
children who already know how to play the game could be thought of as being authorities—and are therefore social models—even
though they are the same age as the observer.
By observing how the social models behave, an individual is able to learn how to act in a certain situation. Other examples of
observational learning might include a child learning to place her napkin in her lap by watching her parents at the dinner table, or a
child learning how to use a pair of scissors after watching another child successfully use a pair of scissors.
Figure 1.7.2 : Bobo Doll diagram. (CC BY SA 3.0; Sémhur via Wikimedia)
1.7.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129782
Researchers have conducted countless experiments designed to explore observational learning, the most famous of which is Albert
Bandura’s “Bobo doll experiment.” In this experiment, Bandura had children individually observe an adult social model interact
with a clown doll, “Bobo” as seen in figure 1.7.2 (Bandura et al., 1961).
For one group of children, the adult interacted aggressively with Bobo: punching it, kicking it, throwing it, and even hitting it in the
face with a toy mallet. Another group of children watched the adult interact with other toys, displaying no aggression toward Bobo.
In both instances, the adult left and the children were allowed to interact with Bobo on their own.
Bandura found that children exposed to the aggressive social model were significantly more likely to behave aggressively toward
Bobo, hitting and kicking him, compared to those exposed to the non-aggressive model. The researchers concluded that the
children in the aggressive group used their observations of the adult social model’s behavior to determine that aggressive behavior
toward Bobo was acceptable.
While reinforcement was not required to elicit the children’s behavior in Bandura’s first experiment, it is important to acknowledge
that consequences do play a role within observational learning. A future adaptation of this study demonstrated that children in the
aggression group showed less aggressive behavior if they witnessed the adult model receive punishment for aggressing against
Bobo (Bandura et al., 1963). Bandura referred to this process as vicarious reinforcement, as the children did not experience the
reinforcement or punishment directly, yet were still influenced by observing it.
Cultural Considerations
Social Learning theory applied culturally can be seen in the recent research of Morcillo, Ramos and Olazagasti (2015). In this
research, bullying perpetration for minority youth living in at-risk circumstances were studied with the findings suggesting that
exposure to a harsh and aggressive behavior in ‘‘model contexts’’ such as home and school, may have a strong impact on children’s
emotional and behavioral development, making these children more likely to display aggressive behaviors with peers. These
learned behaviors and relational patterns would then be reproduced with other vulnerable and high risk peers. The finding
suggested newly immigrated children may find the need to use newly modeled skills as they navigate and learn to cope with cross
cultural worlds (Morcillo et al., 2015).
References
Bandura, A. (1977). Social learning theory. Prentice Hall.
Bandura, A., Ross, D., & Ross, S. A. (1961). Transmission of aggression through the imitation of aggressive models. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63(3), 575–582.
Bandura, A., Ross, D., & Ross, S. (1963). Imitation of film-mediated aggressive models. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66(1), 3-11.
Bouton, M. E. (2022). Conditioning and learning. In R. Biswas-Diener & E. Diener (Eds), Noba textbook series: Psychology.
Champaign, IL: DEF publishers.
Morcillo, C., Ramos-Olazagasti, M., Blanco, C., Sala, R., Canino, G., Bird, H., & Duarte, C. (2015). Socio-Cultural Context and
Bulling Others in Childhood. Journal of Child & Family Studies, 24(8), 2241–2249
1.7.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129782
1.7: Bandura is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
2.14: 1960s: Bandura by Diana Lang has no license indicated.
1.7.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129782
1.8: Cultural Frameworks
Cultural Frameworks
There are frameworks that look at diverse cultural interactions resulting in the formation of values, behaviors, and skills as asset.
These frameworks include Funds of Knowledge, Community Cultural Wealth and Cultural Capital.
Cultural Capital
Pierre Bourdieu's (1930-2002) theory of cultural capital or “the cultural knowledge that serves as currency that helps us navigate
culture and alters our experiences and the opportunities available to us.”
Sociologists find cultural capital or the social assets of person (including intellect, education, speech pattern, mannerisms, and
dress) promote social mobility (Harper-Scott and Samson, 2009). People who accumulate and display the cultural knowledge of a
society or group may earn social acceptance, status, and power. Bourdieau (1991) explained the accumulation and transmission of
culture is a social investment from socializing agents including family, peers, and community. People learn culture and cultural
characteristics and traits from one another; however, social status effects whether people share, spread, or communicate cultural
knowledge to each other. A person’s social status in a group or society influences their ability to access and develop cultural
capitol.
Cultural capital provides people access to cultural connections such as institutions, individuals, materials, and economic resources.
Status guides people in choosing who and when culture or cultural capital is transferable. Bourdieu (1991) believed cultural
inheritance and personal biography attributes to individual success more than intelligence or talent. With status comes access to
social and cultural capital that generates access to privileges and power among and between groups. Individuals with cultural
capital deficits face social inequalities (Reay, 2004). If someone does not have the cultural knowledge and skills to maneuver the
social world she or he occupies, then she or he will not find acceptance within a group or society and access to support and
resources. Consider how children from low resourced income families without insurance have increased health issues such as low
birth weight or higher incidence of asthma (Waterston et al., 2004).
Cultural Wealth
Figure 1.8.1 : Dual-language class at UCLA Community School. (CC BY-NC 4.0; Allison Shelley for EDUimage)
Yosso (2005) describes cultural wealth as “an array of cultural knowledge, skills, abilities and contacts possessed by marginalized
group that is often unrecognized and unacknowledged”, countering the cultural deficit model which focuses on deficiencies in the
home life of children.
Yosso’s six forms of cultural capital are:
1. Aspirational- children develop social emotional perseverance despite educational inequities
2. Linguistic- children develop language and communication skills as dual language and dialectical learners
3. Familial- children develop a sense of community history and memory
4. Social- children draw from personal human resources within family and community
5. Navigational- children develop the ability to get needs met in unresponsive environments
6. Resistance- children develop the knowledge and skills to challenge inequality
1.8.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129780
Funds of Knowledge
Funds of Knowledge is a similar concept in early childhood from Velez- Ibanez and Greenberg (1992) made popular by Gonzales,
Moll, and Amanti (2005). This is the idea that information learned in the home and family is knowledge that stays with children
their whole lives. Funds of knowledge are the historically accumulated and culturally developed skills essential for an household,
community, and individual to function well. Funds of knowledge help explain how culture shapes each child's skills, behaviors, and
abilities. For children funds of knowledge can be built from:
Family occupations
Family activities
Home language
Family outings
Household chores
Caregiving experiences
Entertainment
Funds of knowledge encompass families’ traditions, experiences, information, and practices. When educators and supportive adults
establish a relationship founded on the common goal of successful and healthy development of the child, it supports the aims of
cultural responsiveness, equity, and inclusion. For example, when a child shares their enthusiasm for a television program their
family is watching together, it draws upon many of the child’s own funds of knowledge. While the child is drawing on a shared
family and cultural experience in the show itself, the child is also engaging with notions of occupations and outings, values, chores
and activities and vocabulary. A child’s experience shopping at the grocery story is another example of funds of knowledge. A
child may learn about quantity, money, shopping practices, cultural norms around food, and patterns of interacting, all while
learning and practicing signs and symbols. Drawing on socio-cultural perspectives, educators embrace the funds of knowledge
children possess utilizing these resources and skills to build productive pedagogy. In this way, educators acknowledge that every
child comes to school with previous experiences that influence their interactions with language and support their emerging
knowledge base.
The home environment of each family is complex and personal, and includes economic, social, and cultural influences. The
complexity of home and community environments explains the diversity we see amongst school readiness nationwide. Using the
Funds of Knowledge teachers can be seen as anthropologist investigating a child's knowledge base that originated in their home
and community. Teachers can then design educational experience that pull from overlooked funds of knowledge to ensure
culturally relevant learning experiences that honors a child's culture as opposed to focusing on what the child does not know
leading to stereotypical and deficit thinking of the child.
Funds of Knowledge
1.8.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129780
References
Bourdieu, Pierre, 1930-2002. (1991). Language and Symbolic Power. Cambridge, Mass. :Harvard University Press,
Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological theory and women's psychological development. Harvard University Press.
González, N., Moll, L.C., & Amanti, C.. (2005). Funds of knowledge: Theorizing practices in households, communities, and
classrooms. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum
Harper-Scott, J. P. E., & Samson, J. (2009). An introduction to music studies. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Reay, Diane. (2004). 'It's all becoming a habitus': Beyond the habitual use of habitus in educational research. British Journal of
Sociology of Education - BRIT J SOCIOL EDUC. 25. 431-444. 10.1080/0142569042000236934.
Schull, C. P., La Croix, L., Miller, S. E., Austin, K. S., Kidd, J. K. (2021, August 8). Early Childhood Literacy: Engaging and
Empowering Emergent Readers and Writers, Birth – Age 5. The Virtual Library of Virginia.
Vélez-Ibáñez, C.G., & Greenberg, J.B. (1992). Formation and transformation of funds of knowledge among U.S. Mexican
households. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 23(4), 313-335.
Waterston T., Alperstein G., & Stewart S. (2004) Social capital: a key factor in child health inequalities Archives of Disease in
Childhood, 89, 456-459.
Yosso, T.J (2005) Whose Culture has Capital? A Critical race Theory Discussion of Community Cultural wealth race and Ethnicity
and Education. 8(1). 69-91.
1.8: Cultural Frameworks is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
3.2: Social and Cultural Capital by Vera Kennedy is licensed CC BY-NC-SA 4.0.
1.8.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129780
1.9: Erikson
Erik Erikson’s Psychosocial Theory
Erik Erikson suggested that our relationships and society’s expectations motivate much of our behavior in his theory of
psychosocial development. Erikson believed that we are not driven by unconscious urges. He is considered the father of
developmental psychology because his model gives us a guideline for the entire life span and suggests certain primary
psychological and social concerns throughout life (Paris et al., 2019).
Erikson emphasized the importance of culture in parenting practices and motivations. He also added three stages of social and
emotional domains regarding adult development. He believed that we are aware of what motivates us throughout life and people
make conscious choices in life and these choices focus on meeting certain social and cultural needs rather than purely biological
ones. His theory notes that humans are motivated, for instance, by the need to feel that the world is a trustworthy place, that we are
capable individuals, that we can make a contribution to society, and that we have lived a meaningful life. These are all psychosocial
issues.
Erikson divided the lifespan into eight stages. In each stage, we have a major psychosocial task to accomplish or crisis to
overcome. Successful completion of each developmental task results in a sense of competence and a healthy personality. Failure to
master these tasks leads to feelings of inadequacy. Erikson believed that our personality continues to take shape throughout our
lifespan as we face these challenges in living (Erikson, 1959).
These eight stages form a foundation for discussions on emotional and social development during the life span. However, these
stages or crises can occur more than once and can occur at different ages (Erikson, 1968). For instance, a person may struggle with
a lack of trust beyond infancy under certain circumstances. Erikson’s theory has been criticized for focusing so heavily on stages
and assuming that the completion of one stage is a prerequisite for the next development crisis (Marcia, 1980). His theory also
focuses on the social expectations that are found in some cultures, but not in others. For instance, the idea that adolescence is a time
of searching for identity might translate well in the middle-class culture of the United States, but not as well in cultures where the
transition into adulthood coincides with puberty through rites of passage and where adult roles offer fewer choices. Here is a brief
overview of the eight stages (Lumen Learning, n.d.):
Table 1. Erik Erikson’s Psychosocial Theory
Name of Stage and Age Description of Stage
The infant must have basic needs met in a consistent way in order to
Trust vs. mistrust (0-1 year)
feel that the world is a trustworthy place.
Mobile toddlers have newfound freedom that they like to exercise and
Autonomy vs. shame and doubt (1-2 years)
by being allowed to do so, they learn some basic independence.
Preschoolers like to initiate activities and emphasize doing things “all
Initiative vs. guilt (3-5 years)
by myself.”
School-aged children focus on accomplishments and begin making
Industry vs. inferiority (6-11 years)
comparisons between themselves and their classmates.
1.9.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129784
Name of Stage and Age Description of Stage
Figure 1.9.1 : Initiative vs. Guilt. (CC BY-SA 4.0; Alextredz via flickr)
References
Erikson, E. (1959). Identity and the life cycle. International Universities Press.
Erikson, E. (1968). Identity: Youth and crisis. W.W. Norton & Company.
Kaiser C.R., Wilkins C.L. (2010). Group identification and prejudice: Theoretical and empirical advances and implications.
Journal of Social Issues. 66(3):461–476
Lumen Learning. (n.d.). Erikson’s 8 Stages of Psychosocial Development.
Marcia, J. E. (1980). Identity in adolescence. In J. Adelson, (Ed.), Handbook of adolescent psychology (pp. 159-187). John Wiley
& Sons.
1.9.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129784
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological
Review, 98(2), 224–253.
Paris, J., Ricardo, A., Rymond, D. (2019). Child Growth and Development. College of the Canyons.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism & collectivism. Westview Press.
Attributions
1960s: Erikson by Jennifer Paris, Antoinette Ricardo, Dawn Rymond, Lumen Learning, and Diana Lang is licensed under a
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License, except where otherwise noted.
1.9: Erikson is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
2.13: 1960s: Erikson by Diana Lang has no license indicated.
1.9.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129784
1.10: Clarks-Cross Cultural Issues
Cross Cultural Issues
There is a risk that theories and data derived from White, European American settings could be assumed to apply to children and
social groups from other cultures and this is unlikely to be true (Betancourt & López, 1993). For example, a study of characteristics
of individuals seeking treatment for a binge eating disorder in Hispanic American, African American, and Caucasian American
individuals found significant differences between groups (Franko et al., 2012). The study concluded that results from studying any
one of the groups could not be extended to the other groups, and yet potential causes of the differences were not measured.
In 1920, Francis Cecil Sumner was the first African American to receive a PhD in psychology in the United States. Sumner
established a psychology degree program at Howard University, leading to the education of a new generation of African American
psychologists (Black et al., 2004). Much of the work of early psychologists from diverse backgrounds was dedicated to challenging
intelligence testing and promoting innovative educational methods for children. George I. Sanchez contested such testing with
Mexican American children. As a psychologist of Mexican heritage, he pointed out that the language and cultural barriers in testing
were keeping children from equal opportunities (Guthrie, 1998). By 1940, he was teaching with his doctoral degree at University of
Texas at Austin and challenging segregated educational practices (Romo, 1986).
Figure 1.10.1 Drs. Kenneth and Mamie Clark. (Public Domain, Wikimedia)
In the previous section, Erikson discussed obstacles to the development of identity. One of these obstacles is negative identity
which is when a person rejects the roles expected by one’s family, community, and society. Negative identity is the basis for the
work of Mamie and Kenneth Clark’s valuable research. Extending this idea, it stands to reason that identity formation may be
particularly problematic for minotized communities such as females, people of color and children with atypical development as
they tend to believe the societal norms related to their value and worth. For more information on these mioritized groups, see
chapter 8.
Kenneth and Mamie Clark designed studies to investigate children’s sense of identity, including tests using dolls, coloring, and
drawings. The Drs. Clark, researched the development of consciousness of self in young children. In one test, Black preschool
children were shown a series of line drawings of a White boy and a Black boy, a lion, a clown, and a hen and were asked to identify
themselves or others. The results showed that, more often than not, the children selected the drawing of the Black boy to identify
themselves rather than the drawing of the White boy (or any of the animals). The outcome of that research indicated that young
Black children developed a consciousness of their race between 3 to 4 years of age. In another test, when given a variety of brown
crayons to choose from, the children in the study used a crayon lighter than their own shade to color in their skin. This research laid
the foundation for the groundbreaking research and for a myriad of racialized identity formation theories.
With additional questions emerging such as why are children using lighter shaded crayons to represent themselves, Kenneth and
Mamie Clark conducted experiments known as “The Doll Test”. The premise was to understand the role of segregation and it's
impact on Black children; however, the research ended up providing information about all children as discussed later. To
understand racial identity development, the Drs. Clark used identical dolls with the only variable being the color of the doll's skin.
The researchers found that:
1. Black children often chose to play with the White dolls more than the Black ones.
1.10.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139893
2. The children gave the color 'white' positive attributes like good and pretty; moreover, the 'black doll' was attributed to being bad
and ugly.
Using Black and White dolls, some of the young Black children actually cried when asked to point to the doll they looked most like
(Clark & Clark, 1947). The Clarks concluded that “prejudice, discrimination, and segregation” created a feeling of inferiority
among African-American children and damaged their self-esteem. The original results by Drs. Clark can still be replicated with
today's children.
This video is not closed captioned. However, viewing the video you can capture the main understanding of the video. The children
accurately point to the White doll when asked and the Black doll when asked. They are then asked which doll is the pretty doll and
point to the White doll. They are asked, "which doll is the nice doll" and point to the White doll. They are then asked "which doll is
the bad doll" and they point to the Black doll. Finally they are ask "why is that doll bad" and they respond " Because it is Black".
This indicates even at an early age children have been socialized to equate a negative meaning with being "Black". Although this
particular video uses only Black children. It has been replicated many time with children of all racialized backgrounds.
The above video is a replication of the original doll test study. The doll test was instrumental in the landmark ruling in Brown vs.
Board of Education. This testimony changed the trajectory of public education for all children. The Supreme Court cited Clark’s
1950 paper in its Brown decision and acknowledged it implicitly in the following passage: “To separate [African-American
children] from others of similar age and qualifications solely because of their race generates a feeling of inferiority as to their status
in the community that may affect their hearts and minds in a way unlikely ever to be undone.” Although this was an
accomplishment for his research, Dr. Kenneth Clark was dismayed that the court failed to cite two other conclusions he had
reached: that racism was an inherently American institution and that school segregation inhibited the development of white
children, too. (American Psychological Association, 2019).
Listen to the podcast below describing the Clarks’ research and impact on the Supreme Court decision.
Doll Test Implications for All children
Dr. Clark's last conclusion, as noted above, that racism "is an inhibition in development of White children too" was not cited in the
Brown vs Board of Education ruling, but it is important to understand the full implications of the research. The Drs. Clark
hypothesized that racialized identity and White preference is not only an issue for Black American children but for most children.
Most children have been socialized to prefer whiteness and to associate blackness with negativity. To corroborate this, the doll test
has been replicated in many countries with shocking results. According to Gibson, Robbins & Rochat (2015), there is an even
stronger White preference bias in five to seven-year-old Indian, Polynesian, and Melanesian children tested in their native island
nations. These results are consistent with the idea that, during the preschool years, children are sensitive and attracted to signs of
higher social status that, for historical reasons and across cultures, tends to be associated with lighter skin color. The research done
by the Clarks is no longer being used as evidence for the need for integration but points to the outcomes of all children living in
racist and discriminating social world.
1.10.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139893
Take a look at these videos to see how children of diverse ethnic and racialized identities responded similarly to the original
experiments. These videos include captioning in the section of importance.
Replicated Doll Test Italian Children
After all of the Drs. Clark research and irrefutable evidence of the dangers of racism and prejudice, a recent report by UCLA
(2014) notes we have lost much of the ground on segregating schools. In fact, that report finds that schools are segregated by race,
language, and socio-economic status, and that Latinx children are the most segregated of any group. To read more about our
national statistics and changing demographics read the UCLA report in full.
Reflection
Given the changing landscape outlined in the report above, what impact do you anticipate an increase segregation will have on
all children, their self-esteem, and identity?
References
Betancourt, H., & López, S. R. (1993). The study of culture, ethnicity, and race in American psychology. American Psychologist,
48, 629–637.
Black, S. R., Spence, S. A., & Omari, S. R. (2004). Contributions of African Americans to the field of psychology. Journal of
Black Studies, 35, 40–64.
Franko, D. L., et al. (2012). Racial/ethnic differences in adults in randomized clinical trials of binge eating disorder. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 80, 186–195.
1.10.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139893
Gibson, B., Robbins, E., & Rochat, P. (2015). White bias in 3-7-year-old children across cultures. Journal of Cognition and
Culture, 15(3-4), 344–373.
Guthrie, R. (1998). Even the rat was white (2nd edition). Allyn and Bacon.
Orfield, G., & Frankenberg, E. (2014, May 15). Brown at 60: Great Progress, a Long Retreat, and an Uncertain Future. The Civil
Rights Project.
Romo, R. (1986). George I. Sanchez and the civil rights movement: 1940–1960. La Raza Law Journal, 1, 342–362.
Attribution
Why Study Sociology?. Authored by: OpenStax CNX. Located at: https://cnx.org/contents/[email protected]:JHjddfwj/Why-
Study-Sociology. License: CC BY:
Pressbooks. (2016). Introduction to Sociology: Understanding and Changing the Social World. Openstax.
1.10: Clarks-Cross Cultural Issues is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1.10.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139893
1.11: Piaget
Piaget: Cognitive Development Theory
Overview
Jean Piaget studied how children and youth gradually become able to think logically and scientifically, resulting in his Cognitive
Development Theory. Cognition refers to thinking and memory processes, and cognitive development refers to long-term changes
in these processes. He was one of the first to recognize and map out the ways in which children’s thought differs from that of
adults. His interest in this area began when he was asked to test the IQ of children and began to notice that there was a pattern in
their wrong answers (Paris et al., 2019).
Piaget believed that children’s intellectual skills change over time based on biological predispositions and their own individual
interactions with the world. He was very critical of teacher-directed instruction, believing that teachers or caregivers who take
control of the child’s learning place the child into a passive role (Crain, 2005). According to Piaget, children of differing ages
interpret the world differently; therefore, he divided this learning into four stages. His stages assumed a sequence of thinking
patterns with these key features:
1. They always happen in the same order.
2. No stage is ever skipped.
3. Each stage is a significant transformation from the stage before it.
4. Each later stage builds upon and incorporates the earlier stages.
Sensorimotor Stage
Piaget described intelligence in infancy as sensorimotor, or based on direct, physical contact via the use of their senses. Infants
taste, feel, pound, push, hear, and move in order to experience the world.
Figure 1.11.1 : Baby exploring the world using motor skills and senses. (CC BY 2.0; Ricardo Yubal via Wikimedia)
Preoperational Stage
Piaget’s stage that coincides with early childhood is the preoperational stage. The word operational means logical, so these children
were thought to be illogical. However, they learn to use language and to think of the world symbolically.
1.11.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129785
Figure 1.11.2 : A child pretending to buy items at a toy grocery store. (CC BY SA 4.0.; Ermalfaro via Wikimedia)
Pretend Play
Pretending is a favorite activity during the preoperational stage. A toy has qualities beyond the way it was designed to function and
can now be used to stand for a character or object unlike anything for which it was originally intended. A teddy bear, for example,
can be a baby or the queen of a faraway land!
Note that children in the Preoperational Stage exhibit symbolic play, egocentrism, lack of understanding conservation tasks, and
inability to understand reversibility.
Egocentrism
Egocentrism in early childhood refers to the tendency of young children to think that everyone sees things in the same way as them.
This trait is particularly common in the preoperational stage.
Figure 1.11.3 : Children using their fingers to count. (CC BY-SA 3.0; Sengai Podhuvan via Wikimedia)
This stage takes place from around 7 years old to 11 years of age and is characterized by the development of organized and rational
thinking. The child is now mature enough to use logical thought or operations (e.g., rules) but can only apply logic to physical or
“concrete” objects and events (hence the name “concrete operational”). Children gain the abilities of conservation (number, area,
volume, orientation) and understand that when concrete objects change in appearance, they still contain the same volume, area,
number, and orientation and can return to their original state (reversibility) (Lally, & Vlentine-French, 2017).
Their rules of thinking still seem very basic by adult standards and usually operate unconsciously, but they allow children to solve
problems more systematically than before, and therefore to be successful with many academic tasks. For example, a child may
unconsciously follow the rule: “If nothing is added or taken away, then the amount of something stays the same.” This simple
principle helps children to understand certain arithmetic tasks, such as adding or subtracting zero from a number.
1.11.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129785
deductive reasoning, which is developing hypotheses based on what might logically occur. They are able to think about all the
possibilities in a situation beforehand, and then test them systematically because they are able to engage in scientific thinking.
Table 1. Jean Piaget’s Theory of Cognitive Development
Name of Stage Description of Stage
During the sensorimotor stage, children rely on the use of the senses
and motor skills. From birth to abut 2 years the infant learns by tasting,
Sensorimotor Stage
smelling, touching, hearing, and moving objects around. This is a
hands-on type of knowledge.
In the preoperational stage, children from ages 2 to 7 years become able
to think about the world using symbols. A symbol is something that
stands for something else. The use of language, whether it is in the form
of words or gestures, facilitates knowing and communicating about the
Preoperational Stage world. This is the hallmark of preoperational learning and it typically
occurs in early childhood. However, these children are preoperational or
pre-logical. They still do not understand how the physical world
operates. They may, for instance, fear that they will go down the drain if
they sit at the front of the bathtub, even though they are too big.
Children in the concrete operational stage, ages 7 to 11 years, develop
the ability to think logically about the physical world. Middle childhood
is a time of understanding concepts such as size, distance, and
Concrete Operational Stage
constancy of matter, and cause and effect relationships. A child knows
that a scrambled egg is still an egg and that 8 ounces of water are still 8
ounces no matter what shape of glass contains it.
During the formal operational stage children, at about 12 years of age,
acquire the ability to think logically about concrete and abstract events.
The teenager who has reached this stage is able to consider possibilities
Formal Operational Stage and to contemplate ideas about situations that have never been directly
encountered. More abstract understanding of religious ideas, morals, or
ethics, and abstract principles such as freedom and dignity can be
considered.
1.11.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129785
may be different. For example, the Baoule community on the Ivory Coast, who produce vegetable food, store it and exchange it in
markets, tend to value quantitative concepts (reflected in Piaget's conservation of liquids task), while hunter-gatherers communities
traditionally show little interest in precise quantitative comparisons.
Cross-cultural testing has challenged emerging cognitive theorists to incorporate cultural and environment into Piaget's ideas
original ideas, but the succession of stages in cognitive development appears to be generalizable. Timing, ages, and capabilities
during each stage appear to vary according to cultural context and enculturation patterns.
References
Berry, J. W. (1976). Cross-cultural research and methodology series: III. Human ecology and cognitive style: Comparative studies
in cultural and psychological adaptation. Sage.
Crain, W. (2005). Theories of development concepts and applications (5th ed.). Pearson Education, Inc.
Lally, M., & Vlentine-French, S. (2017). Lifespan development: A psychological perspective. College of Lake County Foundation.
Lumen Learning. (n.d.). Lecture transcript: Developmental theories.
Paris, J., Ricardo, A., Rymond, D. (2019). Child Growth and Development. College of the Canyons.
1.11: Piaget is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
2.12: 1950s: Piaget by Diana Lang has no license indicated.
1.11.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129785
1.12: Behaviorism
Behaviorist Theories
Behaviorism is primarily concerned with observable and measurable aspects of human behavior. In defining behavior, behaviorist
learning theories emphasize changes in behavior that result from stimulus-response associations made by the learner. Several social
psychologists studied behavior and identified different theories on how behaviors can be learned and/or changed through
reinforcement. They called this conditioning.
John B. Watson (1878-1958) and B. F. Skinner (1904-1990) are the two principal originators of behaviorist approaches to learning.
Watson believed that human behavior resulted from specific stimuli that elicited certain responses. Watson's basic premise was that
conclusions about human development should be based on observation of overt behavior rather than speculation about
subconscious motives or latent cognitive processes (Shaffer, 2000). He hypothesized that behavior could be dependent on the
environment (culture). Watson's basic premise was that conclusions about human development should be based on observation of
overt behavior rather than speculation about subconscious motives or latent cognitive processes (Shaffer, 2000). Through this
experiment, he conditioned a little boy to fear a white rat by repeatedly showing the boy the rat, then introducing a scary, loud,
clanking sound. In time, the young boy feared all white furry objects because he associated them with a scary, loud noise.
Watson's theories were built upon the work of Ivan Pavlov. Pavlov was well known for his research on a learning process called
classical conditioning. Classical conditioning refers to learning that occurs when a neutral stimulus becomes associated with a
stimulus that naturally produces a behavior. Pavlov earned the 1904 Nobel Prize in Psychology for his work on the theory of
classical conditioning. In Watson's case, Little Albert became afraid of furry, white objects because he associated them with a scary
noise. Similar to the work of Watson but more developed, in Pavlov's case, dogs drooled when they heard a ringing bell because
they associated the sound with food.
For the purposes of our work with children, we can see how neutral stimulus become associated with naturally produces a behavior.
Advertisements are a prime example of classical conditioning. Food advertisements are a great example of classical conditioning.
We are conditioned to desire foods that look good. That's why we salivate when we see a commercial for our favorite steakhouse!
1.12.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129786
Table 1. Classical and Operant Conditioning Compared
Type of Approach Classical Conditioning Operant Conditioning
The stimulus occurs immediately before the The stimulus (either reinforcement or
Stimulus timing
response. punishment) occurs soon after the response.
Working with Thorndike’s law of effect as his foundation, Skinner began conducting scientific experiments on animals (mainly rats
and pigeons) to determine how organisms learn through operant conditioning (Skinner, 1938). He placed these animals inside an
operant conditioning chamber, which has come to be known as a “Skinner box” (See Figure 1.). A Skinner box contains a lever (for
rats) or disk (for pigeons) that the animal can press or peck for a food reward via the dispenser. Speakers and lights can be
associated with certain behaviors. A recorder counts the number of responses made by the animal.
Figure 1.12.1 : B. F. Skinner developed operant conditioning for systematic study of how behaviors are strengthened or weakened
according to their consequences. (CC BY-3.0; Silly rabbit via Wikimedia)
Figure 1.12.2 : In a Skinner box, a rat presses a lever in an operant conditioning chamber to receive a food reward. (CC BY-SA
4.0; Wikimedia)
In discussing operant conditioning, we use several everyday words—positive, negative, reinforcement, and punishment—in a
specialized manner. In operant conditioning, positive and negative do not mean good and bad. Instead, positive means you are
adding something, and negative means you are taking something away. Reinforcement means you are increasing a behavior, and
punishment means you are decreasing a behavior. Reinforcement can be positive or negative, and punishment can also be positive
or negative. All reinforcers (positive or negative) increase the likelihood of a behavioral response. All punishers (positive or
negative) decrease the likelihood of a behavioral response. Now let us combine these four terms: positive reinforcement, negative
reinforcement, positive punishment, and negative punishment (Table 2).
Table 2. Positive and Negative Reinforcement and Punishment
Reinforcement Punishment
Something is added to increase the likelihood Something is added to decrease the likelihood
Positive
of a behavior. of a behavior.
1.12.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129786
Reinforcement
The most effective way to teach a person or animal a new behavior is with positive reinforcement. In positive reinforcement, a
desirable stimulus is added to increase a behavior.
For example, let’s say you tell your five-year-old son, Jerome, that if he cleans his room, he will get a toy. Jerome quickly cleans
his room because he wants a new art set. Some people might say, “Why should I reward my child for doing what is expected?”
However, we are constantly and consistently rewarded in our lives. Our paychecks are rewards, as are high grades or acceptance
into our preferred schools. Being praised for doing a good job or for passing a driver’s test are also rewards. Positive reinforcement
as a learning tool is extremely effective. It has been found that one of the most effective ways to increase achievement in school
districts with below-average reading scores was to pay the children to read.
An example of this can be seen in Dallas, where second-grade students in Dallas were paid $2 each time they read a book and
passed a short quiz about the book. The result was a significant increase in reading comprehension (Fryer, 2010). What do you
think about this program? If Skinner were alive today, he would probably think this was a great idea. He was a strong proponent of
using operant conditioning principles to influence students’ behavior at school. In fact, in addition to the Skinner box, he also
invented what he called a teaching machine that was designed to reward small steps in learning—an early forerunner of computer-
assisted learning (Skinner, 1961). His teaching machine tested students’ knowledge as they worked through various school
subjects. If students answered questions correctly, they received immediate positive reinforcement and could continue; if they
answered incorrectly, they did not receive any reinforcement. The idea was that students would spend additional time studying the
material to increase their chance of being reinforced the next time.
Figure 1.12.3 : A child winning an award. (CC BY-SA 4.0; Anuj Nagar via Wikimedia)
In negative reinforcement, an undesirable stimulus is removed to increase a behavior. For example, car manufacturers use the
principles of negative reinforcement in their seatbelt systems, which go “beep, beep, beep” until you fasten your seatbelt. The
annoying sound stops when you exhibit the desired behavior, increasing the likelihood that you will buckle up in the future.
Negative reinforcement is also used frequently in horse training. Riders apply pressure—by pulling the reins or squeezing their legs
—and then remove the pressure when the horse performs the desired behavior, such as turning or speeding up. The pressure is the
negative stimulus that the horse wants to remove.
Punishment
Many people confuse negative reinforcement with punishment in operant conditioning, but they are two very different concepts.
Remember that reinforcement, even when it is negative, always increases a behavior. In contrast, punishment always decreases a
behavior. In positive punishment, you add an undesirable stimulus to decrease a behavior. An example of positive punishment is
reprimanding a student to get the student to stop texting in class. In this case, a stimulus (the reprimand) is added in order to
decrease the behavior (texting in class). In negative punishment, you remove a pleasant stimulus to decrease a behavior, such as
something the child enjoys (e.g., a toy or a scheduled outing). One controversial and misunderstood discipline technique is time
out. Depending on how it is applied, time-outs can be negative punishment or seen as removal from items that are positively
reinforcing such access to something they enjoy like a toy (Allen et.al, 1964).
1.12.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129786
Punishment, especially when it is immediate, is one way to decrease undesirable behavior. For example, imagine your four-year-old
son, Brandon, runs into a busy street to get his ball. You give him a time-out (positive punishment) and tell him never to go into the
street again. Chances are he will not repeat this behavior. While strategies like time-outs are common today, in the past children
were often subject to physical punishment, such as spanking. It’s important to be aware of some of the drawbacks of using physical
punishment on children. Within the context of parenting, it is important to note that the term “punishment” doesn’t mean that the
consequence should be harmful.
In fact, experts caution that punishments like spanking can cause more harm than good (Murphy, 2017). First, punishment may
teach fear. Brandon may become fearful of the street, but he also may become fearful of the person who delivered the punishment
—you, his parent. Similarly, children who are punished by teachers may start to fear the teacher and try to avoid school (Gerschoff,
2013). Consequently, most schools in the United States have banned corporal punishment. Second, punishment may cause children
to become more aggressive and prone to antisocial behavior and delinquency (Gershoff, 2002). They see their parents resort to
spanking when they become angry and frustrated, so, in turn, they may act out this same behavior when they become angry and
frustrated. For example, because you spank Brenda when you are angry with her for her misbehavior, she might start hitting her
friends when they will not share their toys.
While positive punishment can be effective in some cases, Skinner suggested that the use of punishment should be weighed against
the possible negative effects. Today’s psychologists and parenting experts favor reinforcement over punishment—they recommend
that you catch your child doing something good and reward her for it.
Cultural Considerations
Figure 1.12.4 : Teen experiencing anxiety. (CC BY-NC-SA 2.0; rima xaros via Flickr)
The socialization implications are evident when behavior is viewed within cultural practices. For example there has been a great
deal of research related to anxiety levels for Asian Americans compared to western White Americans (Krieg and Xu 2018). Asian
Americans consistently report higher social anxiety symptoms. The theory is that there is conflict navigating the high levels of
interdependence in Asian American culture versus the low levels of interdependence in Western culture. This conflicts makes
social situations "high stakes." Social situations trigger fears and anxiety as Asian Americans are concerned about how one's
behavior impacts the group. This is important to keep in mind when working with children whose culture values the collective or
group but the typical Western classroom values children demonstrating independence.
References
Allen, K. E., Hart, B., Buell, J. S., Harris, F. R., & Wolf, M. (1964). Effects of social reinforcement on isolate behavior of a nursery
school child. Child Development, 35(2), 511–518.
Fryer, R. G. (n.d.). FINANCIAL INCENTIVES AND STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT: EVIDENCE FROM RANDOMIZED
TRIALS. Harvary University National Bureau if Economic Research.
Gershoff, E. T. (2002). Corporal punishment by parents and associated child behaviors and experiences: A meta-analytic and
theoretical review. Psychological Bulletin, 128(4), 539–579.
Gerschoff, E. T. (2013). Spanking and child development: We know enough now to stop hitting our children. Child Development
Perspectives, 7(3), 133-137.
Krieg A., Xu Y., Cicero D. C. (2018). Comparing social anxiety between Asian Americans and European Americans: An
Examination of Measurement Invariance. Assessment 25 564–577. 10.11
Murphy, R. (2017). What is ‘negative punishment’? Definition and real-world examples. Care.com.
1.12.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129786
OpenStax College. (n.d.). Psychology. OpenStax.
Thorndike, E. L. (1911). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. Macmillan Company.
Shaffer, D. (2000). Social and Personality Development (4th Ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thompson Learning.
Skinner, B. F. (1938). Behavior of organisms. Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Skinner, B. F. (1961). Teaching machines. Scientific American, 205(3), 90-112.
1.12: Behaviorism is shared under a CC BY-NC-SA license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
2.10: 1940s: Skinner by Diana Lang has no license indicated.
1.1: Introduction by Molly Zhou & David Brown is licensed CC BY-NC-SA 4.0.
1.12.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129786
1.13: Family Systems Theories
Family Systems Theory
Some theories are focused on a specific agent of socialization such as family. Family Systems Theory does just that, focuses how
how the family socialized children. Family Systems Theory (from the work of Ackerman, Jackson, Minuchin, and Bowen) comes
under the Functional Theory umbrella and shares the functional approach of considering the dysfunctions and functions of complex
groups and organizations.
Family Systems Theory claims that the family is understood best by conceptualizing it as a complex, dynamic, and changing
collection of parts, subsystems and family members. Much like a mechanic would interface with the computer system of a broken-
down car to diagnose which systems are broken (transmission, electric, fuel, etc.) to repair it, a therapist or researcher would
interact with family members to diagnose how and where the systems of the family are working and where they are in need of
repair or intervention.
In the article entitled, “Understanding Families: Applying Family Systems Theory to Early Childhood Practice” by Linda Garris
Christian, she states that family systems theory can explain why members of a family behave the way they do in a given situation.
She identifies the six characteristics that make up the theory collectively.
The six characteristics are:
1. Boundaries – relates to limit, togetherness and separateness—what or who is “in” or “out of” the family.
2. Roles – in all families individuals members have roles, those roles may include – peacemaker, clown, rescuer, victim, these
roles can be carried over into work, school, and social settings.
3. Rules – a set of standards, laws, or traditions that tell us how-to live-in relation to each other, they are often embedded in a
cultural context; therefore, they can contribute to the feeling of cultural discontinuity that some children experience at school.
4. Hierarchy – this refers to who holds the decision making, control, and power in the family, each time the family composition
changes, there is a shift in where family members are in their hierarchy.
5. Climate – this is about the emotional and physical environment of the family.
6. Equilibrium – the refers to the balance or imbalance that exists in the family, consistency in families can be difficult to
maintain, but it is critical to children’s development that they have a sense of security and trust to maintain healthy development
The information uses ideas and concepts from the article " Understanding Families: Applying Family Systems Theory". After
reviewing the article, you may want to reflect on the questions below.
Figure 1.13.1 : A family enjoying the day together. (Public Domain; NARA)
Critical Reflection
1. How might you apply the six characteristics in this theory to your family of origin?
2. What more do you need to know about this theory to help you to support children and families in your early learning
environment?
1.13.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/135042
Theories About Family & Marriage: Cras…
Cras…
Functionalism
When considering the role of family in society, functionalists uphold the notion that families are an important social institution and
that they play a key role in stabilizing society. They also note that family members take on status roles in a marriage or family. The
family—and its members—perform certain functions that facilitate the prosperity and development of society.
Sociologist George Murdock conducted a survey of 250 societies and determined that there are four universal residual functions of
the family: sexual, reproductive, educational, and economic (Murdock 1949). According to Murdock, the family (which for him
includes the state of marriage) regulates sexual relations between individuals. He does not deny the existence or impact of
premarital or extramarital sex, but states that the family offers a socially legitimate sexual outlet for adults (Murdock, 1949)). This
outlet gives way to reproduction, which is a necessary part of ensuring the survival of society.
Once children are born, the family plays a vital role in training them for adult life. As the primary agent of socialization and
enculturation, the family teaches young children the ways of thinking and behaving that follow social and cultural norms, values,
beliefs, and attitudes. For example, in some families, parents teach their children manners and civility believing a well-mannered
child reflects a well-mannered parent.
Parents also teach children gender roles. Gender roles are an important part of the economic function of a family. In each family,
there is a division of labor that consists of instrumental and expressive roles. Men tend to assume the instrumental roles in the
family, which typically involve work outside of the family that provides financial support and establishes family status. Women
tend to assume the expressive roles, which typically involve work inside of the family which provides emotional support and
physical care for children (Crano and Aronoff 1978).
According to functionalists, the differentiation of the roles on the basis of sex ensures that families are well balanced and
coordinated. When family members move outside of these roles, the family is thrown out of balance and must recalibrate in order
to function properly. For example, if the father assumes an expressive role such as providing daytime care for the children, the
mother must take on an instrumental role such as gaining paid employment outside of the home in order for the family to maintain
balance and function.
Conflict Theory
The functional perspective assumes the family provides its members emotional comfort and support, many families do just the
opposite and are far from the harmonious, happy groups depicted in the 1950s television shows. Instead, and as the news story that
began this chapter tragically illustrated, they argue, shout, and use emotional cruelty and physical violence.
Conflict theory’s emphases, the family may also produce several problems. In particular, it may contribute for several reasons to
social inequality, and it may subject its members to violence, arguments, and other forms of conflict. The family also became more
and more of a patriarchal unit (see earlier discussion), helping to ensure men’s status at the top of the social hierarchy.
Conflict theorists are quick to point out that U.S. families have been defined as private entities, the consequence of which has been
to leave family matters to only those within the family. Many people in the United States are resistant to government intervention in
the family: parents do not want the government to tell them how to raise their children or to become involved in domestic issues.
Conflict theory highlights the role of power in family life and contends that the family is often not a haven but rather an arena
1.13.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/135042
where power struggles can occur. This exercise of power often entails the performance of family status roles. Conflict theorists may
study conflicts as simple as the enforcement of rules from parent to child, or they may examine more serious issues such as
domestic violence (spousal and child), sexual assault, marital rape, and incest.
The first study of marital power was performed in 1960. Researchers found that the person with the most access to value resources
held the most power. As money is one of the most valuable resources, men who worked in paid labor outside of the home held
more power than women who worked inside the home (Blood and Wolfe 1960). Even today, with more fluid family roles, conflict
theorists find disputes over the division of household labor to be a common source of marital discord. Household labor offers no
wages and, therefore, no power. Studies indicate that when men do more housework, women experience more satisfaction in their
marriages, reducing the incidence of conflict (Coltrane 2000). In general, conflict theorists tend to study areas of marriage and life
that involve inequalities or discrepancies in power and authority, as they are reflective of the larger social structure.
Check-in Time!
How does the division of chores impact or not impact your household?
Symbolic Interactionism
Interactionists view the world in terms of symbols and the meanings assigned to them (LaRossa and Reitzes 1993). The family
itself is a symbol. To some, it is a father, mother, and children; to others, it is any union that involves respect and compassion.
Interactionists stress that family is not an objective, concrete reality. Like other social phenomena, it is a social construct that is
subject to the ebb and flow of social norms and ever-changing meanings.
Consider the meaning of other elements of family: in the past, “parent” was a symbol of a biological and emotional connection to a
child. With more parent-child relationships developing through adoption, remarriage, or change in guardianship, the word “parent”
today is less likely to be associated with a biological connection than with whoever is socially recognized as having the
responsibility for a child’s upbringing. Similarly, the terms “mother” and “father” are no longer rigidly associated with the
meanings of caregiver and breadwinner. These meanings are more free-flowing through changing family roles.
Interactionists also recognize how the family status roles of each member are socially constructed, playing an important part in how
people perceive and interpret social behavior. Interactionists view the family as a group of role players or “actors” that come
together to act out their parts in an effort to construct a family. These roles are up for interpretation. In the late nineteenth and early
twentieth century, a “good father,” for example, was one who worked hard to provide financial security for his children. Today, for
some, a “good father” is one who takes the time outside of work to promote his children’s emotional well-being, social skills, and
intellectual growth—in some ways, a much more daunting task.
References
Blood, R. O., Jr., & Wolfe, D. M. (1960). Husbands and wives: The dynamics of family living. Free Press Glencoe.
Christian, L. G. (2006). Understanding Families: Applying Family Systems Theory to Early Childhood Practice. National
Association of the Education of Young Children Beyond the Journal
Coltrane, Scott. (2000). Research on Household Labor: Modeling and Measuring the Social Embeddedness of Routine Family
Work. Journal of Marriage and The Family. Universty of California Riverside.
Crano, W. D., & Aronoff, J. (1978). A cross-cultural study of expressive and instrumental role complementarity in the family.
American Sociological Review, 43(4), 463–471.
LaRossa, R. and Reitzes, D.C. (1993). Symbolic Interactionism and Family Studies. In: Boss, P.G., Doherty, W.J., LaRossa, R.,
Schumm, W.R. and Steinmetz, S.K., Eds., Sourcebook of Family Theories and Methods: A Contextual Approach. Plenum, New
York, 135-163.
Murdock, George. (1949). Social structure. NY: The MacMillan Company.
University of Minnisota Libraries Publishing. (n.d.). Sociology: Understanding and Changing the Social World. University
Libraries.
1.13.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/135042
Attribution
Intimate Relationships and Families by Ron Hammond and Paul Cheney is licensed under CC BY 4.0 (pg. 5-11)
1.13: Family Systems Theories is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1.1: Theories Developed for Understanding the Family by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
1.13.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/135042
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
2: Why Culture is Important
Learning Objectives
This page titled 2: Why Culture is Important is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and
Wendy Ruiz.
1
2.1: Introduction
Culture and Socialization
Culture is a key concept in socialization as it influences our beliefs and behaviors. Culture is a part of each person and is the
foundation of a society. People in general absorbs the rules, values, norms and beliefs of the culture they were born into (Nieto &
Bode, 2008).
Think about what are the informal unwritten rules when you pass an acquaintance at school, work, in the grocery store, or in the
mall? Generally, we do not consider all of the intricacies of the rules of behavior. We may simply say, “Hello!” and ask, “How was
your weekend?” or some other trivial question meant to be a friendly greeting. Rarely do we physically embrace or even touch the
individual. In fact, doing so may be viewed with scorn or distaste, since as people in the United States we have fairly rigid rules
about personal space. However, we all adhere to various rules and standards that are created and maintained in culture.These rules
and expectations have meaning, and there are ways in which you may violate this negotiation. Culturally, we examine in what
situation and context certain behavior is expected, and in which situations perhaps it is not. These rules are created and enforced by
people who interact and share societal norms.
Critical Reflection
Think about the setting and environment of grocery stores in each culture. Would these differences change the way one
interacts with others?
2.1.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132103
Figure 2.1.1 : people shopping in middle eastern market (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0; ninjawil via
Wordpress)
Figure 2.1.2 :people shopping in western market (CC BY-SA 2.0; blmurch via
Wordpress)
In everyday conversation, people rarely distinguish between the terms culture and society, but the terms have slightly different
meanings, and the distinction is important to educators. A society describes a group of people who share a community and a
culture. By “community,” is a definable region—as small as a neighborhood (Brooklyn, or “the east side of town”), as large as a
country (Ethiopia, the United States, or Nepal), or somewhere in between (in the United States, this might include someone who
identifies with Southern or Midwestern society). To clarify, a culture represents the beliefs and practices of a group, while society
represents the people who share those beliefs and practices. Neither society nor culture could exist without the other. In this section
we examine the relationship between culture and society in greater detail and pay special attention to the elements and forces that
shape culture, including diversity and cultural changes. A final discussion touches on the different theoretical perspectives from
which sociologists research culture.
Almost every human behavior, from parenting, to bathing, to shopping to marriage to expressions of feelings, is learned. Children
learning the behaviors make them apart of the group. The conduct and systems of the group is collectively called culture. In the
2.1.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132103
United States, people tend to view marriage as a choice between two people, based on mutual feelings of love. In other nations and
in other times, marriages have been arranged through an intricate process of interviews and negotiations between entire families. To
someone raised in New York City, the marriage customs of a family from Nigeria may seem strange or even wrong. Conversely,
someone from a traditional Kolkata family might be perplexed with the idea of romantic love as the foundation for marriage and
lifelong commitment. In other words, the way in which people view marriage depends largely on what they have been taught.
Figure 2.1.3 : A man presenting his sister, the bride, to her groom. (CC BY-SA 1.0; Wikimedia)
Behavior based on learned customs is not a bad thing. Being familiar with unwritten rules helps people feel secure and “normal.”
Most people want to live their daily lives confident that their behaviors will not be challenged or disrupted. But even an action as
seemingly simple as commuting to school evidences a great deal of cultural propriety.
Take the case of going to school on public transportation. Whether people are commuting in Dublin, Cairo, Mumbai, or San
Francisco, many behaviors will be the same, but significant differences also arise between cultures. Typically, a passenger will find
a marked bus stop or station, wait for his bus or train, pay an agent before or after boarding, and quietly take a seat if one is
available. But when boarding a bus in Cairo, passengers might have to run, because buses there often do not come to a full stop to
take on patrons. Dublin bus riders would be expected to extend an arm to indicate that they want the bus to stop for them. And
when boarding a commuter train in Mumbai, passengers must squeeze into overstuffed cars amid a lot of pushing and shoving on
the crowded platforms. That kind of behavior would be considered the height of rudeness in the United States, but in Mumbai it
reflects the daily challenges of getting around on a train system that is taxed to capacity.
In this example of commuting, culture consists of thoughts (expectations about personal space, for example) and tangible things
(bus stops, trains, and seating capacity). Material culture refers to the objects or belongings of a group of people. Metro passes and
bus tokens are part of material culture, as are automobiles, stores, and the physical structures where people worship. Nonmaterial
culture, in contrast, consists of the ideas, attitudes, and beliefs of a society. Material and nonmaterial aspects of culture are linked,
and physical objects often symbolize cultural ideas. A metro pass is a material object, but it represents a form of nonmaterial
culture, namely, capitalism, and the acceptance of paying for transportation.
Cultural Universals
Often, a comparison of one culture to another will reveal obvious differences. But all cultures also share common elements.
Cultural universals are patterns or traits that are globally common to all societies. One example of a cultural universal is the family
unit: every human society recognizes a family structure that regulates sexual reproduction and the care of children. Even so, how
that family unit is defined and how it functions vary. In many Asian cultures, for example, family members from all generations
commonly live together in one household. In these cultures, young adults continue to live in the extended household family
structure until they marry and join their spouse’s household, or they may remain and raise their nuclear family within the extended
family’s homestead. In the United States, by contrast, individuals are expected to leave home and live independently for a period
before forming a family unit that consists of parents and their offspring. Other cultural universals include customs like funeral rites,
weddings, and celebrations of births. However, each culture may view the ceremonies quite differently.
2.1.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132103
Cultural Iceberg
Iceberg
There are many factors of culture, it is powerful it is obvious in many ways but imperceivable in other ways (Hall, 1989). Theorists
explain that culture is visible and invisible. Culture is visible in a groups dress, food, gestures, systems, as an educator this is the
easiest elements of culture. The most difficult element of culture is the the culture we do not see but still exist. This is invisible
cultural elements such as emotional reactions and beliefs systems.
Figure 2.1.4 : Native American people in traditional dresss (CC BY 2.0; tm via Wikimedia)
2.1.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132103
Figure 2.1.5 : According to anthropologist Marvin Harris, cows are worshipped in India because they are such an important part
of India’s agricultural economy. (CC BY-SA 3.0; Bipin.cs37 via Wikimedia)
In the United States, if we make an “O” by putting our thumb and forefinger together, we mean “OK,” but the same gesture in
certain parts of Europe signifies an obscenity. “Thumbs up” in the United States means “great” or “wonderful,” but in Australia it
means the same thing as extending the middle finger in the United States. Certain parts of the Middle East and Asia would be
offended if they saw you using your left hand to eat, because they use their left hand for bathroom hygiene.
Figure 2.1.7 :(CC-BY-NC-ND 4.0; Marie Anna Lee via ScholarlyCommons) & Figure 2.1.8 : (Public Domain; NARA): It’s not just
what we eat, but where and how we eat that can differ
The way cuisines vary across cultures fascinates many people. Some travelers pride themselves on their willingness to try
unfamiliar foods, like celebrated food writer Anthony Bourdain, while others return home expressing gratitude for their native
culture’s fare. Often, people in the United States express disgust at other cultures’ cuisine and think that it’s gross to eat meat from
2.1.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132103
a dog or guinea pig, for example, while they don’t question their own habit of eating cows or pigs. Such attitudes are an example of
ethnocentrism, or evaluating and judging another culture based on how it compares to one’s own cultural norms. Ethnocentrism, as
sociologist William Graham Sumner (1906) described the term, involves a belief or attitude that one’s own culture is better than all
others. Almost everyone is a little bit ethnocentric. For example, Americans tend to say that people from England drive on the
“wrong” side of the road, rather than on the “other” side. Someone from a country where dog meat is standard fare might find it
off-putting to see a dog in a French restaurant—not on the menu, but as a pet and patron’s companion. A good example of
ethnocentrism is referring to parts of Asia as the “Far East.” One might question, “Far east of where?”
A high level of appreciation for one’s own culture can be healthy; a shared sense of community pride, for example, connects people
in a society. But ethnocentrism can lead to disdain or dislike for other cultures and could cause misunderstanding and conflict.
People with the best intentions sometimes travel to a society to “help” its people, because they see them as uneducated or backward
—essentially inferior. In reality, these travelers are guilty of cultural imperialism, the deliberate imposition of one’s own cultural
values on another culture. Europe’s colonial expansion, begun in the sixteenth century, was often accompanied by a severe cultural
imperialism. European colonizers often viewed the people in the lands they colonized as uncultured savages who were in need of
European governance, dress, religion, and other cultural practices. A more modern example of cultural imperialism may include the
work of international aid agencies who introduce agricultural methods and plant species from developed countries while
overlooking indigenous varieties and agricultural approaches that are better suited to the particular region (Scheuerman, 2010).
Ethnocentrism can be so strong that when confronted with all of the differences of a new culture, one may experience
disorientation and frustration. In sociology, we call this culture shock. A traveler from Chicago might find the nightly silence of
rural Montana unsettling, not peaceful. An exchange student from China might be annoyed by the constant interruptions in class as
other students ask questions—a practice that is considered rude in China. Perhaps the Chicago traveler was initially captivated with
Montana’s quiet beauty and the Chinese student was originally excited to see a U.S.-style classroom firsthand. But as they
experience unanticipated differences from their own culture, their excitement gives way to discomfort and doubts about how to
behave appropriately in the new situation. Eventually, as people learn more about a culture, they recover from culture shock.
Critical Reflection
This section discussed the eating of dog meat in some other cultures. Many Americans and Europeans condemn this practice
and look down upon non-western countries where these practices are typical.
Do you think it is appropriate to condemn eating dog meat, or do you think such criticism violates cultural relativism and is
therefore inappropriate?
References
Hall, E. T. (1989). Beyond culture. New York: Anchor Books.
Harris, M. (1978, February). India's Sacred Cow. Human Nature.
Nieto, S., & Bode, P. (2008). Affirming diversity: The sociopolitical context of multicultural education, (5th ed.). New York:
Pearson.
Sumner, William G. 1906. Folkways: A Study of the Sociological Importance of Usages, Manners, Customs, Mores, and Morals.
New York: Ginn and Co.
Scheuerman, William. 2010. “Globalization.” The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, edited by E. N. Revised 2014. Zalta,
Summer.
Attribution
Sociology - Module 2: Culture and Society by Lumen Learning references Introduction to Sociology 2e by OpenStax, which is
licensed under CC BY 4.0
Griffiths, H., & Keirns, N. (2015, April 24). Introduction to Sociology. (2nd ed.). Openstax.
This page titled 2.1: Introduction is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz.
3.1: Introduction by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
3.2: What Is Culture? by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
2.1.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132103
2.2: Cultural Schemas
Cultural Schemas
Culture determines how groups understand rules and make meaning of their behavior, patterns, systems and experiences. These
frameworks are called values, beliefs, attitudes and norms. These cognitive processes provide structure our social patterns. The
following video discusses values in more depth and highlights other related ideas such as symbols, and norms that govern our daily
lives. Children are learning about these complex ideas in their interactions with adults and caregivers. Children are learning about
these mental structures, what Piaget called schemas, in this case cultural schemas (Lally & Vlentine-French, 2017).
Values
The first, and perhaps most crucial, elements of culture we will discuss are its values and beliefs. Values are a culture’s standard for
discerning what is good and just in society. Values are deeply embedded and critical for transmitting and teaching a culture’s
beliefs. Beliefs are the tenets or convictions that people hold to be true. Individuals in a society have specific beliefs, but they also
share collective values.
Values are qualities or beliefs that are viewed as desirable or important. Socializing agents in all Bronfenbrenners bio-ecological
model influence the internalization of values. In the microsystem what message did your parents give you gender or beauty? Major
global events in the macrosystem and chronosystem also affect values. For example, COVID- 19 pandemic in 2020 made people
value security and reorganize their family and work lives (Bojanowska et al., 2021).
Values help shape a society by suggesting what is good and bad, beautiful and ugly, sought or avoided. Consider the value that the
United States places upon youth. Children represent innocence and purity, while a youthful adult appearance signifies sexuality.
Shaped by this value, individuals spend millions of dollars each year on cosmetic products and surgeries to look young and
beautiful. The United States also has an individualistic culture, meaning people place a high value on individuality and
independence. In contrast, many other cultures are collectivist, meaning the welfare of the group and group relationships are a
primary value.
Living up to a culture’s values can be difficult. For parents in the U.S. we value children being independent but engage in
helicopter parenting. It’s easy to value good health, but it’s hard to quit smoking. Marital monogamy is valued, but many spouses
engage in infidelity. Cultural diversity and equal opportunities for all people are valued in the United States, yet the country’s
highest political offices have been dominated by white men.
Values often suggest how people should behave, but they don’t accurately reflect how people do behave. Values portray an ideal
culture, the standards society would like to embrace and live up to. But ideal culture differs from real culture, the way society
actually is, based on what occurs and exists. In an ideal culture, there would be no traffic accidents, murders, poverty, or racial
tension. But in real culture, police officers, lawmakers, educators, and social workers constantly strive to prevent or repair those
accidents, crimes, and injustices. American teenagers are encouraged to value celibacy. However, the number of unplanned
pregnancies among teens reveals that not only is the ideal hard to live up to, but the value alone is not enough to spare teenagers the
potential consequences of having sex.
2.2.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132105
One way societies strive to put values into action is through rewards, sanctions, and punishments, see the section on theories that
outline Skinner's work. When people observe the norms of society and uphold its values, they are often rewarded. A boy who helps
an elderly woman board a bus may receive a smile and a “thank you.” A business manager who raises profit margins may receive a
quarterly bonus. People sanction certain behaviors by giving their support, approval, or permission, or by instilling formal actions
of disapproval and nonsupport. Sanctions are a form of social control, a way to encourage conformity to cultural norms. Sometimes
people conform to norms in anticipation or expectation of positive sanctions: good grades, for instance, may mean praise from
parents and teachers. From a criminal justice perspective, properly used social control is also inexpensive crime control. Utilizing
social control approaches pushes most people to conform to societal rules, regardless of whether authority figures (such as law
enforcement) are present.
Figure 2.2.1 : A Mangkong girl, caring for a younger sibling, stands outside a home. A norm in Laos have children playing a major
role in helping to raise younger children. (CC BY-SA 3.0; BigBrotherMouse via Wikimedia)
When people go against a society’s values, they are punished. A boy who shoves an elderly woman aside to board the bus first may
receive frowns or even a scolding from other passengers. A business manager who drives away customers will likely be fired.
Breaking norms and rejecting values can lead to cultural sanctions such as earning a negative label—lazy, no-good bum—or to
legal sanctions, such as traffic tickets, fines, or imprisonment.
Figure 2.2.2 : In many parts of Africa and the Middle East, it is considered normal for men to hold hands in friendship. How would
Americans react to these two soldiers? (CC BY 2.0; Geordie Mott via Wikimedia)
Values are not static; they vary across time and between groups as people evaluate, debate, and change collective societal beliefs.
Values also vary from culture to culture. For example, cultures differ in their values about what kinds of physical closeness are
appropriate in public. It’s rare to see two male friends or coworkers holding hands in the United States where that behavior often
symbolizes romantic feelings. But in many nations, masculine physical intimacy is considered natural in public. This difference in
cultural values came to light when people reacted to photos of former president George W. Bush holding hands with the Crown
Prince of Saudi Arabia in 2005. A simple gesture, such as hand-holding, carries great symbolic differences across cultures.
2.2.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132105
Reflection
What is a value you have as an adult that was fostered in your childhood?
In what ways was that instilled in you by society. Can you link to the methods of socialization practices?
Reference
Bojanowska, A., Kaczmarek, Ł. D., Koscielniak, M., & Urbańska, B. (2021). Changes in values and well-being amidst the
COVID-19 pandemic in Poland. PloS one, 16(9), e0255491.
Lally, M., & Vlentine-French, S. (2017). Lifespan development: A psychological perspective. College of Lake County Foundation.
Attribution
Sociology - Module 2: Culture and Society by Lumen Learning references Introduction to Sociology 2e by OpenStax, which is
licensed under CC BY 4.0
This page titled 2.2: Cultural Schemas is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and Wendy
Ruiz.
3.3: Values and Beliefs by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
2.2.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132105
2.3: Norms
Norms
So far, the examples in this chapter have often described how people are expected to behave in certain situations—for example,
when buying food or boarding a bus. These examples describe the visible and invisible rules of conduct through which societies are
structured, or what sociologists call norms. Norms define how to behave in accordance with what a society has defined as good,
right, and important, and most members of the society adhere to them. Social norms have played a key role in the evolution of
human cooperation, they support the young child understanding of being a member of a larger group and behaving in a way that
supports the group. As noted in the social learning theory, children observe and follow the directives of adult caregivers; children
conform and enforce social norms (Schmidt & Tomasello, 2012).
Formal norms are established, written rules. They are behaviors worked out and agreed upon in order to suit and serve the most
people. Laws are formal norms, but so are employee manuals, college entrance exam requirements, and “no running” signs at
swimming pools. Formal norms are the most specific and clearly stated of the various types of norms, and they are the most strictly
enforced. But even formal norms are enforced to varying degrees and are reflected in cultural values.
For example, money is highly valued in the United States, so monetary crimes are punished. It’s against the law to rob a bank, and
banks go to great lengths to prevent such crimes. People safeguard valuable possessions and install antitheft devices to protect
homes and cars. A less strictly enforced social norm is driving while intoxicated. While it’s against the law to drive drunk, drinking
is for the most part an acceptable social behavior. And though there are laws to punish drunk driving, there are few systems in place
to prevent the crime. These examples show a range of enforcement in formal norms.
Figure 2.3.1 : Street signs are an example of enforcement of Cultural norms. (CC BY 2.0; Ethan Prater via Wordpress)
There are plenty of formal norms, but the list of informal norms—casual behaviors that are generally and widely conformed to—is
longer. People learn informal norms by observation, imitation, and general socialization. An example of cognitive methods of
socialization in teaching children in the microsystems is is a parenting saying “Kiss your Aunt Edna” or “Use your napkin”—while
others are learned by observation, including observations of the consequences when someone else violates a norm. But although
informal norms define personal interactions, they extend into other systems as well. In the United States, there are informal norms
regarding behavior at fast food restaurants. Customers line up to order their food and leave when they are done. They don’t sit
down at a table with strangers, sing loudly as they prepare their condiments, or nap in a booth. Most people don’t commit even
benign breaches of informal norms. Informal norms dictate appropriate behaviors without the need of written rules.
Norms may be further classified as either mores or folkways. Mores (mor-ays) are norms that embody the moral views and
principles of a group (Sumner 1906). Violating them can have serious consequences. The strongest mores are legally protected with
laws or other formal norms. In the United States, for instance, murder is considered immoral, and it’s punishable by law (a formal
norm). But more often, mores are judged and guarded by public sentiment (an informal norm). People who violate mores are seen
as shameful. They can even be shunned or banned from some groups. The mores of the U.S. school system require that a student’s
writing be in the student’s own words or use special forms (such as quotation marks and a whole system of citation) for crediting
other writers. Writing another person’s words as if they are one’s own has a name—plagiarism. The consequences for violating this
norm are severe and usually result in expulsion.
2.3.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132106
Figure 2.3.2 : Women doing laundry. (CC BY-NC-SA 2.0;
Trey Ratcliff via Flickr)
Check-in Time!
References
Schmidt M. F. H., Tomasello, M. (2012). Young Children Enforce Social Norms. Current Directions in Psychological Science.
2012;21(4):232-236.
Sumner, William G. (1906). Folkways: A Study of the Sociological Importance of Usages, Manners, Customs, Mores, and Morals.
New York: Ginn and Co.
Attribution
Sociology - Module 2: Culture and Society by Lumen Learning references Introduction to Sociology 2e by OpenStax, which is
licensed under CC BY 4.0
This page titled 2.3: Norms is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz.
3.4: Norms, Symbols, and Language by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
2.3.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132106
2.4: Attitudes
Attitudes as Internalized Standards
Children internalize the standards of their parents and society. They incorporate adult and other socializing agents expectations into
their behavior, thereby becoming socialized. They, in turn, have similar ways of thinking about others with whom they interact,
forming the foundation for a society.
Social psychologists reserve the term attitude to refer to our relatively enduring evaluation of something. (Albarracín, 2005; Wood,
2000). In this section we will consider the nature and strength of attitudes and the conditions under which attitudes best predict our
behaviors.
Reflection
The 9/11/2001 attacks, were an extreme example cultural belief systems at odds. This events caused a change in the system
Bronfenbrenner called chronosystem - a massive change in our global society. American's grew to fear terrorism and those who
the media ( socializing agent) identified as perpetuated it. The fear of terrorism has changed our lives in the last 20 years
impacting laws, systems and attitudes. We have greater emphasis on national security, more forceful immigration laws,
increased racial profiling, and government surveillance technology.
Did you grow up with attitudes of suspicion and prejudice towards Middle Eastern people and culture?
Every human being holds thousands of attitudes, including those about family and friends, political parties and political figures,
abortion rights and terrorism, preferences for music, and much more. Each of our attitudes has its own unique characteristics, and
no two attitudes come to us or influence us in quite the same way. Research has found that some of our attitudes are inherited, at
least in part, via genetic transmission from our parents (Olson, 2001). Other attitudes are learned mostly through direct and indirect
experiences with the attitude objects (De Houwer, 2001). We may like to ride roller coasters in part because our genetic code has
given us a thrill-loving personality and in part because we’ve had some really great times on roller coasters in the past. Still other
attitudes are learned via the media (Hargreaves & Tiggemann, 2003; Levina, 2000) or through our interactions with friends (Poteat,
2007). Some of our attitudes are shared by others (most of us like sugar, fear snakes, and are disgusted by cockroaches), whereas
other attitudes—such as our preferences for different styles of music or art—are more individualized.
Table 1 “Heritability of Some Attitudes” shows some of the attitudes that have been found to be the most highly heritable (i.e. most
strongly determined by genetic variation among people). These attitudes form earlier and are stronger and more resistant to change
than others (Bourgeois, 2002), although it is not yet known why some attitudes are more genetically determined than are others.
Table 1 - Heritability of Some Attitudes
Attitude Heritability
2.4.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132107
Attitude Heritability
Capitalism 0.39
Exercising 0.36
Education 0.32
Smoking 0.31
Sweets 0.22
Playing bingo 0
Being assertive 0
Note table is ranked from most heritable to least heritable. Data are from Olson, Vernon, Harris, and Jang (2001).
Our attitudes are made up of cognitive, affective, and behavioral components. Consider an environmentalist’s attitude toward
recycling, which is probably very positive:
In terms of affect: They feel happy when they recycle.
In terms of behavior: They regularly recycle their bottles and cans.
In terms of cognition: They believe recycling is the responsible thing to do.
Although most attitudes are determined by cognition, affect, and behavior, there is nevertheless variability in this regard across
people and across attitudes. Some attitudes are more likely to be based on beliefs, some more likely to be based on feelings, and
some more likely to be based on behaviors. Some people voted for Donald Trump in the 2016 elections because they like his
policies (“he will make the US great again”), whereas others voted based on whether they liked him or not. Although you might
think that cognition would be more important in this regard, political scientists have shown that many voting decisions are made
primarily on the basis of affect. Indeed, it is fair to say that the affective component of attitudes is generally the strongest and most
important (Abelson, 1981; Stangor, 1991).
Human beings hold attitudes because they are useful. Particularly, our attitudes enable us to determine, often very quickly and
effortlessly, which behaviors to engage in, which people to approach or avoid, and even which products to buy (Duckworth, 2002;
Maio & Olson, 2000). You can imagine that making quick decisions about what to avoid (for example, snake = bad ⟶ run away)
or to approach (blueberries = good ⟶ eat) has had substantial value in our evolutionary experience.
2.4.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132107
Because attitudes are evaluations, they can be assessed using any of the normal measuring techniques used by social psychologists
(Banaji & Heiphetz, 2010). Attitudes are frequently assessed using self-report measures, but they can also be assessed more
indirectly using measures of arousal and facial expressions (Mendes, 2008) as well as implicit measures of cognition, such as the
Implicit Association Test (IAT). Attitudes can also be seen in the brain by using neuroimaging techniques. This research has found
that our attitudes, like most of our social knowledge, are stored primarily in the prefrontal cortex but that the amygdala is important
in emotional attitudes, particularly those associated with fear (Cunningham, 2004; Cunningham & Zelazo, 2007; van den Bos,
McClure, Harris, Fiske, & Cohen, 2007). Attitudes can be activated extremely quickly—often within one fifth of a second after we
see an attitude object (Handy, 2010).
Critical Reflection!
Identify and bring in to mind a fruit. Did you come up with a different fruit other than strawberries- what impacts your
determination of that being the best fruit?
Previous experiences with the fruit
Availability of this fruit in your geographic region
Parents preferences
How does do these consideration shape your attitudes, beliefs about likes and dislikes about other things.
2.4.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132107
reaction time measures, were stronger (in the sense of being expressed quickly) for the people who had directly experienced the
puzzles.
Because attitude strength is determined by cognitive accessibility, it is possible to make attitudes stronger by increasing the
accessibility of the attitude. This can be done directly by having people think about, express, or discuss their attitudes with others.
After people think about their attitudes, talk about them, or just say them out loud, the attitudes they have expressed become
stronger (Downing, Judd, & Brauer, 1992; Tesser, Martin, & Mendolia, 1995). Because attitudes are linked to the self-concept, they
also become stronger when they are activated along with the self-concept. When we are looking into a mirror or sitting in front of a
TV camera, our attitudes are activated and we are then more likely to act on them (Beaman, Klentz, Diener, & Svanum, 1979).
Attitudes are also stronger when the ABCs of affect, behavior, and cognition all line up. As an example, many people’s attitude
toward their own nation is universally positive. They have strong positive feelings about their country, many positive thoughts
about it, and tend to engage in behaviors that support it. Other attitudes are less strong because the affective, cognitive, and
behavioral components are each somewhat different (Thompson, Zanna, & Griffin, 1995). My affect toward chocolate ice cream is
positive—I like it a lot. On the other hand, my cognitions are more negative—I know that eating too much ice cream can make me
fat and that it is bad for my coronary arteries. And even though I love chocolate ice cream, I don’t eat some every time I get a
chance. These inconsistencies among the components of my attitude make it less strong than it would be if all the components lined
up together.
2.4.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132107
Case example
Imagine for a minute the case of Magritte, a 16-year-old high school student. Magritte tells her parents that she hates the idea
of smoking cigarettes. Magritte’s negative attitude toward smoking seems to be a strong one because she’s thought a lot about
it—she believes that cigarettes are dirty, expensive, and unhealthy. But how sure are you that Magritte’s attitude will predict
her behavior? Would you be willing to bet that she’d never try smoking when she’s out with her friends?
You can see that the problem here is that Magritte’s attitude is being expressed in one social situation (when she is with her parents)
whereas the behavior (trying a cigarette) is going to occur in a very different social situation (when she is out with her friends). The
relevant social norms are of course much different in the two situations. Magritte’s friends might be able to convince her to try
smoking, despite her initial negative attitude, when they entice her with peer pressure. Behaviors are more likely to be consistent
with attitudes when the social situation in which the behavior occurs is similar to the situation in which the attitude is expressed
(Ajzen, 1991; LaPiere, 1936).
Reference
Abelson, R. P., Kinder, D. R., Peters, M. D., & Fiske, S. T. (1981). Affective and semantic components in political person
perception. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 619–630.
Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211.
Albarracín, D., Johnson, B. T., & Zanna, M. P. (Eds.). (2005). The handbook of attitudes (pp. 223–271). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum
Banaji, M. R., & Heiphetz, L. (2010). Attitudes. In S. T. Fiske, D. T. Gilbert, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology
(5th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 353–393). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.
Bargh, J. A., Chaiken, S., Raymond, P., & Hymes, C. (1996). The automatic evaluation effect: Unconditional automatic attitude
activation with a pronunciation task. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32(1), 104–128.
Beaman, A. L., Klentz, B., Diener, E., & Svanum, S. (1979). Self-awareness and transgression in children: Two field studies.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37(10), 1835–1846.
Bourgeois, M. J. (2002). Heritability of attitudes constrains dynamic social impact. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
28(8), 1063–1072.
Cunningham, W. A., Raye, C. L., & Johnson, M. K. (2004). Implicit and explicit evaluation: fMRI correlates of valence, emotional
intensity, and control in the processing of attitudes. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16(10), 1717–1729.
Cunningham, W. A., & Zelazo, P. D. (2007). Attitudes and evaluations: A social cognitive neuroscience perspective. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 11(3), 97–104.
De Houwer, J., Thomas, S., & Baeyens, F. (2001). Association learning of likes and dislikes: A review of 25 years of research on
human evaluative conditioning. Psychological Bulletin, 127(6), 853–869.
Downing, J. W., Judd, C. M., & Brauer, M. (1992). Effects of repeated expressions on attitude extremity. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 63(1), 17–29.
Duckworth, K. L., Bargh, J. A., Garcia, M., & Chaiken, S. (2002). The automatic evaluation of novel stimuli. Psychological
Science, 13(6), 513–519.
Farc, M.-M., & Sagarin, B. J. (2009). Using attitude strength to predict registration and voting behavior in the 2004 U.S.
presidential elections. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 31(2), 160–173.
Fazio, R. H. (1990). The MODE model as an integrative framework. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 23, 75–109.
Fazio, R. H. (1995). Attitudes as object-evaluation associations: Determinants, consequences, and correlates of attitude
accessibility. In Attitude strength: Antecedents and consequences (pp. 247–282). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Fazio, R. H., Powell, M. C., & Herr, P. M. (1983). Toward a process model of the attitude-behavior relation: Accessing one’s
attitude upon mere observation of the attitude object. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44(4), 723–735.
Fazio, R. H., Powell, M. C., & Williams, C. J. (1989). The role of attitude accessibility in the attitude-to-behavior process. Journal
of Consumer Research, 16(3), 280–288.
2.4.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132107
Ferguson, M. J., Bargh, J. A., & Nayak, D. A. (2005). After-affects: How automatic evaluations influence the interpretation of
subsequent, unrelated stimuli. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 41(2), 182–191.
Glasman, L. R., & Albarracín, D. (2006). Forming attitudes that predict future behavior: A meta-analysis of the attitude-behavior
relation. Psychological Bulletin, 132(5), 778–822.
Handy, T. C., Smilek, D., Geiger, L., Liu, C., & Schooler, J. W. (2010). ERP evidence for rapid hedonic evaluation of logos.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 22(1), 124–138.
Hargreaves, D. A., & Tiggemann, M. (2003). Female “thin ideal” media images and boys’ attitudes toward girls. Sex Roles, 49(9–
10), 539–544.
Krosnick, J. A., & Petty, R. E. (1995). Attitude strength: An overview. In Attitude strength: Antecedents and consequences (pp. 1–
24). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
LaPiere, R. T. (1936). Type rationalization of group antipathy. Social Forces, 15, 232–237.
Levina, M., Waldo, C. R., & Fitzgerald, L. F. (2000). We’re here, we’re queer, we’re on TV: The effects of visual media on
heterosexuals’ attitudes toward gay men and lesbians. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 30(4), 738–758.
Maio, G. R., & Olson, J. M. (Eds.). (2000). Why we evaluate: Functions of attitudes. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Mendes, W. B. (2008). Assessing autonomic nervous system reactivity. In E. Harmon-Jones & J. Beer (Eds.), Methods in the
neurobiology of social and personality psychology (pp. 118–147). New York, NY: Guilford Press.
Olson, J. M., Vernon, P. A., Harris, J. A., & Jang, K. L. (2001). The heritability of attitudes: A study of twins. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 80(6), 845–860.
Poteat, V. P. (2007). Peer group socialization of homophobic attitudes and behavior during adolescence. Child Development, 78(6),
1830–1842.
Stangor, C., Sullivan, L. A., & Ford, T. E. (1991). Affective and cognitive determinants of prejudice. Social Cognition, 9(4), 359–
380.
Tesser, A., Martin, L., & Mendolia, M. (Eds.). (1995). The impact of thought on attitude extremity and attitude-behavior
consistency. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Thompson, M. M., Zanna, M. P., & Griffin, D. W. (1995). Let’s not be indifferent about (attitudinal) ambivalence. In Attitude
strength: Antecedents and consequences (pp. 361–386). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
van den Bos, W., McClure, S. M., Harris, L. T., Fiske, S. T., & Cohen, J. D. (2007). Dissociating affective evaluation and social
cognitive processes in the ventral medial prefrontal cortex. Cognitive, Affective & Behavioral Neuroscience, 7(4), 337–346.
Wood, W. (2000). Attitude Change: Persuasion and Social Influence. Annual review of psychology. 51. 539-70.
Attribution
[2]
Principles of Social Psychology by University of Minnesota is licensed under a CC BY-NC-SA 4.0
This page titled 2.4: Attitudes is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz.
3.5: Attitudes by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
2.4.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/132107
2.5: Culture in the Classroom
Cultural Identity and Responsiveness
Cultural Identity
Although the early childhood field has a long history of commitment to developing culturally appropriate approaches to educating
young children, it still struggles with understanding the role of culture in the development of our youngest children (Maschinot,
2008; Derman-Sparks & Olsen Edwards, 2010). As educators we will notice culture in the classroom as children will experience
and interpret interactions and events in different ways. To develop a culturally responsive approach, it is essential to understand that
what children learn from families and teachers are an idea systems that extends deep into the values of a group of people. Learning
goes far beyond the things generally associated with culture, such as art, music, styles of dress, or holidays. As a child acquires
cultural ways of being, these cultural rules for behavior impact identity by giving children the tools to understand their
family/community and be understood in it.
Early childhood educators must recognize the uniqueness of all cultures, languages, and communities by embracing the increasing
cultural and linguistic diversity of our society. All classrooms should be seen as diverse, inclusive, and promote equity by valuing
and celebrating each family represented. This includes understanding the influence of multiple languages and dialects, ethnicities,
abilities, genders and socioeconomic statuses.. These culturally responsive practices engage children and families through authentic
home-school connections. As educators recognize and understand diverse social contexts, they are strengthening the effectiveness
of instructional delivery. Academic progress takes place within the context of a child’s ecosystems and their development is
maximized when these ecosystems are considered and respected. Diversity of social contexts is an asset to educators, rather than a
barrier to appropriate development, when culturally responsive practices are implemented in the classroom.
Note
According to Diller and Moule (2005) culture can be exhibited in these visible and invisible ways by children in the classroom:
Language Use
Code switching
Native Language Dominance
Grammar
Intonation
Emotions
Expressions of fear, joy and happiness
Reactions to conflict
Behaviors
Gestures
Body movement
Physical Distance or proximity
Other
Ways of dress
Food preferences
Routines and customs
Parental engagement
Cultural identity is the identity or feeling of belonging to a group. It is part of a person's self-conception and self-perception and is
related to nationality, ethnicity, religion, social class, generation, region, or any kind of social group that has its own distinct
culture. In this way, cultural identity is both characteristic of the individual but also of the culturally identical group of members
sharing the same cultural identity or upbringing.
Hawaiian people dancing in colorful dress.
Figure 2.5.1 :These dancers are participating in a celebration which works to build their cultural identity. (Public Domain; Pxhere)
2.5.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129798
A range of cultural complexities structure the way individuals operate with the cultural realities in their lives. Cultural identities are
influenced by several different factors such as ones religion, ancestry, skin color, language, class, education, profession, skill,
family and political attitudes. These factors contribute to the development of one's identity.
Cultural Responsive
Culturally responsive practices, which include having high expectations and standards for learning, are indeed related to student
success, even if few studies have been undertaken to make this connection explicit (Diller & Moule, 2005). So, when teachers treat
culture with an almost exclusive emphasis on the celebrations, styles of dress, art, music, and food habits, they fail to appreciate the
depth of cultural impact and the idea system at work in the process of development. Although a child’s identity is impacted by
participation in family cultural rituals, the focus neither starts nor ends there. Surrounding children with artifacts and customs that
are a part of their history, homes, and communities is important. However, when that approach becomes the sole emphasis in
attempts to embrace culture, it diverts attention from the more fundamental role that culture plays in the development of children’s
social, emotional, physical, and intellectual well-being. The challenge for teachers of young children is to understand the
importance of culture to human development and to move beyond mere cultural appreciation and enrichment to cultural
empowerment.
Reference
Derman-Sparks, L., Edwards, J.O., Goin, C.M. (2020). Anti-bias Education for Young Children and Ourselves (2nd ed.). National
Association for the Education of Young Children.
Diller, J.V., & Moule, J. (2005). Cultural competence: A primer for educators. Belmont, CA: Thomas/Wadsworth.
Maschinot, B. (2008). The Changing Face of the United States: The Influence of Culture on Early Child Development. Zero to
Three - National Center for Infants, Toddlers, and Families.
Attribution
Schull, C. P., La Croix, L., Miller, S. E., Austin, K. S., & Kidd, J. K. (n.d.). Early Childhood Literacy: Engaging and Empowering
Emergent Readers and Writers, Birth – Age 5. The Virtual Library of Virginia.
This page titled 2.5: Culture in the Classroom is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Krischa Esquivel,
Emily Elam, Jennifer Paris, & Maricela Tafoya.
2.2: The Role of Culture in Development by Krischa Esquivel, Emily Elam, Jennifer Paris, & Maricela Tafoya is licensed CC BY 4.0.
3.3: Culture and Self-Identity by Krischa Esquivel, Emily Elam, Jennifer Paris, & Maricela Tafoya is licensed CC BY 4.0.
2.5.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129798
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
3: What is a Family
Learning Objectives
Family Development
It is often said that humans are social creatures. We make friends, live in communities, and connect to acquaintances through
shared interests. In recent times, social media has become a new way for people to connect with childhood peers, friends of friends,
and even strangers. Perhaps nothing is more central to the social world than the concept of family. Our families represent our
earliest relationships and—often—our most enduring ones. In this chapter, you will investigate the following topics as they inform
our professional work with families and culture in early childhood settings:
the definition of family
the diversity of families
how parents develop
theories that inform influence our concepts of parenting
the various styles of parenting
child abuse and neglect
trauma informed care
our legal and ethical responsibilities to children and families
3.1: Diversity of Families
3.2: Development of Parents
3.3: Influences on Child Rearing Practices
3.4: Styles of Parenting
3.5: Child Rearing Practices and Guidance
3.6: Child Abuse and Neglect
3.7: Mandated Reporting
This page titled 3: What is a Family is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and Wendy
Ruiz.
1
3.1: Diversity of Families
Contemporary Families
Pause to reflect
What does family mean to you? Whom do you think of when you define family? Do you see your family represented in the
"dominant culture"? Think about how that may influence your ideas and shape the ways in which you interact with families
that are served in early learning environments as the role of an early learning professional is to ensure that all children and
families are valued and supported in the early learning environment.
Figure 3.1.1 : A "traditional family" has a somewhat narrow definition that includes only relationships of blood, marriage, and
occasionally adoption. More recently, in many societies, the definition of family has expanded. The definition of family includes
the vast diversity that exists to ensure better outcomes for children.[1]
To begin our study of contemporary families in the United States, we will first define a concept that is important for us to
understand as it relates to the content of this textbook: social constructions. A social construction is a mutual understanding and
accepted reality created by members of a society: something that is not determined by biology or the natural world. Is there
anything that humans have created that holds no real value in the natural world, yet we have assigned a great deal of value to it? If
you are thinking of cash, you’re right on the money. Humans have determined that certain pieces of paper and metal objects are
worth an agreed-upon value. For example, in the United States, a one dollar bill is worth 100 times the value of a penny. One of the
ways that we can tell money is a social construction is that it varies from culture to culture and over time. When you visit another
country, the United States dollar bill has to be “exchanged” for money that has a different appearance and value. Compare money
with another thing of value to human beings: air. Air is needed by all human beings to survive. The need for air and its value do not
change over time or from culture to culture.
What does this have to do with families? While studying families, we must continually remind ourselves that the idea of the family,
and in particular the internalized belief that there is a “traditional family,” is a social construction. What is a "traditional family"? I
suspect that we can each paint a picture in our heads, based on the years each of us has been exposed to portrayals of families in
institutions such as the media, schools, government, and health care. Generally, the traditional American family has been identified
as the nuclear family, most often represented as a male and female heterosexual married couple who is middle class, White, and
with several children. When society or the individuals within a society designate one kind of family to be "traditional", this may
imply a value, or a preference, for this kind of family structure with these particular social characteristics. This is sometimes called
the “Leave it to Beaver” family after the popular sitcom television show that ran from 1957 until 1963, pictured below left. A
current popular sitcom, Modern Family, which just concluded its 11th season in 2020, also features this "traditional" family, but
includes two other families which feature people of other ethnic groups, and a same-sex couple. Together they form an extended
family who all live in the same town. It is important to note, however, that the primacy of the upper middle-class, White family
image continues to be emphasized as the "norm". As early learning professionals, our role is to look at how this social construct
impacts the way in which we interact with all families to ensure that we are serving all of the children and their families in our
program with cultural responsiveness.
In more modern times, the traditional definition of family has been criticized as being too narrow. Modern families—especially
those in industrialized societies—exist in many forms and always have, including the single parent family, foster families, same-
sex couples, child free families, and many other variations from traditional norms. Common to each of these family forms is
commitment, caring, and close emotional ties—which are increasingly the defining characteristics of family (Benokraitis, 2015).
The changing definition of family has come about, in part, because of many factors that include divorce and re-marriage. In many
3.1.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125392
cases, people do not grow up with their family of origin, but become part of a step family or blended family. Whether a single-
parent, joint, or two-parent family, a person’s family of origin, or the family into which he or she is born, generally acts as the
social context for young children learning about relationships.
According to Bowen (1978), each person has a role to play in his or her family, and each role comes with certain rules and
expectations. This system of rules and roles is known as family systems theory. The goal for the family is stability: rules and
expectations that work for all. When the role of one member of the family changes, so do the rules and expectations. Such changes
ripple through the family and cause each member to adjust his or her own role and expectations to compensate for the change. We
will discuss family systems theory later on in this chapter as it helps to inform us about the different ways in which families social-
emotional life varies.
Figure 3.2 - There are many variations of modern families, including blended or step families where two families combine. In a
combined family the roles of individuals may be different than in their family of origin.
As we study families we must keep in mind that this idea of the "traditional" family is not representative of all families, yet it is
continually reinforced by the social processes and institutions in our society. Media in particular continually reminds us of what
families are “supposed to” look like. Whether you consume big-budget films, social media platforms, video games, and/or books
and magazines, take a look. What kind of people and families do you see represented? While representation of women, people of
color, and people of differing sexualities and gender expressions has increased in media, they still predominantly play less
consequential characters within the plot lines. Although the majority of families in the United States no longer fit the traditional
model (3) social institutions perpetuate the idea of a certain family structure. Government, schools, medical institutions, businesses,
and places of worship all reinforce a typical view of family through the forms, activities, requirements, and processes that are
shared with the public. How many times have you tried to fill out a form with checkboxes only to find that you did not “fit” into
one of the boxes? Typical examples include giving parental choices of “mother” and “father,” couple status choices such as
“married” or “single,” and gender choices such as “male” or female,” all of which reinforce a binary view of individuals and
families. The preference for an idealized traditional family type contributes to less social support for families who don’t fit this
type: for example, single-parent families, LGBTQ+ families, rural families, or families with a member who is disabled,
unemployed, or who has a criminal record.
Figure 3.3 This was how we tended to think of families in the past.
3.1.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125392
Dual parent family
This is often referred to as a mother and father raising children. However, if we think about the diversity of families this could
include same sex parents as they are also raising children together.
Single parent
This could be a male or female parent who either wants to be a parent and doesn’t have a partner to create a child with or is raising
children on their own due to divorce. Often, we think of single parents as female, but today as we continue to form acceptance of
family structures, there are males who are also choosing to form a family on their own or raise their children (from divorce) on
their own. Another aspect of single parenting is when there is the death of a spouse and the remaining spouse chooses not to
remarry.
Grandparents or other relatives raising children
Children whose parents are not able to care for them (for whatever reason), may be raised by their maternal or paternal
grandparents or may be raised by extended family members including those family members that are not related biologically.
Teen parents
Today it is more acceptable for teens who become pregnant to raise a child. Sometimes they may do this together or separate.
Sometimes they may do this with the help of their families. Teens who become pregnant while still in high school are often able to
return to school and there are programs on high school campuses where teens may bring their child. They may receive parenting
classes in addition to their high school curriculum.
Adoptive families (including transracial adoption)
Families who are not able to conceive a child on their own may choose adoption. While this tends to be most common, there are
families who consciously choose adoption over procreation as well as decide to add to their family through adoption. In any case,
forming a family through adoption is a choice that is not taken lightly. There are many options in forming your family through
adoption. You can choose to have an open or closed adoption. Open adoption refers to having a continued relationship with the
birth parent(s) to just knowing who the birth parents are and everything in between. Closed adoption means that the family does not
have access to birth parent(s) information. In addition, families may choose to adopt a child of the same race or of another race.
They may choose to adopt nationally or internationally.
Resource families (formerly referred to as Foster Families)
Children placed in temporary care due to extenuating circumstances involving their family of origin are often placed in homes
licensed to care for children. The adults who care for these children must go through strict protocols in order to provide the support
and care that these vulnerable children will need. The most common name for this arrangement is fostering, but you may also hear
them described as resource families. In these cases, it is the intent to reunite the children with their family of origin whenever
possible. When this is not possible, the children are placed in the system to be adopted. The foster family may decide to adopt the
children or another family may adopt the children. It is always the intent to find a permanent arrangement for children whenever
possible, as we know that stability has better outcomes for children.
Families with same sex parents
Same sex couples, whether two men or two women, may choose to form a family and raise the children together. There are many
ways in which they may decide to form their family. They may adopt, they may use reproductive technology, or they may use egg
or sperm donors. In the case where two women are choosing to form a family, they may decide to have one of them become
pregnant and give birth to their child. According to recent research into children raised by same sex parents, there is evidence to
suggest that since these children are planned, they often have better outcomes than originally was believed.
Bi-racial/Multi-racial families
These are children who are raised by parents from two different races, including parents who may be bi-racial themselves. This also
includes multi-racial families. Society is becoming more acceptable of diversity within families, which provides children with
better outcomes.
Families with multi-religious/faith beliefs
There are children today raised in multi-religious homes. This means that each parent may have different faiths/religions. They may
choose one faith/religion or both in raising their children.
3.1.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125392
Children with an incarcerated parent(s)
Sometimes children are raised by one parent while the other parent is incarcerated. This can be complicated for the family as the
parent may spend some time away and then return home. While the parent who is incarcerated is away, the family structure
changes. Each time the parent goes away and comes back it adds to this confusion. Sometimes, children whose parent(s) are
incarcerated may live in foster care or a resource home while their parent is away and be returned to the parent upon their release, if
it is safe for the child to do so.
Unmarried parents who are raising children
Today, many parents are deciding not to marry but to raise children. The only difference is that they do not have a legal marriage
license; however, their family structure is the same as dual parent families whether opposite sex or same sex.
Transgender parents raising children
This refers to two ways in which children may be raised by a transgender parent or parents. A parent may transition after already
having children with someone of the opposite sex or they may transition prior to having a child and decide they want to parent.
Blended families
A blended family can be two different parents that come together each bringing their children from a previous relationship with
them. Sometimes the parents that come together with children from a previous relationship may also decide to have a child
together.
Families formed through reproductive technology
Today we have sophisticated medical advances to help parents who are infertile to become pregnant and give birth to their
biological child as well as to use the biological material from someone else and carry that fertilized embryo to term. There are a
variety of reproductive technology that is available to families. This is often at a huge financial cost to the families, as most medical
insurance companies do not cover the medical expenses of becoming pregnant.
First time older parents
Today it is becoming more common for men and women to have children in their 30’s, 40’s, and even older. There are many
reasons why men and women may wait to become parents. It may be due to infertility. It may be that the man and/or woman want
to establish themselves in a career prior to having children. It may be that they wanted to have financial security before starting a
family. What is important is to not assume why someone is parenting at an older age.
Families who experience homelessness
We know that some children are raised without a stable home. The family may be living in their car, living in a hotel, a homeless
shelter, or living in multiple dwellings also known as couch surfing. Families experiencing homelessness may be due to the loss of
a job/steady income, being employed by making minimal wages that do not provide the means necessary to sustain housing (and
other basic necessities), or other issues that may complicate the family’s ability to sustain a stable place to live. Families do not
always share their homeless status as there is often shame and embarrassment that society places on these families.
Families with children who have developmental delays and disabilities
This refers to families who have a child or children with developmental delays and/or disabilities. These delays/disabilities are
varied. There also may be typically developing children in the family as well. This often places a burden on families, not only
because of the time needed to care for a child who is not typically developing, but because society often misinterprets children who
display behaviors that may be viewed as inappropriate.
Families raising their children in a culture not their own and in which English is not the primary language
This refers to families who may have immigrated here and whose children were either born in their country of origin or born in the
United States. This duality of cultures can create problems for the child and their family if societal expectations are that the family
acculturate to the dominant culture. This results in children feeling shame about their family when they should feel pride in their
family of origin.
3.1.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125392
Pause to reflect!
In reviewing all of the families above, how do you see your role as an early learning professional in supporting these families
in your early learning programs? What level of comfort do you have? What may be challenging for you? What are some
strategies that you could use to help you in working on the biases that you may have?
There is evidence that supports that children exist in many different family structures. It is our responsibility as early childhood
professionals to provide supportive and inclusive interactions, relationships and environments for each and every family in our
early childhood programs. This can be accomplished through our ability to be open, inviting, and to listening to what the families in
our program need from us to feel a sense of belonging.
References:
"Principles and Practices" by Stephens, Peterson, and Eyrich is licensed under CC BY 4.0 / A derivative from the original work
This page titled 3.1: Diversity of Families is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and
Wendy Ruiz.
3.1.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125392
3.2: Development of Parents
How Parents Develop
Check-in Time!
Have you ever thought about parenting? What are some of your ideas about what makes a "good enough" parent? How have
your experiences shaped your ideas?
Parenting is a complex process in which parents and children both impact one another. There are many reasons that parents behave
the way they do. The multiple influences on parenting are still being explored. Proposed influences on parental behavior include:
1. parent characteristics
2. child characteristics
3. contextual and sociocultural characteristics
Parent Characteristics
Parents bring unique traits and qualities to the parenting relationship that affect their decisions as parents. These characteristics
include a parent’s age, gender identity, personality, developmental history, beliefs, knowledge about parenting and child
development, and mental and physical health. Parents’ personalities also affect parenting behaviors. Parents who are more
agreeable, conscientious, and outgoing are warmer and provide more structure to their children. Parents who are more agreeable,
less anxious, and less negative also support their children’s autonomy more than parents who are anxious and less agreeable.
Parents who have these personality traits appear to be better able to respond to their children positively and provide a more
consistent, structured environment for their children.
Parents’ developmental histories, or their experiences as children, can also affect their parenting strategies. Parents may learn
parenting practices from their own parents. Fathers whose own parents provided monitoring, consistent and age-appropriate
discipline, and warmth are more likely to provide this constructive parenting to their own children. Patterns of negative parenting
and ineffective discipline also appear from one generation to the next. However, parents who are dissatisfied with their primary
caregivers’ approach may be more likely to change their parenting methods when they have children.
Child Characteristics
Parenting is bidirectional. Not only do parents and caregivers affect their children, but children influence their parents/primary
caregivers as well. Child characteristics, such as gender identity, birth order, temperament, and health status, can affect child-
rearing behaviors and roles. For example, an infant with an easy temperament may enable caregivers to feel more effective, as they
are easily able to soothe the child and elicit smiling and cooing. On the other hand, a cranky or fussy infant can elicit fewer positive
reactions from caregivers and may result in parents feeling less effective in the role. Over time, parents of more challenging
children may become more punitive and less patient with their children. Many parents who have a fussy, difficult child have been
found to be less satisfied with their relationships and have greater challenges in balancing work and family roles. Thus, child
temperament is one of the child characteristics that influences how caregivers behave with their children.
Another child characteristic is the child’s gender identity. Some parents assign different household chores to their children based on
their child’s gender identity. For example, older research has shown girls are more often responsible for caring for younger siblings
and household chores, whereas boys are more likely to be asked to perform chores outside the home, such as mowing the lawn.
Research has also demonstrated that some parents talk differently with their children based on their child’s gender identity, such as
providing more scientific explanations to their sons and using more emotion words with their daughters. These cultural practices
impact the way in which parents see their children and the children see their role in the family and in society.
3.2.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125393
vary widely from culture to culture. Thus, parents have different goals for their children that mostly depend on their culture. In our
early learning programs in America, there is a tendency to focus on children's independence. This is not so for all cultures. Some
cultures see the value of interdependence. This is often referred to as collectivism. This is where the family places the group over
the self. This is an important concept to think about as the children and families you will serve, have differing goals for their
children that must be acknowledged and valued.
These differences in parental goals are influenced by the culture of the family and their sense of belonging in their communities.
The roles of an early learning professional is to acknowledge the complexities of parenting and to provide support that is culturally
appropriate for each of the children and families they serve. It is crucial that early learning professionals acknowledge those
complexities and do not think of parenting as a one size fits all.
Stage 1:
The Image-Making Stage (prospective parents) - They enter this stage when the family is planning for a child. They are considering
what it means to be parents and their plans for the future. They (a) think about and form images about their roles as parents, (b)
contemplate what will emerge as a result of parenthood, and (c) prepare for changes associated adding an infant to their family.
Prospective parents develop ideas about what it will be like to be a parent and what type of parent they want to be. Individuals may
evaluate their relationships with their own parents as a model for their upcoming roles as parents.
The Nurturing Stage (infancy) - This is the stage that occurs after the birth of the baby or after a baby may join a family through
adoption. A parent’s main goal during this stage is to develop an attachment relationship with their baby. Parents must adapt their
romantic relationships, their relationships with their other children, and their relationships with their own parents to include the new
infant. Some parents feel attached to their baby immediately, but for other parents, this occurs more gradually. Parents may have
imagined their infant in specific ways, but they now have to reconcile those images with their actual baby. In incorporating their
relationship with their child into their other relationships, parents often have to reshape their conceptions of themselves and their
identity. Parenting responsibilities are the most demanding during infancy because infants are completely dependent on caregiving.
Stage 3:
The Authority Stage (toddler and pre-school) - During this stage, parents make decisions about how much authority to exert over
their children’s behavior. Parents must establish rules to guide their child’s behavior and development. They have to decide how
strictly they should enforce rules and what to do when rules are broken. Parents create rules and figure out how to effectively guide
their child’s behavior.
Stage 4:
The Interpretive Stage (middle childhood) - During this stage, parents interpret their children’s experiences as they are increasingly
exposed to the world outside of the family. Parents answer their children’s questions, provide explanations, and determine what
behaviors and values to teach. They decide what experiences to provide their children in terms of schooling, neighborhood, and
extracurricular activities. By this time, parents have experience in the parenting role and often reflect on their strengths and
weaknesses as parents, review their images of parenthood, and determine how realistic they have been. Parents have to negotiate
how involved to be with their children, when to step in, and when to encourage children to make choices independently.
Stage 5:
The Interdependent Stage (adolescence) - During this stage, parents must redefine their authority and renegotiate their relationship
with their adolescent as the children increasingly make decisions independent of parental control and authority. On the other hand,
parents do not permit their adolescent children to have complete autonomy over their decision-making and behavior, and thus
adolescents and parents must adapt their relationship to allow for greater negotiation and discussion about rules and limits.
3.2.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125393
Stage 6:
The Departure Stage (early adulthood) - During the departure stage of parenting, parents evaluate their entire parenting experience.
They prepare for their child’s departure, redefine their identity as the parent of an adult child, and assess their parenting
accomplishments and failures. This stage forms a transition to a new era in parents’ lives. This stage usually spans a long time
period from when the oldest child moves away (and often returns) until the youngest child leaves. The parenting role must be
redefined as a less central role in a parent’s identity.
Cultural Considerations
Despite the interest in the development of parents, little research has examined developmental changes in parents’ experiences and
behaviors over time. Thus, it is not clear whether these theoretical stages are generalizable to parents of different races, ages,
cultures, and religions, nor do we have empirical data on the factors that influence individual differences in these stages. In
evaluating these ideas, early learning professionals must consider the many differences that exist among parents and use these ideas
as more of a guide in understanding parents points of view.
References:
"Parenting and Family Diversity" by Diana Lang is licensed under CC BY-NC-SA 4.0
"Child, Family, and Community" by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed under CC BY 4.0
This page titled 3.2: Development of Parents is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and
Wendy Ruiz.
3.2.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125393
3.3: Influences on Child Rearing Practices
Child Rearing Practices
There are many theorists/researchers who have compiled a plethora of ideas about child rearing that have influenced our thinking
about children and how to raise them. While some of these theories/ideas may be a bit out of date, it is important for us to explore
them to provide the context of how these ideas have infiltrated our thinking and why some of them still exist even in light of the
new information that we have available. It is important in supporting all children and families, that we are aware of the multiple
ways in which children are raised in their diverse households. There is not one right way to raise a child, but many different
strategies that work best for the children and the families that they are being raised in. The following ideas are offered to enable
you to investigate the nature by which ideas continue to permeate our social constructs. When we know where something comes
from, we are better able to understand and adapt to what makes the most sense in our current society.
Key takeaways
Babies were born with original sin and were very egocentric.
Parents were to direct children away from their evil tendencies.
Similar to the current authoritarian approach.
Recommended that rigid and strict rules be used to shape children into well-behaved, successful adults.
“When the child flies a kite he is training eye and hand to accuracy; when he whips a top, he is increasing his strength by using it,
but without learning anything. I have sometimes asked why children are not given the same games of skill as men; tennis, mall,
billiards, archery, football, and musical instruments. I was told that some of these are beyond their strength, that the child’s senses
are not sufficiently developed for others. These do not strike me as valid reasons; a child is not as tall as a man, but he wears the
same sort of coat; I do not want him to play with our cues at a billiard-table three feet high; I do not want him knocking about
among our games, nor carrying one of our racquets in his little hand; but let him play in a room whose windows have been
protected; at first let him only use soft balls, let his first racquets be of wood, then of parchment, and lastly of gut, according to his
progress.”
3.3.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
Key takeaways
Children were born innocent and exposure to certain circumstances resulted in them acting negatively.
Parents were to shelter children from negative circumstances and interactions.
Children mature over time throughout three stages–childhood, pre-adolescence, puberty, and adulthood.
Maturation and development worked alongside each other.
Key takeaways
One of the first psychologists to be known as an educational expert.
Developed “pedagogy” (how to “best” teach for optimal learning).
A child’s nature should guide educational practices in order to become a healthy, productive member of society.
Watson: Behaviorism
John B. Watson was an influential American psychologist whose most famous work occurred during the early 20th century at Johns
Hopkins University. Watson conducted research on animal behavior, child-rearing, and advertising. Along with this research, he
conducted the controversial “Little Albert” study, Watson believed that an objective analysis of the mind was impossible; therefore,
he preferred to focus directly on observable behavior and attempted to modify it. Watson was a major proponent in shifting the
focus of psychology from the mind to behavior, and this approach of observing and controlling behavior came to be known as
behaviorism. A major object of study by behaviorists was learned behavior and its interaction with the inborn qualities of the
organism.
Behaviorism commonly used animals in experiments under the assumption that what was learned using animal models could, to
some degree, be applied to human behavior. This famous quote from Watson explains his contentions:
“Give me a dozen healthy infants, well-formed, and my own specified world to bring them up in and I’ll guarantee to take any one
at random and train him to become any type of specialist I might select – doctor, lawyer, artist, merchant-chief and, yes, even
beggar-man and thief, regardless of his talents, penchants, tendencies, abilities, vocations, and race of his ancestors. I am going
beyond my facts and I admit it, but so have the advocates of the contrary and they have been doing it for many thousands of years.”
Watson believed that children should be treated as young adults. In his book, he warned against the inevitable dangers of a mother
providing too much love and affection. Watson’s slogan was ‘not more babies but better brought up babies’. Watson argued for the
nurture side of the nature-nurture debate and contended that everything is built into a child through their interactions with their
environment.
Thus, according to Watson, parents and caregivers hold complete responsibility for their children’s actions since they choose the
environment into which their child is reared.
Based on the results from his “Little Albert” study, Watson concluded that caregivers can shape a child’s behavior and development
simply by taking control of all stimulus-response associations.
Watson’s advice to treat children with respect, but with relative emotional detachment, has been strongly criticized. However,
behaviorism is still evident today and is largely responsible for establishing psychology as a scientific discipline through its
objective methods and experimentation. It is currently used in behavioral and cognitive-behavioral therapies, in classroom settings,
and in child-rearing.
3.3.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
Key takeaways
Objective analysis of the mind was impossible, therefore Watson coined “behaviorism” where the focus of psychology is to
observe and control behavior.
Individuals can be trained to behave in certain ways as a result of their environment and the types of stimuli applied.
The Little Albert experiment—emotional responses can be conditioned in humans.
Examples of scaffolding, the temporary support that parents, peers or teachers give a child to perform a task, can be seen
throughout the world in an unlimited number of situations. Vygotsky’s theory contends that instead of assessing what people are
doing, people should be understood in terms of what they are capable of doing with the proper guidance. This approach to teaching
has also been adopted by educators.
Key takeaways
Culture and interactions are key to the development of cognitive abilities.
Scaffolding—a process of teaching by explaining a process, demonstrating the process, and performing the process.
Zone of proximal development—the distance between a person’s potential to learn and their actual learning.
Freud is probably the best known psychologist, in part because of his impressive observation and analyses of personality (there are
24 volumes of his writings). As is true of all theories, many of Freud’s ingenious ideas have turned out to be at least partially
incorrect, but yet other aspects of his theories are still influencing psychology.
Freud used the observations that he and French neurologist Jean-Martin Charcot (1825–1893) made to develop his theory regarding
the sources of personality and behavior, and his insights are central to the fundamental themes of psychology. In terms of free will,
Freud did not believe that we are able to control our own behaviors. Rather, he believed that all behaviors are predetermined by
motivations that lie outside our awareness, in the unconscious. These forces show themselves in our dreams, in neurotic symptoms
such as obsessions, while we are under hypnosis, and in Freudian “slips of the tongue” in which people reveal their unconscious
desires in language. Freud argued that we rarely understand why we do what we do, although we can make up explanations for our
behaviors after the fact. For Freud the mind was like an iceberg – many motivations of the unconscious being much larger, but out
of sight, in comparison to the consciousness of which we are aware.
3.3.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
Freud proposed that the mind is divided into three components: the id, ego, and superego, and that the interactions and conflicts
among the components create a personality.
According to Freudian theory, the id is the component of personality that forms the basis of our most primitive impulses. The id is
entirely unconscious, and it drives our most important motivations, including the sexual drive (libido) and the aggressive or
destructive drive (Thanatos).
According to Freud, the id is driven by the pleasure principle—the desire for immediate gratification of our sexual and aggressive
urges. The id is why we smoke cigarettes, drink alcohol, view pornography, tell mean jokes about people, and engage in other fun
or harmful behaviors, often at the cost of doing more productive activities. The function of the ego is based on the reality principle
—the idea that we must delay gratification of our basic motivations until the appropriate time with the appropriate outlet. The ego
is the largely conscious controller or decision-maker of personality. The ego serves as the intermediary between the desires of the id
and the constraints of society contained in the superego. We may wish to scream, yell, or hit, and yet our ego normally tells us to
wait, reflect, and choose a more appropriate response. In stark contrast to the id, the superego represents our sense of morality and
doing what is “right”. The superego tells us all the things that we shouldn’t do, or the duties and obligations of society. The
superego strives for perfection, and when we fail to live up to its demands we feel guilty.
Freud's Stages of Development
Stage of Development Age Brief description Current implications for caregivers
Key takeaways
Stages of sexual and emotional development: oral, anal, phallic, latency, and genital.
Human personality contains the id, ego, and superego.
Individuals have unconscious drives and should be allowed to follow their own instincts.
3.3.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
Benjamin Spock: A Child-Centered Approach
Benjamin Spock was the first American pediatrician to study psychoanalysis in an attempt to understand children’s needs and
family dynamics. His ideas about childcare significantly changed overall attitudes toward the rearing of infants and children via his
book, The Common Sense Book of Baby and Child Care (1946), one of the best selling volumes in history. The book’s premises to
parents are that “you know more than you think you do,” and if you “feel like comforting the child, do it.”
He encouraged parents to be more flexible and affectionate with their children and to treat them as individuals. Spock’s first edition
advised mothers to indulge their own impulses and as well as their children’s, assuring them on the basis of the latest scientific
studies that it was safe to do so. In the process, the book changed child-rearing advice from the previous generation and authorized
mothers to express their “natural” feelings toward their children. However, his theories were criticized by colleagues for relying too
heavily on anecdotal evidence rather than academic research.
Spock recommended spontaneity, warmth, and a fair amount of fun for parents and children. In subsequent editions of his book,
Spock also included fathers in the contexts of childcare and child-rearing, acknowledged gender roles, and addressed divorce and
single parenting.
Overall, Spock’s advice encouraged caregivers to help children fit into the current needs of society and become contributing
members of that society. He highly advocated for caregivers to instill values of cooperativeness and congeniality and help their
child be likable. Spock was one of the most notable American authors of child-rearing advice during the twentieth century due to
publications. In subsequent editions of his book, Spock also included fathers in the contexts of childcare and child-rearing,
acknowledged gender roles, and addressed divorce and single parenting.
Overall, Spock’s advice encouraged caregivers to help children fit into the current needs of society and become contributing
members of that society. He highly advocated for caregivers to instill values of cooperativeness and congeniality and help their
child be likable. Spock was one of the most notable American authors of child-rearing advice during the twentieth century due to
publications in contemporary, mainstream magazines.
Key takeaways
Parents should be adaptable, loving and encourage individuality within each child.
Parents should have balanced relationships with their children composed of spontaneity, warmth, and fun.
Parents should help children become contributing members of society by teaching cooperativeness and congeniality.
The first American pediatrician to study psychoanalysis to understand children’s needs and family dynamics.
3.3.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
or negative. All reinforcers (positive or negative) increase the likelihood of a behavioral response. All punishers (positive or
negative) decrease the likelihood of a behavioral response.
The most effective way to teach a person or animal a new behavior is with positive reinforcement. In positive reinforcement, a
desirable stimulus is added to increase a behavior. For example, let’s say you tell your five-year-old son, Jerome, that if he cleans
his room, he will get a toy. Jerome quickly cleans his room because he wants a new art set. Some people might say, “Why should I
reward my child for doing what is expected?” However, we are constantly and consistently rewarded in our lives. Our paychecks
are rewards, as are high grades or acceptance into our preferred schools. Being praised for doing a good job or for passing a
driver’s test are also rewards. Positive reinforcement as a learning tool is extremely effective.
In negative reinforcement, an undesirable stimulus is removed to increase a behavior. For example, car manufacturers use the
principles of negative reinforcement in their seatbelt systems, which go “beep, beep, beep” until you fasten your seatbelt. The
annoying sound stops when you exhibit the desired behavior, increasing the likelihood that you will buckle up in the future.
Negative reinforcement is also used frequently in horse training. Riders apply pressure—by pulling the reins or squeezing their legs
—and then remove the pressure when the horse performs the desired behavior, such as turning or speeding up. The pressure is the
negative stimulus that the horse wants to remove.
Many people confuse negative reinforcement with punishment in operant conditioning, but they are two very different concepts.
Remember that reinforcement, even when it is negative, always increases a behavior. In contrast, punishment always decreases a
behavior. In positive punishment, you add an undesirable stimulus to decrease a behavior. An example of positive punishment is
reprimanding a student to get the student to stop texting in class. In this case, a stimulus (the reprimand) is added in order to
decrease the behavior (texting in class). In negative punishment, you remove a pleasant stimulus to decrease a behavior, such as
something the child enjoys (e.g., a toy or a scheduled outing). Time-outs are a very common form of negative punishment — they
momentarily take away children’s access to something they enjoy.
Punishment, especially when it is immediate, is one way to decrease undesirable behavior. For example, imagine your four-year-old
son, Brandon, runs into a busy street to get his ball. You give him a time-out (positive punishment) and tell him never to go into the
street again. Chances are he will not repeat this behavior. While strategies like time-outs are common today, in the past children
were often subject to physical punishment, such as spanking. It’s important to be aware of some of the drawbacks of using physical
punishment on children. Within the context of parenting, it is important to note that the term “punishment” doesn’t mean that the
consequence should be harmful.
In fact, experts caution that punishments like spanking can cause more harm than good.
First, punishment may teach fear. Brandon may become fearful of the street, but he also may become fearful of the person who
delivered the punishment—you, his parent. Similarly, children who are punished by teachers may start to fear the teacher and try to
avoid school. Consequently, most schools in the United States have banned corporal punishment.
Second, punishment may cause children to become more aggressive and prone to antisocial behavior and delinquency. They see
their parents resort to spanking when they become angry and frustrated, so, in turn, they may act out this same behavior when they
become angry and frustrated. For example, because you spank Brenda when you are angry with her for her misbehavior, she might
start hitting her friends when they will not share their toys.
While positive punishment can be effective in some cases, Skinner suggested that the use of punishment should be weighed against
the possible negative effects. Today’s psychologists and parenting experts favor reinforcement over punishment—they recommend
that you catch your child doing something good and reward her for it.
In his operant conditioning experiments, Skinner often used an approach called shaping. Instead of rewarding only the target
behavior, in shaping, we reward successive approximations of a target behavior. For instance, parents can break a task into smaller
more “attainable” steps. These smaller steps should be in sequence of completing the entire desired task. As children start a step, or
show improvements on a step, they should be praised and rewarded. As children master each step, they should again be praised and
rewarded and then encouraged to the next step. This process of successive approximations is followed until a child masters the
entire task. This takes time, but it is a proven method of shaping a child’s behavior via rewarding and praising ongoing
improvements.
Why is shaping needed? Remember that in order for reinforcement to work, the organism must first display the behavior. Shaping
is needed because it is extremely unlikely that an organism will display anything but the simplest of behaviors spontaneously. In
shaping, behaviors are broken down into many small, achievable steps. The specific steps used in the process are the following:
3.3.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
1.Reinforce any response that resembles the desired behavior.
2.Then reinforce the response that more closely resembles the desired behavior. You will no longer reinforce the previously
reinforced response.
3.Next, begin to reinforce the response that even more closely resembles the desired behavior.
4.Continue to reinforce closer and closer approximations of the desired behavior.
5.Finally, only reinforce the desired behavior.
Shaping is often used to teach a complex behavior or chain of behaviors. Skinner used shaping to teach pigeons not only relatively
simple behaviors such as pecking a disk in a Skinner box, but also many unusual and entertaining behaviors, such as turning in
circles, walking in figure eights, and even playing ping pong; this technique is commonly used by animal trainers today. An
important part of shaping is stimulus discrimination. Recall Pavlov’s dogs—he trained them to respond to the tone of a bell, and not
to similar tones or sounds. This discrimination is also important in operant conditioning and in shaping behavior.
It is easy to see how shaping is effective in teaching behaviors to animals, but how does shaping work with humans? Let us
consider parents whose goal is to have their child learn to clean his room. They use shaping to help him master steps toward the
goal. Instead of performing the entire task, they set up these steps and reinforce each one. First, he cleans up one toy. Second, he
cleans up five toys. Third, he chooses whether to pick up ten toys or put his books and clothes away. Fourth, he cleans up
everything except two toys. Finally, he cleans his entire room.
Rewards such as stickers, praise, money, toys, and more can be used to reinforce learning. Let us go back to Skinner’s rats again.
How did the rats learn to press the lever in the Skinner box? They were rewarded with food each time they pressed the lever. For
animals, food would be an obvious reinforcer.
What would be a good reinforcer for humans? For your daughter Sydney, it was the promise of a toy if she cleaned her room. How
about Joaquin, the soccer player? If you gave Joaquin a piece of candy every time he made a goal, you would be using a primary
reinforcer. Primary reinforcers are reinforcers that have innate reinforcing qualities. These kinds of reinforcers are not learned.
Water, food, sleep, shelter, sex, and touch, among others, are primary reinforcers. Pleasure is also a primary reinforcer. Organisms
do not lose their drive for these things. For most people, jumping in a cool lake on a very hot day would be reinforcing and the cool
lake would be innately reinforcing—the water would cool the person off (a physical need), as well as provide pleasure.
A secondary reinforcer has no inherent value and only has reinforcing qualities when linked with a primary reinforcer. Praise,
linked to affection, is one example of a secondary reinforcer, such as when you called out “Great shot!” every time Joaquin made a
goal. Another example, money, is only worth something when you can use it to buy other things—either things that satisfy basic
needs (food, water, shelter—all primary reinforcers) or other secondary reinforcers. If you were on a remote island in the middle of
the Pacific Ocean and you had stacks of money, the money would not be useful if you could not spend it. What about the stickers
on the behavior chart? They also are secondary reinforcers.
Sometimes, instead of stickers on a sticker chart, a token is used. Tokens, which are also secondary reinforcers, can then be traded
in for rewards and prizes. Entire behavior management systems, known as token economies, are built around the use of these kinds
of token reinforcers. Token economies have been found to be very effective at modifying behavior in a variety of settings such as
schools, prisons, and mental hospitals.
Key takeaways
Behavior is motivated by the consequences of that behavior.
Behaviors with satisfying consequences are often repeated, while behaviors with unpleasant consequences are often
avoided.
Conditioning can be done through positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement, positive punishment, and negative
punishment.
Reinforcement increases a behavior; punishment decreases a behavior.
Shaping is slowly reinforcing behaviors that are more and more similar to the ideal goal behavior.
3.3.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
milestone. They ask questions such questions as: How do parent and infant attachment bonds form? How does neglect affect these
bonds? What accounts for children’s attachment differences?
Researchers Harry Harlow, John Bowlby, and Mary Ainsworth conducted studies designed to answer these questions. In the 1950s,
Harlow conducted a series of experiments on monkeys. He separated newborn monkeys from their mothers. Each monkey was
presented with two surrogate mothers. One surrogate monkey was made out of wire mesh, and she could dispense milk. The other
monkey was softer and made from cloth, but did not dispense milk. The findings showed that the monkeys preferred the soft,
cuddly cloth monkey, even though she did not provide any nourishment. The baby monkeys spent their time clinging to the cloth
monkey and only went to the wire monkey when they needed to be fed. Prior to this study, the medical and scientific communities
generally thought that babies become attached to the people who provide their nourishment. However, Harlow concluded that there
was more to the mother-child bond than nourishment.
Feelings of comfort and security are the critical components of maternal-infant bonding, which leads to healthy psychosocial
development. Building on the work of Harlow and others, John Bowlby developed the concept of attachment theory. He defined
attachment as the affectional bond or tie that infants form with their mother. An infant must form this bond with a primary
caregiver in order to have normal social and emotional development. In addition, Bowlby proposed that this attachment bond is
very powerful and continues throughout life. He used the concept of a secure base to define a healthy attachment between parent
and child.
A secure base is a parental presence that gives the child a sense of safety as he explores his surroundings. Bowlby said that two
things are needed for a healthy attachment: the caregiver must be responsive to the child’s physical, social, and emotional needs,
and the caregiver and child must engage in mutually enjoyable interactions.
While Bowlby believed that attachment was an all-or-nothing process, Mary Ainsworth’s research showed otherwise. Mary
identified the existence of what she calls “attachment behaviors,” which are examples of behaviors demonstrated by insecure
children in hopes of establishing or re-establishing an attachment to a presently absent caregiver. ‘Since this behavior occurs
uniformly in children, it is a compelling argument for the existence of “innate” or instinctual behaviors in human beings’.
Ainsworth wanted to know if children differ in the ways they bond, and if so, why. To find the answers to these questions, she used
the Strange Situation procedure to study attachment between mothers and their infants in 1970. In the Strange Situation, the mother
(or primary caregiver) and the infant (age 12-18 months) are placed in a room together. There are toys in the room, and the
caregiver and child spend some time alone in the room. After the child has had time to explore one’s surroundings, a stranger enters
the room. The primary caregiver then leaves the baby with the stranger. After a few minutes, the caregiver returns to comfort the
child. Based on how the infants/toddlers responded to the separation and reunion, Ainsworth identified three types of parent-child
attachments: secure, avoidant, and resistant. A fourth style, known as disorganized attachment, was later described.
The most common type of attachment—also considered the healthiest—is called secure attachment. In this type of attachment, the
toddler prefers their parent over a stranger. The attachment figure is used by the child as a secure base to explore their environment
and is sought out in times of stress. Securely attached children were distressed when their caregivers left the room in the Strange
Situation experiment, but when their caregivers returned, the securely attached children were happy to see them. Securely attached
children have caregivers who are sensitive and responsive to their needs.
With avoidant attachment (sometimes called insecure or anxious-avoidant), the child is unresponsive to the parent, does not use the
parent as a secure base, and does not care if the parent leaves. The toddler reacts to the parent the same way she reacts to a stranger.
When the parent does return, the child is slow to show a positive reaction. Ainsworth theorized that these children were most likely
to have a caregiver who was insensitive and inattentive to their needs.
In cases of resistant attachment (also called ambivalent or anxious-ambivalent/resistant), children tend to show clingy behavior, but
then reject the attachment figure’s attempts to interact with them. These children do not explore the toys in the room, as they are
too fearful. During separation in the Strange Situation, they became extremely disturbed and angry with the parent. When the
parent returns, the children are upset and difficult to comfort. Resistant attachment is the result of the caregivers’ inconsistent level
of response to their child.
Finally, children with disorganized attachment behave oddly in the Strange Situation. They freeze, run around the room in an
erratic manner, or try to run away when the caregiver returns. This type of attachment is seen most often in children who have been
3.3.8 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
abused. Research has shown that abuse disrupts a child’s ability to regulate their emotions.
While Ainsworth’s research has found support in subsequent studies, it has also met criticism. Some researchers have pointed out
that a child’s temperament may have a strong influence on attachment, and others have noted that attachment varies from culture to
culture, a factor not accounted for in Ainsworth’s research.
Key takeaways
Harlow: Contact comfort research concerning wire and cloth monkeys.
Bowlby: Human attachment theory derived from Harlow’s research.
Attachment: The connection formed between two individuals over time.
Secure base: A primary caregiver a child views as “home base” who provides the child with security to actively explore
one’s environment.
Ainsworth: Strange Situation research which led to identifying types of attachment: secure, avoidant, disorganized, and
resistant attachment.
Piaget believed that children’s intellectual skills change over time based on biological predispositions and their own individual
interactions with the world. He was very critical of teacher-directed instruction, believing that teachers or caregivers who take
control of the child’s learning place the child into a passive role. According to Piaget, children of differing ages interpret the world
differently; therefore, he divided this learning into four stages. His stages assumed a sequence of thinking patterns with these key
features:
1.They always happen in the same order.
2.No stage is ever skipped.
3.Each stage is a significant transformation from the stage before it.
4.Each later stage builds upon and incorporates the earlier stages.
Piaget's Developmental Stages
3.3.9 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
Current implications for
Stages Age Brief description
caregivers
characterized by the
development of
organized and rational
thinking, can apply
logic to physical and
"concrete" objects; they
gain the ability to
understand conservation Introducing more
(number, area, volume, opportunities for
orientation) and learning experiences
understand that when that are exploratory.
Concrete Operational Middle Childhood
concrete objects change Allowing for children to
in appearance, they still make inferences and to
contain the same encourage deductive
volume, are, number, reasoning.
and orientation and can
return to their original
state (reversibility);
affords children with
the ability to solve
problems more
systematically
3.3.10 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
Current implications for
Stages Age Brief description
caregivers
Key takeaways
Children develop cognitively through stages—sensorimotor, preoperational, concrete operational, and formal operational.
Each stage must be mastered before moving on to the next stage.
Children’s intellectual skills change based on their direct experiences with the environment.
3.3.11 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
instance, a person may struggle with a lack of trust beyond infancy under certain circumstances. Erikson’s theory has been
criticized for focusing so heavily on stages and assuming that the completion of one stage is a prerequisite for the next development
crisis. His theory also focuses on the social expectations that are found in some cultures, but not in others. For instance, the idea
that adolescence is a time of searching for identity might translate well in the middle-class culture of the United States, but not as
well in cultures where the transition into adulthood coincides with puberty through rites of passage and where adult roles offer
fewer choices.
Erikson's Stages of Development
Stage Age Brief Description Current implications for caregivers
3.3.12 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
Stage Age Brief Description Current implications for caregivers
Key takeaways
Erikson was a student of Freud but focused on conscious thought.
His stages of psychosocial development address the entire lifespan and suggest a primary psychosocial crisis in some
cultures that adults can use to understand how to support children’s social and emotional development.
Certain cultures may need to resolve the stages in different ways based upon their cultural and survival needs.
During each of Erikson’s eight development stages, two conflicting ideas must be resolved successfully in order for a
person to become a confident, contributing member of society. Failure to master these tasks leads to feelings of inadequacy.
The stages include: trust vs. mistrust, autonomy vs. shame and doubt, initiative vs. guilt, industry vs. inferiority, identity vs.
role confusion, intimacy vs. isolation, generativity vs. stagnation, and integrity vs. despair.
3.3.13 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
Bandura found that children exposed to the aggressive social model were significantly more likely to behave aggressively toward
Bobo, hitting and kicking him, compared to those exposed to the non-aggressive model. The researchers concluded that the
children in the aggressive group used their observations of the adult social model’s behavior to determine that aggressive behavior
toward Bobo was acceptable. One word of caution, the children were randomly assigned to these groups. There wasn't a pre-
questionnaire determining if the child was exposed to violence beyond this experiment. It is important to understand the context of
research in order to make sense of what it is saying and not saying.
While reinforcement was not required to elicit the children’s behavior in Bandura’s first experiment, it is important to acknowledge
that consequences do play a role within observational learning. A future adaptation of this study demonstrated that children in the
aggression group showed less aggressive behavior if they witnessed the adult model receive punishment for aggressing against
Bobo. Bandura referred to this process as vicarious reinforcement, as the children did not experience the reinforcement or
punishment directly, yet were still influenced by observing it.
Key takeaways
Individuals learn through observing others.
Bobo doll experiment—children were more aggressive toward the Bobo doll if they witnessed models being aggressive.
Rudolf Dreikurs
Rudolf Dreikurs was an American psychiatrist and educator who developed Alfred Adler’s system of individual psychology into a
pragmatic method for understanding the purposes of misbehavior in children and stimulating cooperative behavior without
punishment or reward. His primary focus was on pre-adolescents, and he reasoned that their problematic behavior resulted from
feelings of lack of significance in their social group. He described four “mistaken goals” that such children would resort to, and
outlined the most effective ways that teachers and parents could respond.
He saw the family as the first social setting in which education takes place, with the school environment as an extension of the
family. Thus, his techniques for preventing misbehavior and encouraging appropriate behavior could be applied equally in both
settings. Dreikurs’ work continues through the training centers he and his colleagues established to train counselors in addressing
the social problems of youth.
Adler and Dreikurs firmly believed that encouragement was essential to the improvement of behavior and human relationships.
Their basic assumption was that human behavior is not predetermined by genetics, or merely the result of outside forces beyond
one’s control. They argued that behavior is a result of a search for significance within a social setting. Dreikurs said “anticipation
influences outcome—the fear of making a mistake leads to mistakes. Anyone who can alter the expectations of people can change
their behavior.”
Accordingly, encouragement and positive support have a direct correlation with improved behavior in others. Adlerian Parent
Education aims to give children the skills to meet life challenges in a constructive, positive way and the courage to circumvent the
many pitfalls and dangers that confront children in society. It supports parents by providing them with tools to ease and handle the
stress of being a parent and to raise children with courage and compassion.
Dreikurs believed that all behavior has a purpose. He constructed what is often considered the most effective tool in helping to
understand children’s behavior: The Four Goals of Misbehavior and the techniques of effectively revealing these to a misbehaving
child. The development of the system of natural and logical consequences and the application of these techniques may well be
Dreikurs’ finest contribution to the betterment of human society.
Dreikurs suggested that human misbehavior is the result of not having one’s basic needs of belonging to, and contributing to, a
social group met. The child then resorts to one of four mistaken goals: attention, power, revenge, or avoidance of failure. Dreikurs’
main theory dealt with the misbehavior of pre-adolescents. He reasoned that these students will “act out” based on these four,
principled “mistaken goals.”
The first reason for their misbehavior is that they desire attention. If they do not receive the attention they crave through their
actions (good or bad, e.g., doing well on a paper or throwing a tantrum), they move onto seeking power (e.g., they may refuse to
3.3.14 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
complete a paper). If their power struggle is thwarted, they seek revenge. If even revenge does not achieve the desired response,
they begin to feel inadequate.
His books list many ways to combat these behaviors. The first step is for teachers to identify the mistaken goal while also noting
their own response to the misbehavior, and observe the students’ reactions. Second, a teacher should confront the mistaken goal by
providing an explanation of it along with a discussion of the faulty logic involved. By doing so, students are given an opportunity
to examine and change their behavior. Third, Dreikurs emphasized the importance of avoiding power struggles with students. One
way is simply by withdrawing as an authority figure; teachers can also redirect students’ ambitions for power by having them
participate in making decisions or giving directions. This is called “democratic teaching.”
Dreikurs also recommended taking positive steps against revenge-seeking behavior. The teacher is instructed to set up situations
where the students can exhibit talents and strengths and ultimately experience acceptance. Lastly, teachers should encourage
students who display inadequacy by offering these students encouragement and support for even minimal efforts. His overall goal
was that students would learn to cooperate reasonably, without being penalized or rewarded, because they would feel that they are
valuable contributors to the classroom.
Dreikurs described two types of consequences: logical and natural. Logical consequences refer to “reasonable results that follow
behavior either desirable or non-desirable.” They typically require students to make right of what they have done wrong. For
example, if students do not complete their work during class, they are required to do it for homework. In a democratic classroom,
the students would know in advance the consequences of their misbehavior because as part of the classroom they helped formulate
the consequences.
Natural consequences differ from logical consequences in that the results following the behavior occur naturally. For example, if a
student tips his chair backward and falls, leaving him hurt or embarrassed, this would be a natural consequence, because the hurt
and embarrassment alone is a sufficient consequence for his misbehavior.
Dreikurs did not consider punishment an effective method of discipline. He viewed punishment as an action taken by the teacher as
an act of revenge to show the students who is in charge. He believed that punishment was humiliating and offensive to students.
Dreikurs believed in prevention, and his main focus was on constructive behavior rather than coercive discipline. He recommended
that teachers have a democratic classroom and teaching style to help students gain a sense of belonging which is the genuine goal.
In this manner, students would have a social interest: a condition in which students would realize themselves that it is to their
advantage to contribute to the welfare of a group. Therefore, to understand children, they must be observed in a social setting and
in relationship to others, to discover the reasons for their behavior.
Key takeaways
Children who do not feel the basic need of belonging to a social group turn to attention, power, revenge, and avoidance of
failure.
Misbehavior can be modified without punishment through implementing natural and logical consequences.
Dreikurs focused on pre-adolescents’ reasons for their problematic behaviors and how teachers and parents can respond to
it.
Humans have a basic need for unconditional positive regard and acceptance.
3.3.15 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
•Microsystem: Immediate environments such as family, school, peer group, neighborhood, and childcare environments.
•Mesosystem: A system comprised of connections between immediate environments (i.e., a child’s home and school).
•Exosystem: External environmental settings which only indirectly affect development, such as parent’s workplace.
•Macrosystem: The larger cultural context (Eastern vs. Western culture, national economy, political culture, subculture).
•Chronosystem: The patterning of environmental events and transitions over the course of life. (this was added later)
Each system contains roles, norms, and rules that can powerfully shape development. As this theory is discussed comprehensively
in Chapter 1, it is important to note that while theories inform our practices, they also shape our thinking. Theory lives in many
places, especially in social science disciplines. Reducing children's behavior to being one directional, we miss the opportunity to
look at how the systems that Bronfenbrenner discovered are bi-directional in that these systems impact each other.
This example provides a clear explanation for you to consider. In order to understand the issues a learner is having with math, we
can’t simply look at that individual and what challenges they face directly with the subject. We have to look at the interactions that
occur between the teacher and the child. Perhaps the teacher needs to make modifications as well. The teacher may be responding
to regulations made by the school, such as new expectations for students in math or constraints on time that interferes with the
teacher’s ability to instruct. These new demands may be a response to national efforts to promote math and science deemed
important by political leaders in response to relations with other countries at a particular time in history. Can you think of an
example from your personal experience, that would help you to integrate this theory more meaningfully?
It has been said that before Bronfenbrenner, child psychologists studied the child, sociologists examined the family, anthropologists
the society, economists the economic framework of the times, and political scientists the political structure. As a result of
Bronfenbrenner’s groundbreaking work in human ecology, these environments, from the family to economic and political
structures, have come to be viewed as part of the life course from childhood through adulthood. The “bioecological” approach to
human development broke down barriers among the social sciences and built bridges between the disciplines that have allowed
findings to emerge about which key elements in the larger social structure, and across societies, are vital for optimal human
development.
Key takeaways
Bioecological Systems Theory—the study of how individual development can be shaped by one’s interactions with the
various systems and how an individual can impact the nested systems.
Five nested systems: Microsystem, Mesosystem, Exosystem, Macrosystem, and Chronosystem.
Each system contains roles, norms, and rules that can impact human development.
Pause to reflect
As you can see there are so many things to consider when it comes to our role as early learning professionals. We must have
core knowledge that will enable us to be most up to date with current thinking about how to help families with the complicated
tasks of parenting. As has been mentioned, there is no one right way. There are many ways to support children in learning and
growing. We will explore more contemporary parenting programs that are an integration of many of these thoughts and ideas
that have been shared. It's not that ideas go away, we just make improvements as we go along. As Maya Angelou says, "We do
the best we can until we know better. When we know better we do better."
References:
"Parenting and Family Diversity" by Diana Lang is licensed under CC BY-NC-SA 4.0
3.3: Influences on Child Rearing Practices is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
3.3.16 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125394
3.4: Styles of Parenting
Parenting in a complicated emotional roller coaster, one in which we are often unprepared for. This section will engage you with
the different ideas of the styles of parenting that have been a part of our theoretical journey in Early Childhood Education. It is
important to note, that many of these ideas/theories have been normed using white children and families and that these ideas may
not translate to all families as culture is another part of the dynamic of raising children. (This will be discussed further in Chapter 3
which is dedicated to the influences of culture).
According to Baumrind, it is beneficial to evaluate the support and demandingness of a caregiver in order to determine which style
is being used and how to effectively use it. Support refers to the amount of affection, acceptance, and warmth a parent provides to a
child. Demandingness refers to the degree a parent controls a child’s behavior.
The chart below depicts the four styles of parenting brought to us by Baumrind, Maccoby and Martin
Baumrind's Parenting Styles
Parenting Style Brief Description Outcomes for children
3.4.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133740
Parenting Style Brief Description Outcomes for children
In reviewing the styles of parenting identified in the chart above, one can see that the focus comes more from Western,
individualistic society's thoughts on the role of raising children. It is important that we look at how these ideals may influence the
way in which we see families who have different ideals about parenting. This is one lens to look at parenting, but we need to be
more critical thinkers about the many possibilities that exist in raising healthy, productive humans in the many different societies
that exist in our world.
Overindulgent Parenting
Overindulgent parenting is providing children with too much of what “looks good, too soon, too long.” Oftentimes, it appears that
parents implement these strategies to fulfill their own unmet needs or feelings of neglect from their own childhood.
Examples include giving children an overabundance of:
things or experiences that are not developmentally appropriate for the child,
family resources that appear to meet the child’s needs but do not,
anything that actively harms or prevents a child from developing and achieving one’s full potential, and
freedom with minimal boundaries and limits that are developmentally-inappropriate for the child.
Many negative outcomes have been linked to overindulgent parenting, which include, but are not limited to, children who exhibit:
1. extreme self-centeredness,
2. excessive degrees of a sense of entitlement,
3. poor decision-making and coping skills, and
4. stifled developmental growth as a result of not experiencing or learning “necessary” life lessons.
Helicopter Parenting
Helicopter parenting is characterized by caregivers who are extremely over involved in their child’s life due to the belief that they
can protect their child’s physical and/or emotional well-being. Caregivers using this approach appear overbearing and
overprotective due to the close attention they pay to all of their child’s problems and successes. Parents “hover overhead” by
constantly overseeing or being excessively interested in every aspect of their child’s life. Some contend that cell phones are “the
world’s longest umbilical cord” which is contributing to this phenomenon.
Many negative outcomes have been linked to helicopter parenting, which may include, but are not limited to, children and adults
who exhibit:
3.4.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133740
1. stifled developmental growth as a result of not experiencing or learning “necessary” life lessons,
2. long-term mental health problems,
3. rebellious behaviors in adolescence, and
4. a lack of independence coupled with poor decision-making, motivational, and coping skills.
Lawnmower Parenting
Saba Harouni Lurie, a licensed marriage and family therapist defines lawnmower parenting (also referred to as “bulldozing
parenting” and “snowplow parenting”) simply as: “when parents remove obstacles for their kids in hopes of setting them up to be
successful.” Lawnmower parents have a strong desire to protect their child from any type of struggle or obstacle. As as result,
they're said to "mow over" any problems thei child faces, as well as prevent problems from occurring in the first place.
This may result in creating a generation that has no ideas what to do when they actually encounter a struggle. This may lead to
adversely affecting children as having to face adversity, struggle, and/or failure robs them of opportunities to learn from their
mistakes. Raising children who have experienced "minimal struggle" is not necessarily doing them any favors or even making them
even remotely happier.
Key takeaways
Overindulgent parenting is when parents over-provide things which are typically not developmentally-appropriate for their
child.
This style of parenting can result in the child having poor decision-making and coping skills and being highly self-
centered.
Helicopter parenting is when parents are over-involved in their child’s life, many times as a way to protect their child.
This style can result in the child lacking independence, having poor decision-making and coping skills, etc.
Lawnmower parenting is a newer phenomenon in where parents avoid letting their children struggle
This style can result in children not being able to handle the complexities of life once they leave their nest/home
Traditional parenting is when parents expect their children to respect and obey authority, as well as comply with their
cultural beliefs and values.
This style of parenting can result in higher academic achievements and lower behavioral and psychological problems.
3.4.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133740
Style Description Possible Outcomes
3.4.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133740
Category Brief description Examples Ideas for working with families
3.4.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133740
Category Brief description Examples Ideas for working with families
3.4.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133740
References:
"Parenting and Family Diversity" by Diana Lang is licensed under CC BY-NC-SA 4.0
*adapted from Understanding Families: Applying Family Systems Theory to Early Childhood Practice by Linda Garris Christian,
Young Children, January, 2006
3.4: Styles of Parenting is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
3.4.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133740
3.5: Child Rearing Practices and Guidance
The Elements of Rearing and Guiding Children
So far in this chapter we have looked at theories and ideas that guide our knowledge about the variety of ways in which we think
about rearing children. Some of those ideas are quite outdated and yet they seem to remain in the social lexicon when it comes to
understanding about what is best for children in their formative years. There is nothing more complicated than raising children as
they don't come with an instruction manual. The diversity of ideas we have explored thus far are as diverse as the individual
children that are reared in the diversity of families as it relates to their culture and societal constructs.
Active Listening
Active listening is a type of communication strategy between two or more people that consists of paying attention to what someone
is saying and attempting to understand what is being said. Clinical research studies demonstrate that active listening can be a
catalyst in one’s personal growth. For example, children are more likely to listen to themselves if someone else allows them to
speak and successfully convey their message.
Learning how to actively listen takes time, practice, and full commitment. Once achieved, it can build a strong foundation for
positive communication resulting in a strong caregiver-child relationship by building trust throughout the lifespan. This strategy
also tends to improve the quality of conversations by connecting with others on a deeper level, which can lead to more positive and
healthy relationships.
3.5.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
It is important to remember that you are not giving your opinion and thoughts regarding what the child relays to you; you are
paraphrasing what the child said and expressing back to the child the emotions the child conveyed.
Key takeaways
Active listening is paying attention and attempting to understand what someone else is saying.
It is important to note hidden messages in verbal and non-verbal communications.
It is important to refrain from giving opinions while paraphrasing what the other person is saying.
Anticipatory structure
Anticipatory structure is a strategy where caregivers share plans and provide forewarnings to children regarding upcoming
transitions between activities. This can help establish routines and facilitate more smooth changes in routines. It also allows time
for children to prepare for changes, which can heighten their cooperation when the change happens. Anticipatory structure is most
effective when caregivers provide multiple forewarnings before transitions, give reasoning for what the child is being asked to do,
and use age-appropriate language that the child can understand. It is helpful for parents to provide praise or compliments for their
children as they follow each step and meet the end goal.
Example
A parent tells their children that it is almost time to go to bed and they have ten minutes to finish playing and then they need to put
their toys away. Later the parent reminds the children again and tells them that they have five minutes left to play and then they
need to have all of their toys put away. After five minutes, the parent makes sure the children’s toys are put away and asks them to
get ready for bed by reminding them of their regular bedtime routine.
Key takeaway
Anticipatory structure provides forewarnings to changes in activities and can help establish routines and cooperation.
CALM
The CALM method is a technique for parents to use to communicate with their children, whether that be talking through a conflict
or just sharing about what happened that day. The goal of this method is to give children a voice and help them feel heard. The
“best-practice” way to utilize this method would be to implement it every time your child wants to have a conversation one-on-one
with you.
Connect
Affect
Listen
Mirroring
How to use this method:
CONNECT. The first step in the CALM method is connecting with the child. This means putting aside any and all distractions in
order to give your full and undivided attention to what the child says to you.
AFFECT. The second step is affect, which is emotion. This means you want to share and show your emotions and feelings with
your children and let them know that you have the same emotions as they do. Through this, they can see that you understand and
empathize with what they are going through or telling you.
LISTEN. The third step is listening to the child by repeating what is said back to you or asking for clarifications to help the child
feel listened to and heard.
MIRRORING. The fourth and final step is mirroring. This is when you (a) make sure you fully understand what the child is
telling you, (b) clear up any questions or misunderstandings by paraphrasing (back to child) what the child said and (c) sharing in
your child's thoughts and feelings.
3.5.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Example
Your daughter, Sammie, came to you upset because she didn’t win a contest at school. First, you would connect by removing all of
your distractions (putting away phone, stopping what you are doing), turning your attention to her, and making eye contact with
her. Next, you would show how her actions affected you by having an upset look on your face and tone in your voice to show you
understand her emotions. After this, you would listen to what she tells you and then clarify details to show Deidre you are invested
in the conversation. Lastly, you would mirror the interaction back to Deidre by paraphrasing what she told you to show you care
about her thoughts and feelings.
By using this technique, children will be able to see and feel that you are listening, caring, and involved in what they are telling
you. You want them to feel that they can come to you and trust you about anything going on in their life, big or small.
Constructive Choices
Constructive choices are a child-rearing strategy where parents provide the child with options for the child when making decisions.
This allows children to be involved in making choices in their everyday activities, while still maintaining choices that are positive
and safe. This strategy can help children learn how to make decisions, and it teaches and guides children about how to analyze their
decision-making abilities so they can eventually make decisions on their own.
How to use this method:
Limit the number of times you give a child a choice,
Limit the number of choices you give a child (two to four choices work well),
Provide developmentally-appropriate choices that keep the child safe and healthy,
Support the child’s decision, and
Help children think about their choices and the reasoning behind making each decision.
Example
A caregiver may give a child a choice to keep playing with their toys inside or to clean up the toys and go play outside. When the
child decides which one they would like to do, you support their decision. This means helping them to critically think about their
choices in the decision making process. The older the child, the more choices can be given.
Key takeaway
Caregivers provide specific options to help guide children’s activities and decision-making abilities.
3.5.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Compliment the child: Make a positive comment on something the child is doing, wearing, etc., to make the child feel appreciated.
The Wish
Make the request: After providing four pluses for the child, the parent can then make a request (the wish).
Example
Luke is playing with blocks and his mother comes into the room.
Luke’s mother: “Luke, it’s almost time for dinner, please clean up your toys and wash your hands.”
Luke: “I don’t want to clean up yet. I want to keep playing.”
Luke’s mother smiles at Luke and with relaxed body language, kneels to his level. “Luke, that is a great car you built with your
blocks, you did a good job building it. Could you put it away for a while and come wash your hands for dinner, please?”
Luke smiled and complied with his mother’s request.
Key takeaways
Three positive actions are made towards the child before making a request.
This method promotes cooperation and compliance with requests.
I-messages
I-messages are effective communication techniques to use when talking with another person. The goals of I-messages are to keep
interactions positive, and avoid blame, guilt, judgment, and shame. I-messages express your own feelings, while “you” messages
place assumptions or judgments onto the person with whom you are speaking. A “you” message would sound like, “You need to
pay more attention!” or “You shouldn’t be acting like that.”
Here is an example of turning a “you” message into an I-message. The “you” message might be something like, “You always
disobey our rules and do whatever you want!” However, turning it into an I-message might sound more like this, “I feel angry
when you disobey the rules we’ve laid out for you because I feel disrespected. I like it when you obey the rules, guidelines, and
boundaries we have in this family because it makes me feel like you care about me, yourself, and the whole family.”
Example
•“I feel worried and anxious when it is one hour past the time you were to be home and I have not heard from you because I fear
something bad has happened. I like it when you keep in touch with me if you might be late. I need you to contact me if you will be
late.”
Key takeaway
I-messages start with the word “I,” express your own feelings to keep communication positive, and help avoid blame and
judgment onto the other person.
Induction
Induction can be used to help youth develop empathy, guide their behaviors, take ownership of their actions, learn acceptable
behaviors, and understand how their actions may impact themselves (self-centered induction) and others (other-oriented induction).
3.5.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
How to use this method:
When you have a child’s full attention:
Explain how one’s actions can affect themselves and others (positively and negatively).
Use a child’s actions as an example to discuss and recommend expectations for acceptable behavior.
Model desired behaviors for a child to imitate.
Use others’ actions as examples to discuss and assess how behaviors can impact others’ feelings.
Encourage, discuss, and reward desired behaviors.
Explain and discourage undesirable actions.
Be consistent and proactive by communicating expectations, discussing outcomes, and identifying feelings related to behaviors
on an ongoing basis.
Children reared in an environment that uses this approach tend to have higher moral reasoning, internalized standards for
behaviors, prosocial skills, and resistance to external influences when compared to their peers who have not been exposed to this
technique.
Example
If a child is taking a sibling’s toys, a caregiver can explain, “When you take your brother’s toys, it causes him to feel sad and that
you do not like him. How might you feel if your friend took your bike out of our yard without asking you?”
Key takeaway
Induction is used to help children understand how their behaviors affect themselves and others, take ownership of their
actions, and guide them to engage in acceptable behaviors.
Key takeaways
Natural consequences are when a child learns from and experiences the natural outcomes of situations.
Logical consequences are when parents set the consequences of a child’s behaviors.
This works best when the consequences are immediate and consistent.
No-lose Method
This is a democratic approach that results in caregivers and children resolving conflict in a manner in which all parties are satisfied
with the solution.
How to use this method:
Define: All parties communicate their perspectives of the “problem”.
Brainstorm Solutions: All parties list all possible solutions to resolve the issue.
Assess Solutions: All parties decide and discuss how they feel about all of the solutions.
3.5.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Best Solution: All parties decide upon and agree to implement the best solution.
Plan in Action: All parties put the best solution into practice.
Follow-Up: Adult(s) proactively discuss the problem and solution with the child(ren) to revisit the situation
Example
Define: The “problem” is that siblings are fighting over a book.
Brainstorm Solutions: The children can take turns reading the book; each child can read a different book; both children can read
with each other at the same time with that book; a parent can remove the book so both children need to find different books.
Assess Solutions: Both children want to read the book together.
Best Solution: The children and parent agree that the children will read the book together as long as the children do not fight. If
they fight while reading the book, the parent will remove the book and both children will need to take a break.
Plan in Action: The children read the book together and do not fight.
Follow-Up: Later that same day, the parent asks if they both enjoyed reading that book together. Both children agreed it was an
enjoyable time. The parent praised them for not fighting and for solving the issue.
Key takeaways
This method is used to resolve conflict where every party involved discusses their perspective on the problem and possible
solutions.
A solution that satisfies all parties is decided and agreed upon.
Problem Ownership
Problem ownership is an important tool to utilize when caregivers are communicating with children because it can help avoid
blaming and arguing. This is when caregivers take time to reflect on an issue and think, “Whose problem is this? Who is actually
upset about this?” Sometimes we may think the child is the one with the problem when actually we are the ones getting upset. In
reality, the child is just fine – we are the ones that have a problem. This is when a caregiver should own the problem.
If a caregiver owns the problem, it is a perfect opportunity to utilize effective communication strategies such as I-Messages to
express one’s thoughts and feelings regarding the problem. If, however, the child owns the problem, caregivers can use this as a
chance to practice adult-child interaction techniques such as active listening and the CALM method to connect with the child
concerning the problem.
Problem ownership helps caregivers determine which problems they need to figure out themselves, and which problems they
should allow their children to figure out. This provides a learning experience to gain responsibility for one’s actions that can be
utilized in other relationships as well.
Example
Third-grader tells his dad, “Caleb is not my friend anymore!”
Dad: (active listening) “So, I hear that you are upset. What happened?”
Third-grader: “Caleb knocked down our entire snow fort during recess today! It took us three entire recesses to build it!”
(Dad feels sad for his son and wants to advocate for his son. Dad contemplates calling the teacher or Caleb’s parents. After
reflecting, Dad asks himself, “Whose problem is this? It’s my son who is upset. I need to help him navigate this and let him know
he can talk to me about these types of issues.” Dad decides to ask open-ended questions and use active listening to learn more about
the entire situation.)
Dad: Why don’t you tell me what happened.
Third-grader: Well… (child has the opportunity to retell the incident and decide for himself, with his dad’s nurturing and
understanding support, what to do about the problem).
This type of interaction allows a parent to provide support while assisting the child with ways to resolve or work through a
problem.
3.5.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Key takeaways
Problem ownership is when an issue is reflected upon and analyzed to determine who is upset and who owns the problem in
a situation.
A solution can be determined based on who owns the problem.
Positive Language
The manner in which parents communicate with their child can largely determine the child’s own communication methods and
language development and can affect the child’s vocabulary and speaking skills over time. Using positive language can greatly
support and encourage the child as they get older.
Examples
Peter and Dan’s mother says, “Thank you for picking up your toys” after they put away the toys in their playroom.
Kaila returns home from school and says that she has had a bad day at school. Kaila’s dad asks her what had made it a bad day
and listens to Kaila explain what had happened.
Key takeaway
Using phrases such as, “I’m sorry,” “please,” “thank you”, and “I love you” often for children of all ages are recommended!
Redirecting
Verbal and physical redirection help promote desirable behaviors by directing children’s attention to a different activity, toy, or
behavior. These strategies help teach appropriate behavior, prevent injuries, reduce punishments, remove children from situations,
and promote learning and exploration. The goal is to provide children with easy-to-understand alternative actions (verbally and/or
physically) instead of using threats, punishments, or telling children what not to do.
How to Use Verbal and Physical Redirection
1. Maintain eye contact and come down to the child’s level. Let children know that the act they are performing is unacceptable by
using a firm, nurturing voice.
2. Explain why the behavior is unacceptable in a clear, consistent, developmentally appropriate manner. This will help children
associate these words with the undesirable action.
3. Encourage children to practice the desired outcome immediately. For example, instead of telling children not to stand on chairs,
verbally explain that they need to sit down while gently touching them to help them sit down carefully.
4. Use physical and verbal redirection to foster children’s curiosity. For instance, encourage them to participate in desired acts that
they will undoubtedly want to join.
5. Provide positive reinforcement and praise for completing the act in a desirable manner.
Verbal redirection is effective without physical redirection, but physical redirection is not effective without verbal redirection. As in
most forms of child rearing, communication is a pivotal component of effective parenting strategies. Physical redirection tends to
be more effective with younger children because they are still developing their language comprehension. As children develop
additional cognitive and language skills, physical redirection should be used less frequently and verbal redirection should be used
3.5.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
more often. An extremely important part of effective physical redirection is adding a gentle, nurturing touch simultaneously with
the verbal redirection.
Redirection Techniques
Redirection technique Incorrect usage Correct usage
1. “Stop running in the kitchen, you’ll split 1. “The kitchen is not a place to run, walk
your head open!” when you are in here, please.”
2. “I like your jacket, but don’t leave it laying 2. “I like your jacket, please hang it up after
… Verbal redirection
on the ground.” you take it off.”
3. “Stop standing on the chair, you are going 3. “We do not stand on chairs. Let’s go outside
to get hurt!” and play in your tree house.”
Key takeaways
Verbal redirection should always include explanations of the correct action that a child can understand while using a gentle,
nurturing voice.
Avoid using threats and telling children what not to do.
Physical redirection should always be used in combination with verbal redirection.
Consistent language is key for effective redirection so children associate the same words with undesirable actions.
It is important to use the same steps and words if children repeat the same behavior. Consistency is key when reinforcing
positive behaviors and deterring negative behaviors.
3.5.8 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Making sure they overhear you telling someone else about their positive behavior;
Smiling at them; and
Giving tangible rewards (e.g., stickers, incentives).
In order for these methods to be effective, rewards or incentives must:
be important or valuable to the child,
occur immediately after the desired behavior, and
consistently be implemented.
While this is a popular method that is often used in schools, a word of caution is important. Over rewarding children can become a
problem if their only motivation to do something is to obtain a reward. Rewards can be both extrinsic and intrinsic. Extrinsic
rewards are what is highlighted in this section - something that is outside of the child. Intrinsic rewards are those that motivate from
within. Doing something because it is right for you and/or it feels good for you. There needs to be a balance so children do not
become overly dependent on the extrinsic reward to shape their behavior.
Examples
Here is a common example of (unintentionally and positively) rewarding inappropriate behavior: An aunt provides candy to her
nephew every time he throws a tantrum in the store because he wants candy at the checkout lane. The aunt reinforces the poor
behavior (e.g., a tantrum) by providing reinforcers (e.g., candy and attention) every time he throws a tantrum at the grocery store.
Here is an example of positively rewarding the same child to stop the tantrums: Now that this child throws a tantrum with his
parents when they go to the grocery store, his parents provide their son with candy only when he does not throw a tantrum in the
store. His parents reinforce the appropriate behavior (e.g., not throwing a tantrum) by providing reinforcers (e.g., candy and
attention) every time they go to the grocery store and he refrains from throwing a tantrum.
Another way to help the child refrain from throwing a tantrum is to remind the child how we behave in the store. When you are in
the store, letting them know that they are behaving appropriately by smiling at them to convey your approval creates a sense of
acceptance from the caregiver to the child.
In order to maintain consistent routines (e.g., bedtimes, traditions) and rules (e.g., not eating food in certain areas of the house,
curfews, wearing a helmet while riding a bicycle) it is important to facilitate and adhere to them as much as possible. Expectations
should be developmentally-appropriate and communicated in a manner that can be easily understood.
For instance, perhaps family meals are at 6:30 p.m. because this is the time that everyone gets home from work and school
activities. This expectation and all moderations should be communicated with all members on a daily basis but also remain flexible.
Exceptions that may change a family mealtime might include attending a school-related activity or having a large family gathering
every Sunday at 1:30 p.m.
Directions
Specific, warm, concrete, understandable directions and expectations can improve behaviors, prevent dangerous circumstances,
reduce caregivers’ frustrations, and foster children’s learning of appropriate behaviors. It is most effective to tell children exactly
what behaviors you desire.
3.5.9 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Examples
“Please use your walking feet while we are in the library,” is more detailed than saying, “Stop that!”
“We must hold hands in the parking lot to avoid getting hit by a car,” instead of “Hey, come back here!” as the child runs
through the parking lot.
Research shows that children’s abilities to anticipate change, use appropriate behaviors, and develop independence are fostered by
warm, safe, stable, nurturing, caring, compassionate caregiving on a consistent basis! This means that routines, rules, directions,
expectations, and consequences should be responded to or applied every time in a nurturing, warm, consistent manner.
Key takeaways
Providing a warm, close, nurturing, and openly-communicative environment with consistent routines, directions, and rules
with reasonable flexibility are key for eliciting feelings of predictability and security.
It is not too late to learn, teach, and reinforce these skills for caregivers and youth. However, it may take time and practice
to elicit changes.
A more common and somewhat opposite approach is the use of time-outs. Time-outs are a less positive approach and can be less
effective compared to time-ins. Time-outs are where a child is left to sit alone somewhere away from the caregiver for a set amount
of time. To learn about time-outs, such as how and when to use them, visit the cdc’s parent essentials site.
Example
Both time-ins and time-outs are used to:
stop undesirable behavior,
help children learn better coping skills, and
give parents and children a chance to calm down.
Key takeaways
Threats and punishments (e.g., time-outs) are often less effective than positive parenting strategies (e.g., time-ins) for
changing behaviors.
Not all children respond well to time-outs.
Time-ins can reduce power struggles and calm brains.
3.5.10 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
our homes, schools and businesses on the core principles of safety,
connection and problem-solving.
The only way to soothe the survival state if through the creation of
safety.
The only way to soothe an upset emotional state is through the
creation of connection
The executive state if the optimal state of problem-solving and
learning.
In a survival state where we feel triggered by threat, these skills are flight, fight or surrender. We can’t think clearly when a tiger is
chasing us. In the modern world, the tiger may be a disrespectful child, but our brain’s evolutionary skill set is the same: fight,
flight or surrender.
Our emotional state is our response to upset – and can only be soothed through connection. An upset emotional state is triggered by
the world not going our way. It limits our ability to see from another’s point of view. This upset, unconscious state keeps us on
autopilot so our words and tone match those of key authority figures from our childhood. We revert to disciplining the same ways
we were disciplined, even if we know these behaviors to be ineffective or hurtful.
Executive State is the optimal state for problem-solving and learning. As we learn to regulate and integrate our internal state to be
one of relaxed alertness, we are able access our own brilliance. We are empowered to change and make wise choices. An integrated
executive state frees us from past conditioning, attunes us to the feelings and experiences of others, enables us to remain focused
enough to set and achieve goals, and allows us to consciously respond instead of automatically react to life events.
Conscious Discipline empowers us to be conscious of brain-body states in ourselves and children. It then provides us with the
practical skills we need to manage our thoughts, feeling and actions. With this ability to self-regulate, we are able to teach children
to do the same. By doing this, we help children who are physically aggressive (survival state) or verbally aggressive (emotional
state) become more integrated so they can learn and use problem-solving skills (executive state). When we understand the brain
state model, we can clearly see the importance of building our homes, schools and businesses on the core principles of safety,
connection and problem-solving.
As we move up the pyramid (refer to infographic) the second component is seven powers for conscious adults that are necessary in
effectively and successfully helping to guide children's behavior.
The Seven Powers of Conscious Discipline
Powers Big idea Goal
No one can make you angry without your To teach adults and children to take
Power of perception
permission. responsibility for their own upset.
3.5.11 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Powers Big idea Goal
The third component is essential in creating school family connections. We know that creating partnerships with families, build
trust and mutual respect. We are a team working together with families to provide an environment that is supportive and
empowering.
The school family is built on a healthy family model with the goal of optimal develop of all members. This includes:
Willingness to learn - without willingness, each interaction becomes a power struggle instead of a learning opportunity. The School
Family brings all children and adults, especially the most difficult, to a place of willingness through a sense of belonging.
Impulse Control - connection with others wires the brain for impulse control. Disconnected children are disruptive and prone to
aggressive, shutting down, or bullying behaviors. The School Family uses connection to encourage impulse control while teaching
self-regulation skills in context.
Attention - our attentional system is sensitive to stress and becomes engaged with positive emotions. The School Family reduces
stress while creating an atmosphere of caring, encouragement and meaningful contributions.
The last and fourth component are the seven skills of discipline. They include the following:
Composure - anger management, delay of gratification
Encouragement - prosocial skills, kindness, caring, helpfulness
Assertiveness - bully prevention, healthy boundaries
Choices - impulse control, goal achievement
Empathy - emotional regulation, perspective taking
Positive intent - cooperation, problem solving
Consequences - learning from your mistakes
To find out more about this program you can visit the website where there is more information and resources regarding Conscious
Discipline.
Love and Logic Parenting
Love and Logic Parenting was founded by Jim Fay and Foster Cline. They saw that families needed strategies to help deal with the
problems their children were having. The principles in this program were formulated to help families to develop strategies that
would bring the fun back into parenting. Over the years the program has been updated and this is the most current program
developed in 2012.
The six techniques that are taught in the course:
Putting an end to arguing, back talk, and begging
Teaching responsibility without losing their love
Setting limits without waging war
Avoiding power-struggles
Guiding kids to own and solve their problems
Teaching kids to complete chores without reminders and without pay
This parenting program is usually taught in a cohort that involves 6 2-hour sessions. The workbook that comes with the program
states the following.
Through this program, you will learn techniques that:
Are simple and easy to learn.
Teach responsibility and character.
Lower your stress level.
Have immediate and positive effects.
Up the odds that you will enjoy livelong positive relationships with your kids and your grandchildren.
3.5.12 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Active Parenting
Active parenting was founded in 1980 and was the first video-based parenting education program. The need for such an innovation
in parenting education was based on two beliefs about parenting in our democratic society:
1. Parenting well is extremely important.
2. Parenting well is extremely difficult.
This training program is designed to teach a method of parenting and problem solving that will help families prepare children to
courageously meet the challenges life poses. And it helps to build relationships that bring joy and satisfaction for a lifetime. The
core beliefs of this parenting program is that parenting is the most important job you will ever do in our society. It is based on a six
week training model where you will:
Realize or recall mistakes you have made in the past in your own parenting. Everyone does and it is important to recognize
those mistakes, but it is far more important to let go so that you can develop new strategies that will provide better outcomes for
you and your children.
Realize that you will make further mistakes as you learn new skills. Mistakes are a part of the learning process. When trying on
new strategies, you are apt to make mistakes and there is no value in punishing yourself. The value comes in recognizing that
you are not perfect and that you are open to learning and trying new strategies.
That six week training model includes the following content:
the active parent
winning cooperation
responsibility and discipline
understanding and redirecting behavior
building courage, character, and self-esteem
the active family now
Systematic Training for Effective Parenting (S.T.E.P.)
This parenting program was founded by a group of psychologists who believed that families needed support and strategies to create
healthier ways of parenting. The philosophy of this parent program is to provide:
a look at long-term goals of parenting
information on how young children think, feel, and act
skills that can increase your enjoyment and effectiveness as a parent
skills that can develop your child's self-esteem and confidence
support for yourself as a parent and as a person
effective ways to teach cooperation and discipline
The course covers the following areas:
Understanding young children - how they grow and develop
Understanding young children's behavior
Building self-esteem in the early years
Learning and talking to young children
Helping young children learn to cooperate
Young children's social and emotional development
While this may seem like a comprehensive, exhaustive look at the varying parenting strategies, they are many more as well as more
that keep surfacing. This shows us that effective parenting is an important aspect for both families and teachers who work with
their children. It is important to note that parenting is based on many aspects and we need to be culturally responsive to other ways
of parenting.
Recently, the Brazelton Touchpoints Center has created a program called: Parenting While Black. They offer many webinars with
professionals on subjects that are relevant for raising black children. This program began in 2020 and since then they have had
many webinars to support Black families in raising their Black children. Here are a few of the webinar titles:
Standing in our Black Joy and Excellence with our Children, Families, and Communities
Black Mental Health Matters: Being Black in White Spaces
3.5.13 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
Elevating our Racial Identity: Flourishing in Blackness Across the Life Span
Infertility, Fertility, and Birthing People: The Black Experience
Thriving in the Midst: Grounding and Uplifting Our Babies, Children, Families, and Communities
Literacy, Technology, and Art: Healing the Harm and Centering Our Joy in Raising Black Infants, Children and Youth
You can visit the Brazelton Touchpoints website for more information.
References
"Parenting and Family Diversity" by Diana Lang is licensed under CC BY-NC-SA 4.0
Parenting the Love and Logic Way: Workbook, Charles Fay, PhD and Jim Fay, 2012
For more information about positive parenting strategies by ages and stages, visit the CDC website
3.5: Child Rearing Practices and Guidance is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
3.5.14 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133741
3.6: Child Abuse and Neglect
Types of Abuse
Child abuse takes many forms. Children can be physically or sexually assaulted, and they may also suffer from emotional abuse
and neglect of many different forms. Whatever form it takes, child abuse is a serious problem. It is especially difficult to know how
much child abuse occurs. Infants obviously cannot talk, and toddlers and older children who are abused usually do not tell anyone
about the abuse. They might not define it as abuse, they might be scared to tell a trusted adult, they might blame themselves for
being abused, or they might not know with whom they could talk about their abuse. Whatever the reason, children usually remain
silent, thus making it very difficult to know how much abuse takes place. Up-to-date statistics on the different types of child abuse
in the United States can be found at the U.S. Children’s Bureau website.
Abuse can occur in multiple forms and across all family relationships. Breiding, Basile, Smith, Black, and Mahendra (2015) define
the forms of abuse as:
Physical abuse, the use of intentional physical force to cause harm. Scratching, pushing, shoving, throwing, grabbing, biting,
choking, shaking, slapping, punching, and hitting are common forms of physical abuse;
Sexual abuse, the act of forcing someone to participate in a sex act against the person’s will. Such abuse is often referred to as
sexual assault or rape.
Psychological abuse, aggressive behavior that is intended to control someone else. Such abuse can include threats of physical or
sexual abuse, manipulation, bullying, and stalking.
The most common form of child abuse is neglect. Child neglect is a deficit in meeting a child’s basic needs, such as failure to
provide adequate nutrition, supervision, health care, clothing, or housing, as well as other physical, emotional, social, educational,
and safety needs. All societies have established necessary behaviors a caregiver must provide in order for a child to develop well
within the domains of physical, social, and emotional development. Causes of neglect may result from caregivers experiencing
problems associated with mental disorders, unplanned pregnancy, substance abuse, unemployment, over-employment, domestic
violence, and, in special cases, poverty.
Child neglect depends on how a child and society perceives the caregivers’ behaviors; it is not how parents or caregivers believe
they are behaving toward their child. Caregiver’s failure to provide for a child, when options are available, is different from failure
to provide when options are not available. Poverty and lack of resources are often contributing factors that may prevent caregivers
from meeting children’s needs, when they otherwise would be able to meet those needs.
3.6.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125395
are not abused to end up with various developmental, psychological, and behavioral problems throughout their life course. In
particular, they are more likely to be aggressive, to use alcohol and other drugs, to be anxious and depressed, and to get divorced if
they marry.
Children who experience abuse or neglect are at risk of developing lifelong social, emotional, and health problems, particularly if
neglected before the age of two years. This is consistent with what research tells us about Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs).
However, it is important to note that not all children who experience abuse and neglect will have the same outcomes. As we
learned, there are many ways in which we can foster stable, permanent, safe, secure, nurturing, loving care for children who have
been associated with reduced effects of ACEs. It is extremely important to understand the ways in which child abuse and neglect
can be prevented. For more information, visit the CDC Child Abuse and Neglect web page.
Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) are potentially traumatic events that occur in childhood Adverse Childhood Experiences
(ACEs) | VitalSigns | CDC. The video below provides an overview of ACEs and how we can prevent the impact.
Corporal Punishment
Worldwide initiatives have recommended banning the use of corporal punishment with or in children of all ages. According to the
Global Initiative to End all Corporal Punishment of Children, corporal punishment is defined as “any punishment in which physical
force issued and intended to cause some degree of pain or discomfort, however light”.
Examples include shaking, kicking, forcing ingestion (e.g., soap, hot sauce), and “smacking,” “slapping,” or “spanking” with any
3.6.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125395
object or a hand. Nonphysical forms of punishment (e.g., verbal and emotional abuse) include activities that are intended to cause
shame to a person such as humiliation, threats, ridicules, etc.
Vast amounts of research have consistently demonstrated strong correlations between youth who experienced harsh punishment
(e.g., spanking) by their parents and increased risks of:
changes in brain physiology that show on MRI studies,
mental health disorders such as depression or anxiety,
elevated cortisol levels,
cognitive problems,
aggressive behaviors,
unhealthy caregiver-child relationships,
suicide attempts,
moderate-to-heavy drinking,
substance use disorders,
misconduct, and
adverse outcomes that extend into adulthood.
In the United States, on any given day, there are more than 400,000 youth living in foster care (out-of-home care) primarily due to
abuse and/or neglect. And, more than 100,000 of these youth are waiting to be adopted from foster care. This means that these
parents have lost permanent legal rights and custody of their children, leaving their children without any permanently legal
caregivers (the government assumes this responsibility until someone adopts the children). The average age of youth waiting to be
adopted from foster care is eight years old. This is one way that a child may be adopted into a permanent family.
Adoption
Adoption of children is one of many ways in which families are formed. Adoption, the legal transfer of parental rights of a child to
another person, can occur in many ways and elicit a wide variety of family types. In the United States, statistics for the total
number of all types of adoptions are not compiled on a regular basis and statistics are not at all compiled for some adoption types.
Adoption statistics and estimates are based on U.S. Census data and other sources. It is estimated that approximately 2-4% of all
Americans are adopted.
As we learned previously, more than 100,000 youth (with an average age of 8 years) are waiting to be adopted from foster care.
But, a majority of individuals wish to adopt an infant. According to research, millions of American women have expressed a desire
to adopt an infant and tens of thousands of families are waiting to adopt an infant.
However, it is also estimated that fewer than 20,000 babies are voluntarily placed for adoption each year in the United States.
Certainly, there are thousands fewer infants placed for adoption than families waiting to adopt an infant. Research has shown that
placing a baby for adoption can serve as a preventive option of child abuse and neglect for individuals who are not ready to parent,
able to parent, or willing to parent.
Thus, it is a best-practice approach that individuals experiencing unplanned or unwanted pregnancies be provided the most accurate
information concerning their options for parenting, adoption, the processes associated with all options, etc.
In the U.S., it is common for birth parents to choose their baby’s adoptive parents, and in some cases, adoptive and birth family
members are able to maintain some contact with each other. It is important to note that infants who are voluntarily placed are
typically taken home immediately from the birthing location by their adopting family. In conclusion, fewer children may end up in
3.6.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125395
foster care if their parents were advised of their options for adoption and parenting. To learn how to educate parents about the
option of placing their baby for adoption.
Types of Adoptive Families
There are numerous adoptive family types. Below is a brief definition of each family type.
Infant/newborn/domestic: A child who is born in a country and who is adopted shortly after birth (within the same country).
Transnational/Intercountry/International: A child who is born in one country and is adopted by a family who lives in another
country. Often, the child is orphaned. For statistics and information about intercountry adoptions visit this website.
Kin: Children adopted by a relative such as an aunt, uncle, sister, brother, grandparent, or other relative.
Foster care: Children who are no longer able to be cared for by their primary caregiver(s) who are adopted by another family
member.
Stepparent: Children adopted by one parent’s spouse; the spouse agrees to take full responsibility for the child.
The following forms of adoption are a result of assisted reproductive technology (methods that utilize medical technology to
achieve conception and birth). In most U.S. states, these forms require the legal transfer of parental rights to another parent(s).
Embryo: Families can adopt an embryo produced from the sperm and egg of one couple. Clinics and agencies help match
donating families and recipient/adopting families.
Surrogacy: A surrogate mother carries a fertilized egg in utero. After the birth of the child, the intended parent(s) adopt(s) the
child.
Below are some of the more commonly-used terms associated with adoption and the legal process.
Adoption Triad: Birth parents, adoptive parents, and the adopted child(ren).
Disrupted Adoption: An adoption agreement that ends before finalization.
Dissolution of Adoption: An adoption that ends after finalization.
Interstate Compact on the Placement of Children: A law that requires written notice and prior approval of the placement of a
child for adoption or foster care from one state with a family in another state.
Kinship care: The full-time nurturing of a child by someone related to the child by family ties or by prior relationship
connection (fictive kin).
Reunification: The returning of foster children to the custody of their parent(s) after placement outside the home.
Relinquishment/Termination of Parental Rights: The legal step necessary for parents to voluntarily or involuntarily have their
parental rights terminated to allow their child to be adopted by adoptive parents; sometimes referred to as a surrender or as
making an adoption plan for one’s child.
Special Needs: Children with physical, behavioral, or mental impairments, children with siblings in need of adoption, and at-
risk children.
Before and after the legal transfer of parental rights, families can decide how they may stay in contact after the child is no
longer a legal member of the birth family. This decision is referred to as “levels of openness” or “degrees of contact.”
3.6.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125395
“Choosing to place your child for adoption” focuses on the fact that parents most likely considered options and chose the option
they felt was best for the child. It is important to use appropriate terms so that accurate language may someday be the norm.
Accurate and Inaccurate Adoption Terminology
Accurate language Inaccurate language
To parent To keep
References:
"Parenting and Family Diversity" by Diana Lang is licensed under CC BY-NC-SA 4.0
Center for Disease Control
3.6: Child Abuse and Neglect is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
3.6.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/125395
3.7: Mandated Reporting
Legal and Ethical Responsibilities of a Mandated Reporter
Legal responsibilities
As an early learning professional in the state of California, you are a mandated reporter. As such you are required to report any
known or suspected instances of child abuse or neglect to the county child welfare department or to a local law enforcement agency
(local police/sheriffs' department). Understanding abuse is something that early learning professionals are required to have
knowledge about. There is a required course that all early learning professionals must take in order to work with children and
families.
This website Mandated Reporter Training offers the training needed for no cost. This training provides early learning professionals
with the information they need to be understand their role and the actions they must take as a mandated reporter. The training for
early learning professionals takes about 3 hours. After you have completed the training, you will earn a certificate to provide to
your employer.
Many professionals who work directly or indirectly with children are mandated reporters. That includes:
School personnel
Child care providers (early learning professionals)
Mental and social health providers
Law enforcement
Clergy
Other professionals
Volunteers
Each profession has training that provides what they need to know in order to ensure that they are doing their job as a mandated
reporter.
Child Care Providers
Child care providers have unique opportunities to notice signs of child abuse or neglect. Your caregiving duties allow you to pay
attention to children’s progress and development, and regular contact with children can reveal changes in appearance and behavior
that indicate abuse. You may have infants in your care who cannot speak for themselves and are completely reliable on caregivers
to protect them.
As a child care provider, you may be the only person outside of the family with whom a child has significant contact. You may be
the one trusted adult to whom a child confides in about abuse and the only person who is in a position to help a child. It’s critical
that you know how to recognize the signs and what to do when abuse is suspected.
Licensee of a licensed community care facility
Administrator of a licensed community care facility
Employee of a licensed community care facility
Licensee of a licensed child day care facility
Administrator of a licensed child day care facility
Employee of a licensed child day care facility
School Personnel
School personnel play a key role in identifying and helping abused children. Children spend the majority of their day in school,
where you have regular contact and the ability to observe changes in appearance and behavior that others may not notice.
School personnel are often seen as positive role models and may be a source of support and care for many children; you may be the
one trusted adult to whom a child confides in about abuse. It’s critical that you know how to recognize the signs and report
suspected abuse.
Teacher
Instructional aide
Teacher’s aide or teacher’s assistant
3.7.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/135787
Classified employee of any public school
Administrative Officer or supervisor of child welfare and attendance, or a certified pupil personnel employee
Administrator of a public or private day camp
Administrator or employee of a public or private youth center, youth recreation program or youth organization
Administrator or employee of a public or private children’s organization
Employee of a county office of education or the California Department of Education, whose duties bring the employee into
contact with children on a regular basis
Head start teacher
Licensing worker or licensing evaluator employed by a licensing agency
Employee of a school district police or security department
Any person who is an administrator or presenter of, or a counselor, in a child abuse prevention program in any public or private
school
District attorney investigator, inspector or family support officer
Special education teachers, and staff.
An athletic coach, athletic administrator, or athletic director employed by any public or private school that provides any
combination of instruction for kindergarten or grades 1 to 12
Any other employees and persons working on the behalf of school districts, county offices of education, state special schools
and diagnostic centers operated by the State Department of Education, and charter schools who are mandated reporters, as
defined in Section 11165.7 of the Penal Code
To report child abuse, you can contact the Children's Department of Social Services Mandated Reporting website.
Ethical responsibilities
As an early learning professional, there is guidance given from National Association for the Education of Young Children
(NAEYC). NAEYC has developed many position statements that guide our responsibility to the children and families we serve.
The NAEYC Code of Ethical Conduct and Statement of Commitment is a document that outlines our ethical responsibilities to:
to children
to families
to colleagues
to community and society
The code is divided into principles and ideals. The primary principle we must adhere to is:
P-1.1—Above all, we shall not harm children. We shall not participate in practices that are emotionally damaging,
physically harmful, disrespectful, degrading, dangerous, exploitative, or intimidating to children. This principle has
precedence over all others in this Code.
As early learning professionals, you must be aware of your ethical responsibilities as you are trained to know how to best support
children and their families in early learning environments.
References:
"Parenting and Family Diversity" by Diana Lang is licensed under CC BY-NC-SA 4.0
Code of Ethical Conduct and Statement of Commitment: Washington, D.C.: National Association for the Education of Young
Children, 2011
Children's Department of Social Services
3.7: Mandated Reporting is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
3.7.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/135787
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
4: Community
Learning Objectives
4: Community is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1
4.1: What is Community?
Community:
A Community is a socialization agent, because children learn the expectations of adults and will model those around them within
the community. Within communities, children are given the opportunity to build relationships that support their social, emotional,
and physical development and can help them to succeed in life. But not all communities are created equal. In this chapter we will;
learn what a community is, what some of the benefits and drawbacks of certain communities are and how the community plays a
role in the child’s development.
Figure 4.1.1 "Oak Terrace Preserve's Walkable Neighborhoods" by North Charleston is licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0
What is a community?
The term "community" is used in several ways, but a common definition is the concept of belongingness (Solomon, Watson,
Battistitch, Schaps, & Delucci, 1996). Further, Furman (1998) states that a community is not established until its members feel a
sense of belonging, community members trust each other, and feel safe (Osterman, 2000). Community can be used to describe a
territorial or geographical entity or community can be relational, describing the nature of human relationships (McMillan & Chavis,
1986). In the context of child development, we can define community narrowly (a classroom community) or broadly (a city or
state). Communities can be large or small. They can be vibrant or static. They can be a positive force or a negative force.
Communities are ever changing because the people change. But some aspects of community never change.
A community serves both as a place for the individual and family as well as for the larger group. It can be a place for small groups
or family only groups to congregate or it can be a place for the larger community to band together. This sense of community can be
found most often in times of stress and disasters. When the Campfire happened in Butte County in 2018 in which over 150,000
acres burned and 85 people lost their lives, (Calfire, 2019) people came to help in droves. A community struck by devastation
donated food, shelter and time. Not only did the small mountain community help, but so did many around the country.
In Bronfenbrenner’s ecological theory, he identified communities in the mesosystem; how communities interacted with families
and peers and schools. He also identified communities in the exosystem as the history and values and economic condition of a
community. And as we'll learn a little later on, it can also be found in the Macrosystem due to the political ideologies of the
community and the services available to those that live there.
4.1.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/127533
Figure 4.1.2 : Bioecological Model of Human Development Source: Visual adaptation of Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological model of
child development (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). Note: SES = socioeconomic status.
There are other theories and theorists that have studied the way neighborhoods and communities have affected children's
development. Some of the other theories we will take a look at are:
Stress Theory, which identifies the danger of exposure to physical toxins such as lead in the soil and paint as well as
neighborhood violence on children's development.
Social Organizational Theory which is characterized as the strength of local institutions and the amount of willingness of the
community to become involved on behalf of the common good.
Institutional Model Theory which holds that the resources of the community rather than the neighbors make the most
difference.
How might the community or neighborhood a child lives in, contribute to their socialization? Let's look at the types of
neighborhoods children live in, as well as what each has to offer. The political climate of an area, transportation, pollution, cultural
opportunities, social services, all go into contributing to the lives and socialization of children. We will also brainstorm resources
that neighborhoods have to offer families living in them.
References:
Osterman, K. F. (2000). Students' need for belonging in the school community. Review of educational research, 70(3), 323-367.
Solomon, D., Watson, M., Battistich, V., Schaps, E., & Delucchi, K. (1996). Creating classrooms that students experience as
communities. American Journal of Community Psychology, 24(6), 719-748.
"Camp Fire". fire.ca.gov. CAL FIRE. November 15, 2019. Archived from the original on September 8, 2020. Retrieved February
2,2022.
4.1: What is Community? is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
4.1.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/127533
4.2: Neighborhoods
Neighborhoods
When asked, over 50% of people describe their living situation as in the suburbs, according to the US Census Bureau. The suburbs
was originally a subset up of urban areas, but has become where the majority of families live. The suburbs are generally where
housing communities are set up and is typically more dense than rural areas, but less dense than urban areas. Urban areas are cities
with a higher population and is a mixture of housing and business. In 2017, Pew Research studied the changing demographics of
where more of the population is residing. What they found is that rural communities are shrinking and suburban areas are
increasing. They also found that they are changing ethnically as well, with the majority of urban dwellers being non-Hispanic
According to the Census Bureau, 11.6 million children 16% of all kids nationwide were living in poverty in 2020. The data also
reveal that poverty rates remain disproportionately high for children of color. Nationwide, Black (28%), American Indian (25%)
and Latino (23%) children are more likely to grow up poor when compared to their non-Hispanic white (10%) and Asian and Pacif‐
ic Islander (9%) peers.
High-poverty urban settings has increased in the United States and the the amount of poor urban families living in high-poverty
neighborhoods has increased exponentially.
Additional Theories
Stress theory looks at how air and land pollution in neighborhoods can cause stress on families and children. Exposure to lead,
smog, bad water and high levels of toxins are all environmental stressors and can play a part in environmental racism. Let's look at
the Flint water crisis. As of the writing of this book, the water in Flint Michigan is still undrinkable and the majority of the city
residents are standing in long lines to get their weekly ration of bottled water. In 2014 the water was contaminated with lead and
while some inroads have been made to clean up the mess, it is still a crisis. The Michigan Civil Rights Commission set out to
determine if this was an environmental justice issue and this is what they said, "The Commission believes that we have answered
our initial question, “was race a factor in the Flint Water Crisis?” Our answer is an unreserved and undeniable -- “yes.” We do not
base our finding on any particular event. It is based on a plethora of events and policies that so racialized the structure of public
policy that it systemically produced racially disparate outcomes adversely affecting a community primarily made up of people of
color."
Figure 4.2.1:"Flint Water Response Team" by Michigan Emergency Management & Homeland Security is licensed under CC BY-
ND 2.0
Neighborhoods can be places where families can gather together and commune. Some neighborhoods have strong community
bonds and you can see that in the activities offered, in their resources and how they gather. In Social Organizational Theory, social
integration and participation is key to having better outcomes for children. Like the African proverb, "it takes a village to raise a
child" in Social Organizational Theory, neighborhoods with similar values will raise the alarm and monitor for dangers to children.
Contact among families may lead them to share ways of dealing with behavior problems with their own children, getting advice,
encouraging children's skills, connecting to community resources and organizing neighborhood activities (Klebanov et al., 1997).
This can happen in rural, suburban as well as urban neighborhoods. In this theory, it is the people coming together to make the
change for children.
4.2.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/128666
In Institutional models, the importance of neighborhood wellness is placed on the resources; parks, libraries, children's programs
and activities. The more affluent areas, the richer the experiences offered. And of course, the safer the neighborhoods, or the
perceived level of safety, the more willingness parents are to take advantage of these resources. This is of critical importance as
children get older and are adolescents; but can also play a big role in early childhood as well. Interactions between children and
preschools, religious communities, child care, libraries, health care systems, public transportation, and other playmates have an
impact on children and children's development as well.
This video (5:48) shows the Bioecological Model by Urie Bronfenbrenner. Pay attention to how the environment and the
opportunities around a child can help or hinder a child.
Reflection
How were the physical resources in your neighborhood growing up? Were you able to play in the parks and walk around your
neighborhoods while feeling safe?
Figure 4.2.3: "Central Park" by kevin dooley is licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0
Figure 4.2.4: "Riverfront Park" by North Charleston is licensed under CC BY 2.0
Adventure Playgrounds are spaces that are open, with real materials such as tools, paint, wood, metal, recyclables and anything else
that sparks the imagination of the children that use them to create and play with. There is no direct adult direction, only support.
There can be a lot of risk taking as well in some of these playgrounds. There are currently only a handful of these playgrounds in
the United States.
4.2.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/128666
Inside NYC's Riskiest Playground Where…
Where…
Check In
Look on the Internet where the nearest Adventure Playground is to you. What is different about it than other parks?
References:
Klebanov, P.K.,J. Brooks-Gunn, and G.J.Duncan 1994 Does neighborhood and family poverty affect mothers' parenting, mental
health, and social support? Journal of Marriage, and the Family 56(2):441-455
Rivkin, M.S. (1995). The great outdoors: Restoring children's right to play outside. Washington, DC: National Association for the
Education of Young Children
4.2: Neighborhoods is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
4.2.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/128666
4.3: Community Organizations and Services
Types of Community Organizations and Agencies:
There are many types of organizations we can find in communities from religious, cultural, public, private, or government that can
provide help to families in many different ways. Some of these might be businesses offering services for a fee or sliding scale.
They might be medical services to keep children healthy or they might be educational opportunities for a child to gain experiences
from and learn. These community organizations and agencies are socialization agents and can help children understand the world
around them, how it works, and how they interact within that space. Some of these experiences are formal learning experiences and
others are learned informally, by watching what is going on around them.
Businesses
In any urban and some suburban and rural areas, you will find many types of businesses. There are large corporations in some areas
of town, and small family run businesses. One of the ways that children learn about money and finances is to see the adults in their
lives spending it. How they spend it, what they spend it on and where they spend it are all lessons they are learning. The adults are
also interacting with shopkeepers, and waiters, bank teller and cashiers. Children from a very young age are watching the
interactions between these very important people in their life and these people within these businesses. The adults are modeling
behavior and ways of interacting with others that are outside of their family and school setting. Businesses are a great educational
resource for children as well. Whether it is learning about produce at the grocery store or counting out change at the bank, or
ordering food from a menu at a restaurant or learning how manufacturing works in a factory, there are many ways that children can
learn from the businesses around them. These experiences provide an opportunity for young people to learn about social
relationships and emotions through education and exploration.
Reflection
What businesses are around your school that you can partner with for an educational experience for the children in your class?
What would the children learn from the experience?
Social Organizations
Many social and cultural experiences exist for children as well and can provide a rich curriculum and foster a love of the arts. But
there is a gap in opportunity when not all families have equal access to these cultural and social events. Some events, such as street
fairs and parades, may be free. Some museums, theaters, or cultural centers may offer free or reduced priced days for those that
can't afford it. Many of these museums offer hands on activities for children and educational programs. One of the most accessible,
free and educational resources for children are libraries. According to the American Library Association, there are an estimated
116,867 libraries of all kinds in the United States today. Libraries are one of our best resources. The purpose of a library is to
provide free access to books and other cultural materials, but they are so much more. They are a meeting place in the event of a
disaster. They are a place to hold community events. It is a social gathering place and provide space and companionship for seniors
and parents and guardians of young children. There are story times for young children often with crafts and a lesson. Many times
mothers or fathers are able to meet other parents and it can become a social experience as well as childcare. It can also help instill a
love of learning and begin the child on their literacy journey, which hopefully continues through life.
“Google can bring you back 100,000 answers. A librarian can bring you back the right one.” Neil Gaiman, Author
Religious organizations offer services and often times youth groups and camps and can also be a vital part of a community.
Churches are another gathering place in times of disaster and many open their doors to those in need often with food or shelter or
other support.
Note
In August 2017, Hurricane Harvey devastated parts of Texas including Houston, with record flooding and families in crisis.
The Islamic Society of Greater Houston which provides religious and social services to all Muslims but who live their vision
by providing a social services unit to any in need, opened their mosques to any Houston residents that had been flooded out of
their homes. “There’s no religion, there’s no color,” one of the volunteers said of the tragedy. “We are open to help everyone
and anyone. When disaster strikes, we have to jump on this immediately.” One Islamic center set up a 24-hour hotline to help
with medical emergencies.
4.3.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/128665
Figure 4.3.1: Hurricane Harvey flooding in Port Arthur, Texas, August; via NARA & DVIDS Public
Domain Archive
Community clubs are another way that children can informally learn. They could be clubs for adults that children are welcome or
they could be specifically for children. For adults there are car clubs and exercise clubs and hobby clubs and social and religious
clubs. For children there can be Girl or Boy Scouts, theater clubs, team clubs, sport clubs, all types of clubs for the social, physical
and emotional development of children. The boys and Girls club of America is another club, which helps kids and does not need
parental support in the way of money or transportation. It is a way for a child to connect with a big brother or big sister mentor to
guide them through life's challenges to be a successful and productive member of society. But as Lareau (2011) states in her book
Unequal Childhoods, a family's social class determines how much children will participate in community opportunities, as a lot of
these are fee based and require transportation and time away from work or commitments for parents.
Transportation
Each community offers different types of transportation, whether they are private or public. Some urban and suburban areas offer
private transportation services such as airplanes, taxis or ride shares, but there are also city transportation services such as buses,
trains and subways. Transportation is not limited to vehicles, but also to bikes, scooters, wheelchairs and our feet. The safety and
amount of bike paths available, as well as the proximity of services makes it easier to get around a community. Transportation can
be limited and difficult in rural areas of the country, while it can be dangerous for children in some urban areas. All of these
transportation services can be educational opportunities for children.
Social Service Agencies
Part of Bronfenbrenner's Macrosystem is the political ideology of the community, and the larger country, which creates policies and
determines which services are worthy of support. For example, Head Start was started under President Lyndon Johnson, but
although the country has not been able to pass federal legislation for Preschool for all children, several states such as Georgia and
New York have. We have a wide variety of social service programs that are either government funded, privately funded or funded
through a non-profit.
Some of these programs are:
YMCA: A non-profit committed to strengthening community by empowering young people, improving the health and well-
being of people of all ages and inspiring action in and across communities.
Catholic Charities: A religious organization that is called to provide service to people in need, to advocate for justice in social
structures, and to call the entire church and other people of goodwill to do the same.
WIC: The Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC) provides federal grants to states
for supplemental foods, health care referrals, and nutrition education for low-income pregnant, breastfeeding, and non-
breastfeeding postpartum women, and to infants and children up to age 5 who are found to be at nutritional risk.
Family Service Agencies: These services are broad and can offer help in:
Early Childhood and Child Care Services.
Education Services.
Health Services.
Housing Services.
Respite Care Programs.
Services to Children and Youth With Disabilities.
They are also a referral agency and can refer families to the help they need.
4.3.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/128665
Child Welfare: The purpose of child welfare is to protect children from abuse, neglect, abandonment or delinquency.
Traditionally children are only removed from the home in extreme cases but Foster Care, Kinship Care and Adoption are also
social service programs for children in abusive situations. In cases of delinquency the child may stay with the family or they
may be placed in juvenile detention or an institution.
TANF: Temporary Assistance for Needy Families is a federal government program that offers assistance with shelter, food, jobs
and cash assistance to help people with children to get on their feet. Each state uses the program differently.
Regional Centers: Regional centers oversee the coordination and delivery of services for those with developmental disabilities.
They are part of the department of social services and provide assessments, determine eligibility for services, and offer case
management services. Regional centers also develop, purchase, and coordinate the services in each person’s Individual Program
Plan.
There are many more social service programs and they vary from community to community, but they often do not always meet the
needs of those in the community. Like previously stated, the people in power decide what is worthy of support. Unlike other
wealthy nations, the United States lacks federally mandated supports for family life in areas such as adequate parental leave and
child sick leave, universal health care coverage and affordable quality child care (Cruse, Hegewisch, &Gault, 2016). Resources
vary significantly state to state and community to community due to local and state government political ideology.
Reflection:
What resources do you have in your area? If a family came to you looking for a resource would you know what resources are
available to them?
References:
Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal Childhoods: Class, race and family life (2nd ed). Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.Cruse,
L.R., Hegewisch, A., & Gault, B. (2016). The need for support for working families
4.3: Community Organizations and Services is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
4.3.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/128665
4.4: Type of Communities
Neighborhoods and the Unhoused
Not all communities are created equal. The educational opportunities, the outcomes, the ability to earn a living wage, the air, noise,
chemical and garbage pollution, the ability to get together and socialize, all of these and more will impact a child and their
socialization. Let's look at some neighborhoods you can find in the United States and how the experiences the children will have
will differ
Neighborhoods
Moorpark: The neighborhood of Moorpark has the town square in the center where every Friday night during the summer months
there is a Farmers Market where the local farmers can sell their fruits and vegetables and people can dance. There is a bingo hall
that is crowded and the place to be on Wednesdays and Saturdays. There are two churches in town and most everyone attends one
of them. If someone is sick or has a baby or a death in the family it's announced there and the town sets up a dinner train where
they bring dinner to the family for a month. The school is in good condition and many of the mothers don't work so they are able to
volunteer in the classrooms and donate supplies and their time. They get together in the spring to plant flowers and the school
vegetable patch. There are a few clubs and church social events for the children and teens in the community and everyone knows
everyone.
Piedmont: Right on the edge of the train tracks is a neighborhood that has small houses and apartments that have been there for 50
years. Many of them have tarps covering the roofs to keep the rain out and you can often see children playing in the dirt outside and
near the tracks with sticks and bricks. There is a river nearby where many of the older children fish for their families dinner that
night. Both parents are working and the kids are left alone after school to take care of themselves and get dinner on the table. The
school has not received adequate funding since opening so there is no air conditioning, and the books are several years old and
falling apart. Not many teachers want to teach there due to the lack of resources. There is a heavy police presence and a high
percentage of domestic violence. There isn't much to do during the weekends except work or catch up on chores.
Glenntown: The houses are mansions set on beautifully manicured lots with a clubhouse and golf course as the neighborhood hang
out. Most families are two parents with either both parents working high paying jobs or the mother staying at home. The schools
are rated the best in the state and there is a private school that many of the parents use instead of the public school. Most children
are enrolled in a variety of clubs and after school sports. There has been crime, but restitution not jail time has been the
punishment. The neighborhood puts out a weekly newsletter and in the spring the announcements of college acceptances are listed
with most being Ivy Leagues.
Levenson: There are apartments, businesses and skyscrapers as far as you can see in Levenson. The main form of transportation is
the subway and you need to walk fast if you are walking the streets. It's not safe for children to be by themselves in the
neighborhood so any playtime is structured and set up with other families. The school is underfunded, but it's the only green space
the children have unless the parents can take them to the park several subway stops away on the weekends. There is a mix of
families and income levels. There are pockets of high crime and gang activity, and other parts of people trying to make it day to
day. Most people stay to themselves and don't interact with others in their community.
All of these examples show how a neighborhood setting can influence mobility, social experiences, play, education, crime, and
exposure to experiences. The sizes of the community, the diversity of the community and the relationships we build within
communities are all part of the child's socialization and will differ greatly when they come from different communities.
Unhoused
The unhoused or homelessness is a complex social problem, and the characteristics of homelessness vary geographically (Gregory,
Johnston, Pratt, Watts, & Whatmore, 2009). Homelessness has increased dramatically in the Global North since the 1970s
especially among the most vulnerable populations (Takahashi, 1996).
Homelessness, or the threat of homelessness, is not just people living or sleeping on the street. Sometimes homelessness is not
visible, but it still exists where people are living in abandoned buildings, living in tenements, using emergency shelters, using
family or friends as places to stay or even “couch surfing.” The line between being housed and being homeless is often not clear, as
people can find themselves in a cycle of moving between temporary “homes” (e.g., staying with family or friends) and shelters for
the homeless. As well, many people live in housing that does not meet health and safety standards (e.g., the presence of mold;
4.4.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133208
inadequate electrical or heating systems). All of these living situations put people at risk of poor physical, mental and emotional
health.
Homelessness is usually publicly stigmatized, and government policies that affect homeless people and their rights and access to
public space are often harsh (Mitchell, 2003).
Note
People Making a Difference
Feeding “Motel Kids” Near Disneyland
Just blocks from Disneyland in Anaheim, California, more than 1,000 families live in cheap motels frequently used by drug
dealers and prostitutes. Because they cannot afford the deposit for an apartment, the motels are their only alternative to
homelessness. As Bruno Serato, a local Italian restaurant owner, observed, “Some people are stuck, they have no money. They
need to live in that room. They’ve lost everything they have. They have no other choice. No choice.”
Serato learned about these families back in 2005, when he saw a boy at the local Boys & Girls Club eating a bag of potato
chips as his only food for dinner. He was told that the boy lived with his family in a motel and that the Boys & Girls Club had a
“motel kids” program that drove children in vans after school to their motels. Although the children got free breakfast and
lunch at school, they often went hungry at night. Serato soon began serving pasta dinners to some seventy children at the club
every evening, a number that had grown by spring 2011 to almost three hundred children nightly. Serato also pays to have the
children transported to the club for their dinners, and he estimates that the food and transportation cost him about $2,000
monthly. His program had served more than 300,000 pasta dinners to motel kids by 2011.
Two of the children who eat Serato’s pasta are Carlos and Anthony Gomez, 12, who live in a motel room with the other
members of their family. Their father was grateful for the pasta: “I no longer worry as much, about them [coming home] and
there being no food. I know that they eat over there at [the] Boys & Girls Club.”
Bruno Serato is merely happy to be helping out. “They’re customers,” he explains. “My favorite customers” (Toner, 2011).
For more information about Bruno Serato’s efforts, visit his charity site at Caterina's Club.
Attributions:
"Homelessness and Poverty in the First World" by LibreTexts is licensed under CC BY.
"Poverty" by Whitney Sarah Payne, LibreTexts is licensed under CC BY-NC-SA .
4.4: Type of Communities is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
4.4.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133208
4.5: Racism
Racism in Communities
If we can determine that low funded schools, pollution, crime, community resources, toxins and poverty can have a negative
effective on a child's development we can easily draw the conclusion that there are negative outcomes for children that grow up in
these low income urban neighborhoods. The data also shows that the majority of these children are Black, Brown and Indigenous
children (Shrider, Kollar, Chen, & Semega, 2021). This is not a mistake, it is an example of systemic racism. This is from years of
racism and white supremacy that is still happening today. Jim Crow laws were laws put into place in the late 1800s until mid
1900s that segregated Black people from white people. They also prevented Black people from voting by enacting a poll tax or
requiring a test before voting. If you can't vote, you can't vote for your interests or vote to better your situation.
Redlining is another example of systemic racism. This was the practice of outlining areas with sizable Black populations in red ink
on maps as a warning to mortgage lenders, effectively isolating Black people in areas that would suffer lower levels of investment
than their white counterparts. But redlining hasn't stopped. There is significantly greater economic inequality in cities where more
of the high-risk or “hazardous” areas are currently minority neighborhoods.
Currently in California and many other states, schools are funded in large part by property taxes. What does that mean for schools
in neighborhoods that have a lower socioeconomic status and lower median property value? Some states like California, New York,
Texas and Illinois tax wealthier businesses more heavily and redistribute those dollars into lower-income school districts to help
spread out the funding more evenly. Even in those states the wealthier school districts have families that can fundraise or donate
more money to the schools for better opportunities for the students.
As home ownership is the traditional, tried and true key to accessing wealth in the U.S., it becomes easier to understand the web of
institutional racism. Where we live generally determines where our children attend school. The quality of schooling we receive
impacts our potential for higher education, our entrance into the job market, and quite possible our interactions with police and the
criminal justice system. Additionally, the type of job we work generally determines the type of health care we receive or do not
receive.
The combination of family poverty and neighborhood poverty poses a double risk to a large population of black and brown children
and are much more likely to grow up in these situations than white children. There are still laws being passed that make it harder
for black people to vote and that are trying to deny the history of racism in this country.
This video gives a good explanation of some of these challenges.
References
Shrider, E. A., Kollar, M., Chen, F., & Semega, J. (2021). Income and poverty in the United States: 2020. Current Population
Reports. US Census Bureau.
4.5: Racism is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
4.5.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/128670
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
5: School
Learning Objectives
Identify types of schools/systems and educational systems.
Explore the interrelationships of families, communities and schools.
Identify the roles of teachers/educators.
Explore current research and methods.
5: School is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1
5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education
Education Theories
Schools and educational systems play an integral role in individuals’ lives as well as society as a whole, sociologists and educators
view that role from many diverse points of view. Functionalists believe that education equips people to perform different functional
roles in society. Conflict theorists view education as a means of widening the gap in social inequality. Feminist theorists point to
evidence that sexism in education continues to prevent women from achieving a full measure of social equality. Symbolic
interactionists study the dynamics of the classroom, the interactions between students and teachers, and how those affect everyday
life. In this section, you will learn about each of these perspectives and review familiar and new theorist such as Piaget, Gardner
and Kimberlé Crenshaw.
Functionalism
Functionalists view education as one of the more important social institutions in a society. They contend that education contributes
two kinds of functions: manifest (or primary) functions, which are the intended and visible functions of education; and latent (or
secondary) functions, which are the hidden and unintended functions.
Manifest Functions
There are several major manifest functions associated with education. The first is socialization. Beginning in preschool and
kindergarten, students are taught to practice various societal roles. The French sociologist Émile Durkheim (1858–1917), who
established the academic discipline of sociology, characterized schools as “socialization agencies that teach children how to get
along with others and prepare them for adult economic roles” (Durkheim 1898). Indeed, it seems that schools have taken on this
responsibility in full.
This socialization also involves learning the rules and norms of the society as a whole. In the early days of compulsory education,
students learned the dominant culture. Today, since the culture of the United States is increasingly diverse, students may learn a
variety of cultural norms, not only that of the dominant culture.
School systems in the United States also transmit the core values of the nation through manifest functions like social control. One
of the roles of schools is to teach students conformity to law and respect for authority. Obviously, such respect, given to teachers
and administrators, will help a student navigate the school environment. This function also prepares students to enter the workplace
and the world at large, where they will continue to be subject to people who have authority over them. Fulfillment of this function
rests primarily with classroom teachers and instructors who are with students all day.
Latent Functions
The educational setting introduces students to social networks that might last for years and can help people find jobs after their
schooling is complete. Of course, with social media such as Facebook and LinkedIn, these networks are easier than ever to
maintain. Another latent function is the ability to work with others in small groups, a skill that is transferable to a workplace.
The educational system, especially as experienced on university campuses, has traditionally provided a place for students to learn
about various social issues. This was definitely apparent when the nation went into lock downs and online learning. Students were
learning how to navigate and develop relationships with their peers, siblings and families in different ways than before. There were
also movements happening within the United States and abroad related to social justice, equity, voting rights, fair pay, health care
and many more which were unified with the purpose of changing the political climate of the country.
Manifest and Latent Functions of Education according to functionalist theory, education contributes both manifest and latent functions.
Latent Functions: Hidden, unstated functions with sometimes
Manifest Functions: Openly stated functions with intended goals
unintended consequences
Socialization Courtship
Another role of schools, according to functionalist theory, is that of sorting, or classifying students based on academic merit or
potential. The most capable students are identified early in schools through testing and classroom achievements. Such students are
placed in accelerated programs in anticipation of successful college attendance.
Feminist Theory
Feminist theory aims to understand the mechanisms and roots of gender inequality in education, as well as their societal
repercussions. Like many other institutions of society, educational systems are characterized by unequal treatment and opportunity
for women. Almost two-thirds of the world’s 862 million illiterate people are women, and the illiteracy rate among women is
expected to increase in many regions, especially in several African and Asian countries (UNESCO 2005; World Bank 2007).
Symbolic Interactionism
Symbolic Interactionism sees education as one way that labeling theory is seen in action. A symbolic interactionist might say that
this labeling has a direct correlation to those who are in power and those who are labeled. For example, low standardized test scores
or poor performance in a particular class often lead to a student who is labeled as a low achiever. Such labels are difficult to “shake
off,” which can create a self-fulfilling prophecy (Merton 1968).
In his book High School Confidential, Jeremy Iverson details his experience as a Stanford graduate posing as a student at a
California high school. One of the problems he identifies in his research is that of teachers applying labels that students are never
able to lose. One teacher told him, without knowing he was a bright graduate of a top university, that he would never amount to
anything (Iverson 2006). Iverson obviously didn’t take this teacher’s false assessment to heart. But when an actual seventeen-year-
old student hears this from a person with authority over her, it’s no wonder that the student might begin to “live down to” that label.
The labeling with which symbolic interactionists concern themselves extends to the very degrees that symbolize completion of
education. Credentialism embodies the emphasis on certificates or degrees to show that a person has a certain skill, has attained a
certain level of education, or has met certain job qualifications. These certificates or degrees serve as a symbol of what a person has
achieved, and allows the labeling of that individual.
Indeed, as these examples show, labeling theory can significantly impact a student’s schooling. This is easily seen in the
educational setting, as teachers and more powerful social groups within the school dole out labels that are adopted by the entire
school population.
Cognitive Theories
Piaget's Cognitive Development Theory from Chapter One
Gardner’s Multiple Intelligences Theory, of which there are currently nine so-called intelligences, listed as follows. (Note: number
nine is pretty new on Professor Gardner’s evolving list and is yet to be included in most representative graphics, such as the one
Figure 5.1.3: Gardener's Multiple Intelligences Theory. (CC BY-SA 4.0 ; Sajaganesandip via
Wikimedia)
Summary
The theories offer insight into how we understand education and how schools play a role in the development of child within
Bronfenbrenner's Bio-Ecological Systems Theory. . Functionalists view education as an important social institution that contributes
both manifest and latent functions. Functionalists see education as serving the needs of society by preparing students for later roles,
or functions, in society. Conflict theorists see schools as a means for perpetuating class, racial-ethnic, and gender inequalities. In
the same vein, feminist theory focuses specifically on the mechanisms and roots of gender inequality in education. The theory of
symbolic interactionism focuses on education as a means for labeling individuals. Piaget's cognitive development describes the
stages of thinking from individual to interpersonal based on interactions and experiences. Gardner incorporates the way we learn
based on our diverse array of intelligences. Critical Race Theory calls us to act and identify race and racism in the communities we
live and engage as educators.
References
Crenshaw, Kimberle Williams, Twenty Years of Critical Race Theory: Looking back to Move Forward Commentary: Critical Race
Theory: A Commemoration: Lead Article (2011). Connecticut Law Review. 117.
This page titled 5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
OpenStax.
16.3: Theoretical Perspectives on Education by OpenStax is licensed CC BY 4.0. Original source: https://openstax.org/details/principles-
microeconomics.
1.6: Lesson 1.6: Howard Gardner's Multiple Intelligences Theory is licensed CC BY 4.0.
Figure 5.2.1 : These children are at a library in Singapore, where students are outperforming U.S. students on worldwide tests..
(Copyright; kodomut via flickr)
International differences in education systems are not solely a financial issue. The value placed on education, the amount of time
devoted to it, and the distribution of education within a country also play a role in those differences. For example, students in South
Korea spend 220 days a year in school, compared to the 180 days a year of their United States counterparts (Pellissier 2010). As of
2006, the United States ranked fifth among twenty-seven countries for college participation, but ranked sixteenth in the number of
students who receive college degrees (National Center for Public Policy and Higher Education 2006). These statistics may be
related to how much time is spent on education in the United States.
Then there is the issue of educational distribution within a nation. In December 2010, the results of a test called the Program for
International Student Assessment (PISA), which is administered to fifteen-year-old students worldwide, were released. Those
results showed that students in the United States had fallen from fifteenth to twenty-fifth in the rankings for science and math
(National Public Radio 2010). Students at the top of the rankings hailed from Shanghai, Finland, Hong Kong, and Singapore.
Analysts determined that the nations and city-states at the top of the rankings had several things in common. For one, they had
well-established standards for education with clear goals for all students. They also recruited teachers from the top 5 to 10 percent
of university graduates each year, which is not the case for most countries (National Public Radio 2010).
Finally, there is the issue of social factors. One analyst from the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, the
organization that created the test, attributed 20 percent of performance differences and the United States’ low rankings to
differences in social background. Researchers noted that educational resources, including money and quality teachers, are not
distributed equitably in the United States. In the top-ranking countries, limited access to resources did not necessarily predict low
performance. Analysts also noted what they described as “resilient students,” or those students who achieve at a higher level than
one might expect given their social background. In Shanghai and Singapore, the proportion of resilient students is about 70 percent.
In the United States, it is below 30 percent. These insights suggest that the United States’ educational system may be on a
descending path that could detrimentally affect the country’s economy and its social landscape (National Public Radio 2010).
Education in Finland
With public education in the United States under such intense criticism, why is it that Singapore, South Korea, and especially
Finland (which is culturally most similar to us), have such excellent public education? Over the course of thirty years, the
country has pulled itself from among the lowest rankings by the Organization of Economic Cooperation (OEDC) to first in
2012, and remains, as of 2014, in the top five. Contrary to the rigid curriculum and long hours demanded of students in South
Korea and Singapore, Finnish education often seems paradoxical to outside observers because it appears to break a lot of the
rules we take for granted. It is common for children to enter school at seven years old, and children will have more recess and
less hours in school than U.S. children—approximately 300 less hours. Their homework load is light when compared to all
other industrialized nations (nearly 300 fewer hours per year in elementary school). There are no gifted programs, almost no
private schools, and no high-stakes national standardized tests (Laukkanen 2008; LynNell Hancock 2011).
Prioritization is different than in the United States. There is an emphasis on allocating resources for those who need them most,
high standards, support for special needs students, qualified teachers taken from the top 10 percent of the nation's graduates
Access to Education
Another global concern in education is universal access. This term refers to people’s equal ability to participate in an education
system. On a world level, access might be more difficult for certain groups based on class or gender (as was the case in the United
States earlier in the nation’s history, a dynamic we still struggle to overcome). The modern idea of universal access arose in the
United States as a concern for people with disabilities. In the United States, one way in which universal education is supported is
through federal and state governments covering the cost of free public education. Of course, the way this plays out in terms of
school budgets and taxes makes this an often-contested topic on the national, state, and community levels. In viewing the table
picture below you may need to enlarge your screen to view.
Constitutional rights must be afforded citizens despite the greater expense involved … the
District of Columbia’s interest in educating the excluded children clearly must outweigh
its interest in preserving its nancial resources. … The inadequacies of the District of
Columbia Public School System whether occasioned by insuf cient funding or
administrative inef ciency, certainly cannot be permitted to bear more heavily on the
“exceptional” or handicapped child than on the normal child (Mills v. Board of Education
1972).
Today, the optimal way to include differently abled students in standard classrooms is still being researched and debated.
“Inclusion” is a method that involves complete immersion in a standard classroom, whereas “mainstreaming” balances time in a
special-needs classroom with standard classroom participation. There continues to be social debate surrounding how to implement
the ideal of universal access to education.
Summary
Educational systems around the world have many differences, though the same factors—including resources and money—affect
every educational system. Educational distribution is a major issue in many nations, including in the United States, where the
Critical Reflection
Has there ever been a time when your formal and informal educations in the same setting were at odds? How did you overcome
that disconnect?
Do you believe free access to schools has achieved its intended goal? Explain.
Further Research
Though it’s a struggle, education is continually being improved in the developing world. To learn how educational programs are
being fostered worldwide, explore the Education section of the Center for Global Development’s website.
References
Darling-Hammond, Linda. 2010. "What We Can Learn from Finland's Successful School Reform." NEA Today Magazine.
Retrieved December 12, 2014. (www.nea.org/home/40991.htm)..
Durkheim, Emile. 1898 [1956]. Education and Sociology. New York: Free Press.
Gross-Loh, Christine. 2014. "Finnish Education Chief: 'We Created a School System Based on Equality.'" The Atlantic. Retrieved
December 12, 2014. (http://www.theatlantic.com/education...ngle_page=true).
Mills v. Board of Education, 348 DC 866 (1972).
National Center for Public Policy and Higher Education. 2006. Measuring UP: The National Report Card on Higher Education.
Retrieved December 9, 2011 (www.eric.ed.gov/PDFS/ED493360.pdf).
National Public Radio. 2010. “Study Confirms U.S. Falling Behind in Education.” All Things Considered, December 10. Retrieved
December 9, 2011 (www.npr.org/2010/12/07/13188...d-In-Education).
Pellissier, Hank. 2010. “High Test Scores, Higher Expectations, and Presidential Hype.” Great Schools. Retrieved January 17, 2012
(http://www.greatschools.org/students...ean-schools.gs).
Rampell, Catherine. 2009. “Of All States, New York’s Schools Spend Most Money Per Pupil.” Economix. Retrieved December 15,
2011 (http://economix.blogs.nytimes.com/20...ney-per-pupil/).
U.S. Census Bureau. 2014. "Public Education Finances 2012." Retrieved December 12, 2014.
(http://www2.census.gov/govs/school/12f33pub.pdf).
World Bank. 2011. “Education in Afghanistan.” Retrieved December 14, 2011 (go.worldbank.org/80UMV47QB0).
This page titled 5.2: Education around the World is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by OpenStax.
16.2: Education around the World by OpenStax is licensed CC BY 4.0. Original source: https://openstax.org/details/principles-
microeconomics.
Types of Schooling
Public Schools are required to follow certain guidelines and maintain mandates via the state's local rules of curriculum, policies,
and governance. Educators are required to have certain certifications and this may differ from state to state. For example, in
California teachers have credentials to teach specific age groups and must maintain professional learning as part of their
certification. The U.S. Department of Education provides guidance to states and requests state plans to be submitted based on the
Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA).
Charter Schools is defined by the California department of education as "public schools providing instruction in any of grades TK–
12 created or organized by teachers, parents, community leaders, or a community-based organization.
Private Schools differ from state to state and predominately charge tuition. The misconception is that private schools don't maintain
the same standards or abide by the same laws and policies of public schools.
Home Schooling has its roots in the 1960s though the 1970s when educational reform became an issue on the national forefront
(Dobson, 2000, paragraph 5). Actually, until 1852, public school attendance was not mandatory. It was only in 1852 that the state
of Massachusetts made the first compulsory attendance law and eventually all other states followed suit. (All About Parenting).
This issue has become increasingly debated because the number of students enrolled in home school has been increasing 15 to 20%
each year for the last fifteen years (Dobson, 2000, paragraph 9). Families were faced with the option to send their children to public
or private schools or to keep their children at home to educate the children themselves. Families considered many aspects of
education to make this decision including their educational aptitude as teachers, the possible social effect on the children, the
production of good citizens, the attention the children need to learn, and the external pressures of the school systems placed on the
children. While public education uses a set curriculum to teach all children in a given classroom. The classroom is filled with a
variety of learning styles, interests, and abilities. For the families who have chosen to educate their child at home, the curriculum
can be catered to meet each child's individual needs, interests, and learning style. There is also the element of time. More
personalized time is given to the child at home and there is not the wasted time standing in line for lunch, recess, others to finish
their work, etc. and therefore much of the schoolwork is completed much earlier in the day, leaving time for real-life learning
experiences. (All About Parenting).
5.3.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134281
Montessori Approach (Dr. Maria Montessori)
The Montessori Approach refers to children’s activity as work (not play); children are given long periods of time to work and a
strong emphasis on individual learning and individual pace is valued. Central to Montessori’s method of education is the dynamic
triad of child, teacher and environment. One of the teacher’s roles is to guide the child through what Montessori termed the
'prepared environment, i.e., a classroom and a way of learning that are designed to support the child’s intellectual, physical,
emotional and social development through active exploration, choice and independent learning.
The educational materials have a self-correcting focus and areas of the curriculum consist of art, music, movement, practical life
(example; pouring, dressing, cleaning). In the Montessori method, the goal of education is to allow the child’s optimal development
(intellectual, physical, emotional and social) to unfold.
A typical Montessori program will have mixed-age grouping. Children are given the freedom to choose what they work on, where
they work, with whom they work, and for how long they work on any particular activity, all within the limits of the class rules. No
competition is set up between children, and there is no system of extrinsic rewards or punishments.
References
Cooper, b. and Sureau, J. (2007). The politics of home schooling: new developments, new challenges. Educational policy, 21 no10,
111-132. Retrieved April 16, 2008 from SAGE Publications.
Kloberdanz-Modesto, K. (2008). Criminalizing home schoolers. TIME Magazine. Retrieved April 16, 2008, from
www.time.com/time/nation/article/0,8599,1720697,00.html.
Orloff, S. (2005). Facts to Consider before Home Schooling. The Exceptional Parent, 39 no4 54. Retrieved February 3, 2008 from
ODU Library Database.
National Parent Teacher Association. (2022). pta.org
Romandowski, M. (2001). Common Arguments about the Strengths and Limitations of Home Schooling. The Clearing House, 72
no 2 79-83. Retrieved February 3, 2008, from ODU Library Database.
Romandowski, M. (2006). Revisiting the Common Myths about Home Schooling. The Clearing House, 79 no3 125-9. Retrieved
February 3, 2008, from ODU Library Database.
5.3.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134281
Ray, B. (2004). Home Schoolers on to College: What Research Shows Us. Journal of College Administration, no.185 5-11.
Retrieved February 3, 2008, from ODU Library Database.
Ray, B. (1997). How Long Are They Going to Home School?: Fig 17.1 Parents’ Intent to Continue Home School Education. Home
School Legal Defense Association. Retrieved February 3, 2008 from www.hslda.org/docs/study/ray1997/21.asp.
Ray, B. (1997). How Many Years Were Home School Graduates Taught at Home?: Fig.18.0. Home School Legal Defense
Association. Retrieved February 3, 2008 from www.hslda.org/docs/study/ray1997/22.asp.
Shaw, Isabel, (2008). The Pros an Cons of Homeschooling. retrieved April 18, 2008 from school.familyeducation.com/home-
schooling/parenting.
National Center for Education Statistics, Institute of Education Sciences, US Department of Education. Indicators of School Crime
and Safety: 2007. nces.ed.gov/programs/crimeindicators/crimeindicators2007/index.asp
"Advantages and Disadvantages of Home schooling." Retrieved April 26, 2008. www.allaboutparenting.org
5.3: School Systems is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
4.4: What are the benefits and drawbacks of home schooling? by Jennfer Kidd, Jamie Kaufman, Peter Baker, Patrick O'Shea, Dwight
Allen, & Old Dominion U students is licensed CC BY-SA 4.0.
5.3.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134281
5.4: What is the future of education?
Picture of chairs and desks, with bulletin boards and chalk boards on the walls. A traditional picture of the classrooms.
Introduction
Education is evolving so rapidly in the way of technology which makes it hard for the world to keep up. J. Johnson, C. Chapman
and J. Dyer (2006) state, “The past three decades have seen the rapid development of new and emerging technologies
revolutionizing the way we live, work, and learn” (J. Johnson, C. Chapman and J. Dyer, 2006, P.1). Education started off as a
traditional classroom and is now integrating more toward technology based learning.
Traditional Classrooms
Traditional classrooms have teachers set in their ways and who have a system. These teachers have their own way of thinking and
like to teach things a certain way. The classroom is set a certain way, the students read from the book, and there is little or no
technology. Perhaps this does not have to be a bad thing. There are a few subjects that are difficult to learn through the computer,
like math for example. Patrick Suppes, a great educator, gives his expert opinion on traditional classrooms: “Hearing lectures and
listening to someone else’s talk seem to be almost psychologically essential to learning complex subjects, at least as far as ordinary
learners are concerned” (Suppes, 1969, par. 4). Also a traditional classroom seems to be more regulated. Some teachers are not
willing to change the way they teach, perhaps some students do not want to change the way they are taught by learning new
technology.
On the other hand, traditional classrooms often lack the technological aspect of education. Certain students need individual
attention to learn or understand the material. In a traditional classroom, students who require more individual attention may be left
behind. The opportunity for a customized learning experience is not as possible as it is in a technologically integrated classroom.
The use of technology allows students to learn at a comfortable pace while integrating more collaborative learning tools, like group
projects, that better simulate a real world environment. This classroom also frees the teacher to give more personalized attention to
those who need it. “We need to continue moving teacher education away from the traditional sink-or-swim model of field
experience…” (Zeichner, 2006, P.9)
Technology Integration
"Across the nation, on the Web and in the home, classrooms are evolving beyond the traditional learning environment with
alternatives that are no longer bound by geography and customary modes of operation" (Coxx, 2004). This integration of
technology makes it possible for teachers to grow and more importantly, possible for students to grow. What is technology
integration? “Technology integration is using computers effectively and efficiently in the general content areas to allow students to
learn how to apply computer skills in meaningful ways” (Dockstader, 1999, P.1). Incorporating technology into the curriculum does
not mean just teaching the students how to use the programs, but how to apply these software to real-world situations. Technology
integration is having instruction drive technology, not technology drive instruction. In other words, technology should be used as a
tool for teaching, not the focus of the lesson. Holland (2005) explained how a third grade teacher needed to teach her students to
distinguish between fact and opinion according to the core curriculum (Holland, 2005, par.4). She taught the concept using a digital
camera and a simple processing activity. The students took pictures of them, printed them out, and wrote five facts and five
opinions about the picture. Her students got so much out of the lesson, like using analytical skills to decipher the difference
between what fact is and what opinion is. This is a necessary real work tool they were taught in an entertaining way.
5.4.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133723
Some people however, not just teachers, find it harder to adapt to the new technology. “For many adults, all this digital activity is a
source of high anxiety” (Tapscott, 1999, P.7). For the younger generation who grew up with the technology, it is easier for them to
make this transition. According to Holland’s article, some teachers that have been teaching in the traditional fashion for most of
their career refuse to learn advanced technology. Not because these teachers do not want to prepare their students for the future, but
because they find it difficult to incorporate technology into the curriculum. One teacher in Holland’s (2005) article writes, “I am
not a computer person.” Then Holland goes on to say,”Well maybe you’re not, but face it-we live in a digital age-an age for which
we must prepare our students. We weren’t all born knowing to double-click a mouse any more than we exited the womb reciting
multiplication facts. We all learn in baby steps” (Holland, 2005, P.3). To some degree, people focus too much on the debate of how
the student should be taught. The teachers are forgetting why they are here and are taking time away from the students learning by
fighting the integration.
Author's Opinion
The integration of technology into the classroom and using it the fullest potential will have a positive impact of increasing the
engagement of the students in our classroom. I remember trying to keep myself awake in class because the teacher did nothing to
keep me engaged in the material. I will incorporate much technology into my classroom so that my students will be able to
experience hands-on and will be inspired to collaborate with other classmates. I think Suppes (1969) expressed it best when he said,
“I would claim that the wise use of technology and science, particularly in education, presents a major opportunity and challenge”
(Suppes, 1969, par. 1). However, just because I feel so strongly towards the use of technology and think it is the future of
education, does not mean there is not more to be done. Technology is growing so quickly, there is still much we do not know and
bugs to be worked out.
Conclusion
Education has progressed immensely over the last fifteen years. It has gone from lectures and textbooks to digital cameras and
computers in the classroom. Everybody is working together to make this transition from a traditional-centered classroom to a
technology-integrated classroom. The future of education is the key to our children’s learning process and their opportunities
ahead. “It is difficult to predict how education will change over the next decade let alone the next century, but there will most
certainly be changes in pedagogies which more readily recognize the way young people learn with new technologies” (J. Johnson,
C. Chapman and J. Dyer, 2006).
References
Coxx, A. (2004). Moving out of the traditional classroom. Retrieved November 16, 2010, from articles.cnn.com/2004-08-
13/politics/b2s.overview_1_charter-school-public-schools-honor-roll?_s=PM:EDUCATION
Dockstader, J. (1999). Teachers of the 21st Century Know the What, Why, and How of Technology Integration. Retrieved January
29, 2009, from www.thejournal.com/the/printarticle/?id=14141
Holland, J. (2005). When Teachers Don't Get It: Myths, Misconceptions, and other Taradiddle. Retrieved February 1, 2009, from
www.techlearning.com/story/showArticle.jhtml
Johnson, J., & Chapman, C., & Dyer, J. (2006). Pedagogy and Innovation in Education with Digital Technologies. Retrieved
February 5, 2009, from www.formatex.org/micte2006/pdf/135-139.pdf
Suppes, P. (1969). Computer Technology and the Future of Education. Retrieved February 5, 2009, from suppes-
corpus.stanford.edu/articles/comped/85-6.pdf
Tapscott, D. (1999). Educating the Net Generation. Educational Leadership. Retrieved February 1, 2009, Vol. 56, No. 5, pp. 6–11.
from www.ascd.org/readingroom/edlead/abstracts/feb99.html
Zeichner, K. (2006). Reflections of a University-based teacher Educator on the Future of College-and University-based teacher
Education. Retrieved February 5, 2009, http://jte.sagepub.com/cgi/content/abstract/57/3/326
This page titled 5.4: What is the future of education? is shared under a CC BY-SA license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Jennfer
Kidd, Jamie Kaufman, Peter Baker, Patrick O'Shea, Dwight Allen, & Old Dominion U students.
13.6: What is the future of education? by Jennfer Kidd, Jamie Kaufman, Peter Baker, Patrick O'Shea, Dwight Allen, & Old Dominion U
students is licensed CC BY-SA 4.0.
5.4.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133723
5.5: The History of Instructional Technology in Education
In the early ages, before formal schools, family members educated younger members with one-to-one coaching and mentoring.
Early instructional technologies were sticks to draw on the ground and rocks to draw on walls. Information was not recorded
permanently. With the invention of paper and the printing press, information was recorded, and learners could refer to documents as
needed for learning. The paper revolution was followed much later by the invention of computer hardware and the software that
makes computers do what we want, including developing electronic learning materials.
In the early 1960s, these learning materials were designed and developed on mainframe computers. In the 1970s, computer-based
training systems used minicomputers to teach. With the invention of the microcomputer in the late 1970s and early 1980s educators
and learners had more control over the design and delivery of learning materials. As learners determined for themselves what they
wanted to learn, the instructor’s role changed from that of a presenter of information to that of a facilitator. The microcomputer
revolutionized the way educational materials were developed and delivered. The instructor was able to design learning materials
using authoring systems, and learners were able to learn when and where they wanted.
Rumble (2003) identified four generations of distance education systems: correspondence systems; educational broadcasting
systems; multimedia distance education systems; and online distance education systems. In early distance education learning
materials were mailed to learners and the learners mailed assignments back to the instructor. The first attempt to use computers for
instruction was by the military, who designed instruction to train military staff. About the same time, educational institutions
started to use broadcast television to deliver instruction to learners. With the invention of the microcomputer in the 1970s, there
was a shift to microcomputer-based learning systems. Because the different microcomputer systems then in use did not
communicate with each other, there was limited flexibility in developing and sharing learning materials. Also, the early
microcomputer systems did not provide features such as audio, video, and special effects. As instructional technology improved,
educators developed learning materials in less time and with more control over the product.
Until the late 1970s, educational institutions used face-to-face classroom instruction. This was followed by a shift to a more
individualized format using self-study workbooks, videotapes, and computer software. As technology advanced, the group-based
classroom mode shifted to the one-to-one mode of delivery. The combination of the Internet and mobile technology has moved
elearning to the next generation, allowing educators to design and deliver learning materials for learners living in remote locations,
or who cannot attend face-to-face schools for other reasons. The available computing power of these technologies allows educators
to better meet the needs of individual learners.
References
Rumble, G. (2003). Modeling the cost and economics of distance education. Handbook of Distance Education. New Jersey:
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
This page titled 5.5: The History of Instructional Technology in Education is shared under a CC BY-SA license and was authored, remixed, and/or
curated by Sandy Hirtz (BC Campus) .
6.2: The History of Instructional Technology in Education by Sandy Hirtz is licensed CC BY-SA 4.0.
5.5.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134206
5.6: Emerging Trends in The Use of Emerging Technologies in E-learning
Educators need to develop innovative models of teaching and delivery methods tailored to emerging technologies. Future learning
systems should contain intelligent agents to duplicate one-to-one tutoring. Multiple intelligent agents could also monitor learners’
progress, and cater to individual needs and styles. Intelligent learning systems will allow learners to be more active and will place
more responsibility on them in the learning process. Research is needed on how to empower learners to learn on their own and how
to activate learners’ metacognitive skills.
Content will be designed as small chunks in the form of information and learning objects. This will allow intelligent agents to
prescribe the most appropriate materials based on learner’s learning style, progress, and needs. The intelligent agents will assemble
these chunks into a larger instructional sequence so that learners can achieve the learning outcomes of the lesson. More work is
needed on how to develop learning objects and how to tag them for easy retrieval by intelligent agents.
Future technologies will use intelligent agents to assemble courses and modules of instruction immediately by accessing learning
objects from repositories. Because of the changing nature of content, models are needed to develop learning materials in as short
time as possible using techniques similar to rapid application development (Lohr et al., 2003). Smart learning systems in emerging
technologies will be able to assemble unique courses for each learner, based on the learner’s prior knowledge, learning preferences,
and needs.
Pervasive computing is making it possible for computing power to be included everywhere, thanks to tiny microprocessors and
wireless access. As a result, educators must design for pervasive computing where learners will access learning materials using
everyday objects and environments. For example, learners might be able to access course materials using kitchen appliances, or
their clothing.
The trend in hardware development is towards virtual devices, such as the virtual keyboard and virtual screen. With these devices,
learners are able to turn on the device, use it, and then turn it off. For example, for input into a computer, a learner can press a
button to turn on a virtual keyboard on a temporary surface, use it, then turn it off. When developing learning materials for
emerging technologies, educators must design for delivery on these virtual devices.
References
Lohr, L., Javeri, M., Mahoney, C., Gall, J., Li, K., & Strongin, D. (2003). Using rapid application development to improve the
usability of a preservice teacher technology course. Educational Technology Research and Development, 51(2), 41-55.
This page titled 5.6: Emerging Trends in The Use of Emerging Technologies in E-learning is shared under a CC BY-SA license and was authored,
remixed, and/or curated by Sandy Hirtz (BC Campus) .
6.7: Emerging Trends in The Use of Emerging Technologies in E-learning by Sandy Hirtz is licensed CC BY-SA 4.0.
5.6.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134207
5.7: The Role of Teachers/Educators
Pedagogical Planning
View the video below of educator, Rita Pierson, as she describes the traits and characteristics of an educator.
Curriculum
Curriculum can be defined as the goals for children's development and learning, what teachers do to achieve the goals, the content
children are to learn, processes, and activities through which children learn, the environment or context in which teaching and
learning occur. What types of curriculum models (ex. emergent, project-based) or theories (ex. Montessori, Piaget, Vygotsky) have
you heard about?
Teaching Philosophy
A quality curriculum provides a vision of what a program should look like and a framework for making decisions about how to
achieve that vision. Educators need to be able to define their vision and how they provide learning to meet the needs of all learners.
This vision should include the following:
Create learning environments to allow students to be critical observers of their environment.
Value Difference
Recognize Injustice
Question and Call to Action
Critically evaluate and modify curriculum, materials, and teaching strategies.
Expand personal and professional knowledge.
Expectations
Do no harm is an expression you may have heard in regards to medical professions but also applies to education and other fields of
study. The National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) has created the "Code of Ethical Conduct and
Statement of Commitment" (May 2011) which identifies the core values and responsibilities early care and educational settings
should have and strive to meet in supporting children, families, educators, and community. Please click Code of Ethics to view.
5.7.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134212
assessment is a good instructional activity and has good content validity— common with well designed performance assessments
(Linn & Miller 2005).
One major disadvantage with performance assessments is that they are typically very time consuming for students and teachers.
This means that fewer assessments can be gathered so if they are not carefully devised fewer learning goals will be assessed—
which can reduce content validity. State curriculum guidelines can be helpful in determining what should be included in a
performance assessment. For example, Eric, a dance teacher in a high school learns that the Tennessee state standards indicate that
dance students at the highest level should be able to do demonstrate consistency and clarity in performing technical skills by:
performing complex movement combinations to music in a variety of meters and styles
performing combinations and variations in a broad dynamic range
demonstrating improvement in performing movement combinations through self-evaluation
critiquing a live or taped dance production based on given criteria
Eric devises the following performance task for his eleventh grade modern dance class .
In groups, 4-6 students will perform a dance at least 5 minutes in length. The dance selected should be multifaceted so that all the
dancers can demonstrate technical skills, complex movements, and a dynamic range. Students will videotape their rehearsals and
document how they improved through self evaluation. Each group will view and critique the final performance of one other group
in class. Eric would need to scaffold most steps in this performance assessment. The groups probably would need guidance in
selecting a dance that allowed all the dancers to demonstrate the appropriate skills; critiquing their own performances
constructively; working effectively as a team, and applying criteria to evaluate a dance.
Another disadvantage of performance assessments is they are hard to assess reliably which can lead to inaccuracy and unfair
evaluation. As with any constructed response assessment, scoring rubrics are very important. An example of holistic and analytic
scoring rubrics designed to assess a completed product are in Tables in previous sections. A rubric designed to assess the process of
group interactions is in Table below.
Table: Performance Assessment
Participation and performance
Score Time management Shared involvement
in roles
Group did not stay on task and so Group did not assign or share
0 Single individual did the task.
task was not completed. roles.
Source: Adapted from Group Interaction ( GI) SETUP ( 2003). Issues, Evidence and You. Ronkonkomo, NY Lab-Aids.
This rubric was devised for middle grade science but could be used in other subject areas when assessing group process. In some
performance assessments several scoring rubrics should be used. In the dance performance example above Eric should have scoring
rubrics for the performance skills, the improvement based on self evaluation, the team work, and the critique of the other group.
Obviously, devising a good performance assessment is complex and Linn and Miller (2005) recommend that teachers should:
Create performance assessments that require students to use complex cognitive skills. Sometimes teachers devise assessments
that are interesting and that the students enjoy but do not require students to use higher level cognitive skills that lead to
5.7.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134212
significant learning. Focusing on high level skills and learning outcomes is particularly important because performance
assessments are typically so time consuming.
Ensure that the task is clear to the students. Performance assessments typically require multiple steps so students need to have
the necessary prerequisite skills and knowledge as well as clear directions. Careful scaffolding is important for successful
performance assessments.
Specify expectations of the performance clearly by providing students scoring rubrics during the instruction. This not only helps
students understand what it expected but it also guarantees that teachers are clear about what they expect. Thinking this through
while planning the performance assessment can be difficult for teachers but is crucial as it typically leads to revisions of the
actual assessment and directions provided to students.
Reduce the importance of unessential skills in completing the task. What skills are essential depends on the purpose of the task.
For example, for a science report, is the use of publishing software essential? If the purpose of the assessment is for students to
demonstrate the process of the scientific method including writing a report, then the format of the report may not be significant.
However, if the purpose includes integrating two subject areas, science and technology, then the use of publishing software is
important.
Because performance assessments take time it is tempting to include multiple skills without carefully considering if all the skills
are essential to the learning goals.
1: Performance Assessment is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
References
Derman-Sparks, L., Edwards, J. O., & National Association for the Education of Young Children. (2010). Anti-bias education for
young children and ourselves. Washington, DC: National Association for the Education of Young Children.
Code of Ethical Conduct and Statement of Commitment: Washington, D.C.: National Association for the Education of Young
Children, 2011.
TED Talk, 2013. Rita Pierson: Every Kid needs a Champion. [video] Available at: <http://www.ted.com/talks/rita_pierso...pt?
language=en>
This page titled 5.7: The Role of Teachers/Educators is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Cindy
Stephens, Gina Peterson, Sharon Eyrich, & Jennifer Paris (College of the Canyons) .
5.7.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134212
5.8: Interrelationships of Families, School and Communities
The Importance of Home/School Connection
Prior to Covid-19, home and school for children who may have not been homeschooled were a young child's two most important
worlds. Children and families had to bridge these two worlds every day. It is important that home and school are connected in
positive, respectful ways in which children feel secure. But when the two worlds are at odds because of apathy, lack of
understanding, or an inability to work together, children suffer. Teachers who truly value the family's role in a child's education,
and recognize how much they can accomplish by working with families, can build a true partnership. This section 5.8 will help you
by addressing the following topics:
Getting to know families
Making families feel welcome
Communicating with families
Partnering with families on children's learning
Responding to challenging situations
Appreciating Differences
Just as you get to know each child and use what you learn to develop a relationship that helps every child learn, you begin building
a partnership with families by getting to know and appreciate each family. Every family is different. Teachers must vary the ways
in which they communicate and involve families to reach every family. Think about the structure of your family did you live in a
house with multiple generations? Families vary in regards to personalities and temperament with different comfort levels in relating
to their child's school. Our life experiences, including the level of education, socio-economic status, immigrant status, may impact
how families engage with their child's school and teacher. It's also important to acknowledge that we all have cultural differences
and different beliefs, values, and practices. What are your personal experiences with schools and teachers? In what ways in
understanding your experiences can assist in appreciating how families engage with their child's school? Knowing and appreciating
what is unique or different about each family helps you to build relationships and support children's learning and development.
Belonging
Initial contacts with children's families are opportunities to get to know them better and understand their experiences, values, and
beliefs. Some programs start with enrollment at the school, others use home visits. I can remember my daughter's teacher sending
postcards to each student welcoming the family as a whole to the next grade, this made me feel as if the teacher cared and took the
time to develop a relationship with not only the student but also the family. Families who feel welcome in the classroom are more
likely to return and become involved in the program. When children first enter your program, their parents are likely to be
especially interested in finding out what their child will be learning and what each day will be like. You can be prepared to meet
this interest by making available as many of the following as possible:
Take families and children on a tour of the classroom, introducing the inside and outside classroom environments. This can also
be virtually or a video in which you and teachers tour not only the classroom but also the school. This may be helpful in
decreasing anxiety and apprehension about what to expect and assist families in talking with their children about their school
and classroom.
Hold an open house to allow families to meet each other and experience the classroom environment.
Create a display at the entrance to your classroom with pictures and descriptions of life in your classroom based on the
languages of your children and families as well as the community. (Adapted from National PTA Family Guide)
Communication
Communication with families is a means of building and maintaining relationships. What is the influence of culture on
communication styles? One thing we learned from living in a Pandemic is the use of technology. Schools provided technology to
children as we pivoted to a remote learning environment and still may utilize this as schools are opening and temporarily shutting
down for the well-being and health and safety of the teachers, staff, and children. Some schools might be using platforms to
maintain open dialogue and communication with families. It is important to communicate in ways that meet the needs and ability
levels of family members, particularly those whose primary language is not English.
5.8.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134996
Understanding the History
Schools and systems and policies which support schools can lend to how educators/teachers build relationships with families and
support the needs of the community in which they are housed. For example, when we begin to look at policies and laws that
changed schools structures it allows us to understand the difference between equality and equity. Equality is providing the same
opportunity to all. Equity is meeting the specific needs of the individual to partake in the opportunity being provided.
Figure 5.8.2: Sylvia Mendez, by the Office of Senator Kamala Harris and US Department of Agriculture | Public domain
Just after the end of World War II, Sylvia Mendez was eight years old and a student at a racially segregated elementary school in
Westminster, California. She wanted to attend a nearby school, but it was reserved for white-only students. Her parents (along with
four other Mexican-American families) sued the school district on behalf of the community's 5,000 Latino and Latina students. In
1946, the plaintiffs won their case in federal court, making it the first time in U.S. history that a school district was told it had to
desegregate.
The Mendez case had enormous implications for civil rights in the country. It preceded the Brown v. Board of Education school
desegregation decision by eight years. Future Supreme Court Justice Thurgood Marshall represented both Sylvia Mendez and later
Linda Brown in the Brown v. Board of Education case. He used some of the same arguments from the Mendez case to win the
Brown decision.
In the Mendez v. Westminster case, the judge wrote these words challenging the "separate but equal" doctrine established in the
Plessy v. Ferguson case in 1898:
"The equal protection of the laws’ pertaining to the public school system in California is not provided by furnishing in separate
schools the same technical facilities, textbooks and courses of instruction to children of Mexican ancestry that are available to the
other public school children regardless of their ancestry. A paramount requisite in the American system of public education is
social equality. It must be open to all children by unified school association regardless of lineage."
5.8.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134996
A national hero, Sylvia Mendez received a 2010 Presidential Medal of Freedom and in 2018 was awarded the National Hispanic
Hero Award. She continues to work for equality and justice for Latinos and all people of color.
5.8.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134996
writing), and dyscalculia (difficulty with arithmetic), are common learning disabilities. Another common learning disability is
attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) which results in difficulty in sustaining focus.
Cerebral Palsy is a very common developmental disability that causes people to experience stiff muscles or difficulties with
coordination that causes a jerky motion. In some people it causes a continuous writhing motion. Some people with cerebral palsy
can walk, while others need to use a wheelchair for mobility. A small percentage of cerebral palsy is inherited, but most cerebral
palsy is caused by birth trauma or another kind of trauma, such as an accident.
Some people with cerebral palsy have cognitive or learning disabilities, while many do not. So like having a diagnosis of any other
disability, having a diagnosis of cerebral palsy doesn’t imply anything about intelligence, judgment or ability to work.
Epilepsy is a seizure disorder, where neurons in the brain can cause several different types of seizures. Some seizures are minor and
the individual experiencing them loses contact with the environment for a brief period of time. Some seizures might cause a person
to have repetitive motions for a minute or more. And some seizures are more involved and cause the person experiencing them to
lose control of muscles for a period of time.
Neurological impairments are a collection of conditions resulting from issues with the nervous system that may cause a range of
symptoms. Some neurologic impairments are hidden disabilities that result in the need for some specialized assistance. Some
neurological impairments have a genetic component, while others do not. Neurological impairments include narcolepsy,
neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, spina bifida, Prader-Willi syndrome, and Tourette Syndrome.
5.8.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134996
The Rehabilitation Act of 1973: Sections 504 and 508 (1973)
The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 is very important because its Section 504 mandated that any public entity receiving federal funds
needed to be accessible to individuals with disabilities. Since hospitals, federal courts, transportation systems and educational
institutions received federal funds, what this meant was that for the first time people who had mobility or sensory issues could take
advantage of higher education or the court system, or have access to public transportation. Section 508 mandated that internal
federal systems – for example, the telecommunications systems- had to be accessible. This opened the door for people with
disabilities to be employed by the federal government. One of the important principles included in the Rehab Act of 1973 was the
idea of ‘least restrictive alternative’ or ‘least restrictive environment.’ What this means is that when services are needed – whether
they are rehabilitative or educational – they should be provided in the least possible segregated setting, and that people with
disabilities should only receive segregated services when absolutely necessary. So, rehabilitation services should be provide in the
community, not in segregated settings like hospitals or institutions.
PL 94-142 (1975), renamed IDEA (2004), and Every Student Succeeds Act (2015)
Public Law 94-142, the Education of All Handicapped Children Act – further modified in and renamed Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) mandated a free and appropriate education to all children, whether or not they had a disability.
IDEA expanded on this idea, and recent reauthorizations have made some improvements. Important to the original and subsequent
modifications is the idea which was embedded in the Rehab Act of 1973 – the idea of ‘least restrictive setting.’ Extending this idea
is the concept that the default educational setting should be one where the child with a disability is included or integrated, and only
removed from an inclusive classroom for a specific, documented reason (therapy or another documented reason). Also included is
the mandate for a written individualized education plan (IEP) that describes the student’s needs and the services to be provided to
assist in that child’s education, due process and appeals, formalized input from parents and the student, and periodic review.
Additional supports needed by the student are detailed in each student’s IEP.
5.8.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134996
Figure 5.8.3 : Obama archives. President Bush signing the ADA. Far right (in hat) is Justin Dart.. (CC BY-SA 2.0; Wikimedia)
5.8: Interrelationships of Families, School and Communities is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
LibreTexts.
5.8.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134996
5.9: Current Research
Joint Policy Statement on Expulsions and Suspensions Policies in Early Childhood (US Department
of Education and Health and Human Services)
The joint statement of the U.S. Departments of Health and Human Services and Education titled Statement on Expulsion and
Suspension Policies in Early Childhood Settings (2015) states that the most important steps early childhood education programs
can take in preventing, limiting, and eliminating suspension and expulsion is to establish developmentally appropriate and equitable
behavior guidance practices and policies that center both the social emotional and behavioral health of young children. These
policies should be consistently enforced, without bias and clearly communicated to administrators, teachers, students, and their
families (Longstreth, Brady, & Kay, 2013).
Anti-Bias Education
The anti-bias movement was born out of the multiculturalism movement. Some of the people involved in the multiculturalism
movement felt that it did not do enough to address social problems in the education system.
The anti-bias approach urges educators to be aware of biases that perpetuate oppression and create an inequitable environment and
to eliminate them. The anti-bias approach is intended to teach children about acceptance, tolerance and respect; to critically analyze
what they are taught; and to recognize the connections between ethnicity, gender, religion, and social class, and power, privilege,
prestige, and opportunity. Anti-bias curriculum also embraces differences and uniqueness. There is no such thing as "color-
blindness." We need to accept and acknowledge differences.
The National Director of the Anti Defamation League, Abraham H. Foxman has said, "Children are born into this world without
prejudice, but can learn prejudice as easily as the alphabet or tying their shoes; getting to children as early as possible is important
when you want to instill them with positive images of themselves and others” (Anti-Defamation League, 2001, How Can We Stop
Hate Before it Starts? section, para. 0). Therefore, while it is important to educate adults about bias and discrimination, raising
children who will be anti-bias is an essential step towards achieving real change in our society. Incorporating anti-bias curriculum
in early childhood education provides children with a foundation to fight for social justice later in their lives.
In the Classroom
A classroom environment rich in possibilities for exploring diversity provides children with opportunities to develop ideas about
themselves and others, allows them to initiate conversations about differences in a safe environment, and provides teachers with a
setting in which they can introduce activities about diversity (Stern-LaRosa, 2001, Talking to children about diversity: Preschool
years section, para. 7). Teachers are an integral part of a child’s development, and can be key figures in shaping children’s
perceptions of differences. They are influential role models who have the potential to teach children to be anti-bias.
5.9.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134997
The formation of children’s attitudes towards difference is a social process in which the family, school, and media all play major
roles (Derman-Sparks, 2006, p. 15). Thus, in our society, children are constantly exposed to bias, prejudice, and discrimination, but
the school is a place where these views can be challenged (Lee, 2006, p. 4). Because children absorb societal beliefs, it is important
to teach them during their development to appreciate differences rather than allowing them to internalize society’s biases.
Children’s experiences in early childhood shape how they will approach differences throughout their life. The preschool years lay
the foundation for children’s development of a strong sense of self, empathy, and positive attitudes towards difference and social
interaction skills. The bias and discrimination that exist in our society has the ability to sabotage their healthy development in these
areas. Through anti-bias activities and the help of educators, children can learn to resist various forms of bias (Derman-Sparks,
2006, p. 193). Even young children have the ability to be anti-bias; what children learn in the classroom can be transferred into
action to combat the injustice they encounter in the world around them. Children can be taught to be allies. This means that they are
willing to stand up when they see bias occurring.
Curriculum
Anti-bias curriculum strives for the development of a student who will actively promote social justice. Through activities that build
a strong sense of self, empathy, a positive attitude towards people different from oneself, and healthy social interaction skills,
students may be guided towards the path of social justice.
The Anti-Bias Curriculum, developed by a multi-ethnic group of early childhood educators, promotes the following goals:
1. To nurture each child’s construction of a knowledgeable, confident self-concept and group identity.
2. To promote each child’s comfortable, empathic interaction with people from diverse backgrounds.
3. To foster each child’s critical thinking about bias.
4. To cultivate each child’s ability to stand up for her/himself and for others in the face of bias (Derman-Sparks, 2006, p. 193).
These principles should be a topic of discussion and a part of primary activities, but also relevant to students’ role as activists,
because, as Kalantzis and Cope point out, “Multicultural education, to be effective, needs to be more active” (Nieto, 2006 p. 26).
An integral part of anti-bias activism among young students involves awareness about the seriousness of the issue. It is therefore
necessary to discuss and define principles and ideologies regarding prejudice with children from a young age. Sandra Fitzpatrick
emphasizes the importance of starting with concrete examples and working towards the more abstract when working with
particularly young students. She suggests role-playing and contextual conversations to help children grasp the concepts of race and
prejudice. For example, the Dr. Suess children’s book, “The Sneetches” is particularly useful in explaining that what is on the
outside doesn’t matter (Fitzpatrick, personal communication, April 24, 2008). Once students have a grasp on what prejudice is, and
how it can hurt people, anti-bias activities can begin. Activism can happen right in the classroom, around the community, or in
larger society.
One activity Louise Derman-Sparks recommends involves “flesh-colored bandages… a material of considerable interest to young
children” (Derman-Sparks, 2006, p. 195). One day, while attending to a minor scrape, she said to the children, “Look at this—it
says on the box that these bandages are flesh-colored. That means they are the same color as our skin. Let’s see if it really is true.”
Each child then received a bandage on his or her arm, and they noticed that the bandages matched very few of the students’ skin
tones. The next day, they invited members of other classrooms to participate in the experiment. Noticing that the bandages were,
indeed, not a universal skin color, they opted to write a letter to the company. The children dictated what they wanted to say,
Derman-Sparks added a description of their experiment, and the letter was mailed to the company. They also got families involved,
sending letters home about what they were doing. A few weeks later the class received a box of bandages with a polite note
reading, “Enclosed find some transparent strips which are more flesh-colored” (Derman-Sparks, 2006, p. 196).
Although teacher-led activities are a great way to get students into the habit of speaking out against prejudice, when the students
themselves lead, it becomes more than just an activity. It becomes activism. Early childhood educators Tara Karr and Sandra
Fitzpatrick have seen remarkable cases of anti-racist activism within their classrooms.
Tara Karr, a pre-school teacher at Gorse Child Study Center, has found that her students are also capable of responding to those
precious classroom events we call “teachable moments.” This year she has a set of twins who are particularly vocal in reacting to
other students’ comments about the families made of “scary brown people” in stories or the “impossible” family structures that
have two moms. Karr has found that when the twins reply with, “What is scary? She is saying only good things to her daughter,” or
“There doesn’t always have to be a dad, family is the people that love you,” the entire class jumps in for a student-led discussion
about skin color, or what makes a family, etc. (Tara Karr, personal communication, April 25, 2008).
5.9.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134997
One year in Sandra Fitzpatrick’s career as a kindergarten teacher at the Three Rivers School, the gym classes hosted a “jump-a-
thon.” The children were to raise money outside of school, and the students who had raised the most would win prizes. At the end
of the competition, it was the students who came from wealthy families who had raised the most money, and therefore won the
prizes. Fitzpatrick describes the students in her class who had not won prizes as “devastated,” and those who had won prizes were
equally concerned. Having learned about prejudice earlier in the year, the class decided to take a stand against the biased system.
They chose to return their prizes, talk to other classes in the school about the event, and make a video explaining why the system
was unfair that they then sent to the American Heart Association, who had sponsored the event (Sandra Fitzpatrick, personal
communication, May 5, 2008).
5.9.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134997
Figure 5.9.2: Children collaborating while building children building with wooden blocks (CC BY 2.0) via flickr
Working through Conflict with the Anti-Bias Approach
In their book Anti-Bias Education for Young Children and Ourselves , Louise Derman-Sparks and Julie Olsen Edwards provide
guidelines that can be used to help children navigate conflict related to diversity in ways that protect all children’s rights and are
culturally responsive.
To support children’s ability to recognize unfairness and the negative impact it has educators can:
Notice and learn about the sources of children’s misconceptions and stereotypes.
Plan experiences that allow children to compare accurate representations to their inaccurate understandings
Support their attempts to make unfair things fair
Educators should remember that biased behaviors are just as serious as physical aggression. To help children act against prejudice
and/or discrimination, educators can:
Notice when unfair practices affect children
Facilitate dialogue about the feelings and ideas about these situations
Provide information as needed to help children understand
Think about the children and families and what their needs are and take into consideration how they handle prejudice and
discrimination
Provide diverse ways to handle discriminatory situations that will accommodate the diversity of families
Plan and carry out actions to address the problem with children [80]
If you are unsure how to respond, tell the child or children you will think about it and get back to them (ensuring that you
always follow through)
5.9.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134997
It is important for educators to coach young children, step-by-step, as they learn conflict resolution skills. Model a predictable, effective sequence
of steps children can eventually use on their own: acknowledge feelings, gather information about the conflict, restate the problem, ask children to
suggest possible solutions, help them choose one to try, and then check back with them soon after as they implement their solution. As they mature
and practice, gradually step back and take a less central role in solving problems, prompting children if they “get stuck” on the path to resolution.
After they do resolve a conflict, briefly summarize the ways children solved the problem successfully. This reinforces children’s skills for the next
time a problem arises.
Developmental Sequence of Conflict Negotiation
As children mature, they are able to better understand the perspectives of other people and can negotiate more constructively with peers to resolve
conflicts.
1. Beginning level : Children can express to each other (using words, actions, or facial expressions) their own desires, but adults need to provide
ideas for resolving disputes.
2. Next level : Children begin to use appropriate words and actions to express their perspectives and desires to each other and seek adults for help
during disputes.
3. Next level : Children not only express their own needs and desires to each other during a conflict but can suggest simple solutions based on
their own perspectives.
4. Mature or proficient level : Children can consider each other’s perspectives when there is a disagreement and can suggest and agree on some
mutually acceptable solutions. [81]
References
Bryan, N. (2017). White teachers’ role in sustaining the school-to-prison pipeline: Recommendations for teacher education. The
Urban Review, 49(2), 326–345.https://doi.org/ 10.1007/s11256-017-0403-3
Longstreth, S., Brady, S., & Kay, A. (2013). Discipline policies in early childhood care and education programs: Building an
infrastructure for social and academic success. Early Education & Development, 24(2), 253-271.
US Department of Health and Human Services & US Department of Education. (2015). Policy statement on expulsion and
suspension policies in early childhood settings. Washington, DC: US Department of Education.
5.9: Current Research is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
5.9.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134997
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
6: Building Collaborative Relationships with Families
Learning Objectives
Identify the importance of relationships between ECE programs and families.
Describe ways teachers and programs can facilitate trusting relationships with families.
Differentiate parent involvement from family engagement.
Protect the importance of families as having the primary role in their children’s lives.
Define ways for programs to empower families.
Describe effective communication strategies.
Describe strategies for successful family conferencing.
“A growing body of research suggests that meaningful engagement of families in their children’s early learning supports school
readiness and later academic success” (NAEYC 2009; Henrich and Gadaire 2008; Weiss, Caspe, and Lopez 2006). Programs and
teachers who strive to build genuine partnerships with the parents, guardians, and other primary caregivers at home and encourage
families to become active participants in their child’s early learning and development help families to become advocates for their
children. “High levels of engagement often result from strong program–family partnerships that are co-constructed and
characterized by trust, shared values, ongoing bidirectional communication, mutual respect, and attention to each party’s needs
(Lopez, Kreider, and Caspe 2004; NAEYC 2009, 6).
In addition, early childhood education programs have learned that when they can effectively partner with families, young children
benefit and families are more likely to maintain involvement with school settings across the years. By strengthening family
engagement during the early years, particularly with families from diverse backgrounds, families that have children with
disabilities or other special needs, and families with dual language learners, early childhood education (ECE) programs can help to
reduce the achievement gap.
When programs strive to build trusting, open, and collaborative relationships with families and genuinely seek the family’s input to
inform program planning, family members receive the message that they play a key role in their child’s development and learning.
In efforts to establish strong links between home and the early care and education setting, programs and teachers focus on
developing strategies for family collaboration and being responsive to each family’s home language.
6.1: Building and Maintaining Positive Relationships with Families
6.2: From Parent Involvement to Family Engagement
6.3: Valuing the Primary Role of Families in Promoting Children’s Development
6.4: Empowering Families
6.5: Programs are Responsive to Families' Goals for Their Children's Development
6.6: Programs and Teachers Use Effective Communication Strategies that Reflect the Diversity of Families Served
6.7: Family Teacher Conferencing
This page titled 6: Building Collaborative Relationships with Families is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated
by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz.
1
6.1: Building and Maintaining Positive Relationships with Families
Relationships with Families
Honest, caring, understanding, and respectful exchanges with family members lead to their sharing important information with
teachers that help to inform how to care and support each child’s learning and development. Taking the time to find out from family
members about their child’s unique characteristics and needs plays an important role in providing teachers with the information
needed to set up developmentally appropriate learning environments, curriculum, and guidance strategies for individual children in
their early learning programs. Establishing positive relationships with families helps to bridge children’s experiences between the
program and home, and it fosters children’s sene of belonging in the early education setting.
Figure 6.1 6.1.1 : When there is a trusting relationship that values the family, it is easier for parents to trust the care of their children
to early educators.[1]
Teachers view families as children’s first teachers and seek their assessments of a child’s needs, interests, and abilities. Different
families and communities have different views and expectations of preschool aged children. The effective early childhood educator
recognizes, understands, and respects the values of children’s families and communities and attempts to make the environment as
congruent with those values as possible. In high-quality early childhood programs, the teacher speaks frequently with family
members and, whenever appropriate, strengthens the links between the home and program. Frequent communication between
program staff and family members is important, especially in the case of children with disabilities or other special needs. Through
collaboration with families, preschool teachers can gain insight into ways in which they can be important contributors to the child’s
learning and development. To support children’s learning across home and school contexts, the program can encourage family
[2]
participation in activities at the early care and education program.
Quotable
“Family engagement with schools has been linked to important outcomes for children of all families, including families with
children who are dual language learners . . . Numerous positive developmental child outcomes have been associated with
family engagement, including early literacy skills, cognitive and language development skills . . . socio–emotional skills . . .
and academic achievement.”
Source: State Advisory Council on Early Learning and Care 2013, Paper 4, Family Engagement, 121.
Programs
Support the participation of all family members, being responsive to their cultural, linguistic, and economic differences, as well
as to any disabilities or special needs of the children or a family member.
Involve family members in making decisions about the program and its' policies.
Recognize and acknowledge that teen parents are still adolescents developmentally even though they are in an adult role as
parents.
Provide a way for families to give feedback to the program, such as regular evaluations or opportunities for informal discussion.
6.1.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139716
Schedule regular meetings, social times, and other special events for families so that they can learn more about the program, get
to know each other and staff members, and build a sense of community
Communication
Seek and consider families’ views when identifying and hiring new staff members.
Create an area for posting information for families (daily notices, outside services, child development information, community
events, employment, and educational opportunities).
Encourage communication between teachers and family members at the beginning and end of each day.
Teachers
Share a child’s records with his or her family, including assessment information on the child’s learning, experiences, and
developmental progress.
Learn about the different families in the program.
How to communicate
Engage in a two-way exchange of ideas, preferences, and child-rearing philosophies during the first meetings with family
members, setting the tone for future communication.
Listen, reflect, and respond when family members communicate concerns and ideas about their child.
Initiate discussions with families to understand and resolve issues when they arise.
Engage in communication with family members at the beginning and end of each day about the child’s care, activities, interests,
and moods.
Communicate to family members that they are always welcome to visit or call to check on their child.
This page titled 6.1: Building and Maintaining Positive Relationships with Families is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed,
and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz.
1: Building and Maintaining Positive Relationships with Families by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
6.1.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139716
6.2: From Parent Involvement to Family Engagement
Family Engagement as Parent Involvement
Parent involvement refers to parent participation in the systems and activities the early childhood education program in ways that
support them as the primary educators, nurturers, and advocates for all children enrolled in the program. Parent involvement refers
to opportunities for parent participation in a variety of program activities that support child and adult development, including policy
and program decision-making.
Family engagement refers to ongoing, goal-directed relationships between staff and families that are mutual, culturally responsive,
and that support what is best for children and families both individually and collectively. Staff and families share responsibility for
the learning and development of children, the progress toward outcomes for children and families, and for parent involvement in
the program. Parent involvement is a part of this larger construct of family engagement.
[1]
Table 6.2: Examples that Illustrate the Shift from Parent Involvement to Engagement
Parent Involvement Family Engagement
Parent involvement works with a small percentage of families involved Through ongoing relationships, family members are engaged in a
in leadership opportunities (policy council, parent meetings, special variety of goal directed ways related to Parent and Family Engagement
events, etc.). Outcomes.
Programs that engage families use child and family data to improve
Programs that involve parents collect data from children and families—
services. These programs help families understand and use child data to
for example, information about parent participation.
support their children’s progress and development.
6.2.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139742
Figure 6.2: Children thrive when their families are engaged and included in their early childhood education program.[2]
Home Language
Programs
Create strategies to engage family members from diverse linguistic and cultural backgrounds and invite family members to
share goals and strategies for supporting children’s home languages in the group or classroom. This may require the use of
interpreters and translators.
Teachers
Learn a few words in each child’s home language, such as greetings, names of family members, words of comfort, and
important objects or places. Parents and other family members can be good resources for learning their language.
Seek and use resources to facilitate communication with family members in their home language, ensuring that all families are
[3]
included.
“Acknowledge, Ask, and Adapt” By putting into practice the following steps for culturally responsive caregiving, you will gain the
information you need to support appropriately the growth of all the children in your care.
Step 1: Acknowledge The first step is a step of recognition in which you use your growing awareness of the existence of different
cultural assumptions about child development. A willingness to be open with yourself is essential to the success of this step.
Step 2: Ask The second step is an information-gathering step. The goal is to get the information you need about the parents’ and
your cultural beliefs and values so that you can solve the problem together during the third step. Do not rush the second step.
Step 3: Adapt In this last problem-solving step, you use the information gathered in step two to resolve conflicts caused by cultural
differences and find the most effective way to support each child’s growth.”
References
[1] Examples that Illustrate the Shift from Parent Involvement to Engagement
[2] Image from the California Department of Education is used with permission
[3] Infant/Toddler Learning and Development Program Guidelines by the California Department of Education is used with
permission (pg. 59-60)
6.2: From Parent Involvement to Family Engagement is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
LibreTexts.
6.2.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139742
6.3: Valuing the Primary Role of Families in Promoting Children’s Development
Families
The family is central in children’s lives, as it is through their experiences with their families that children learn about themselves
and the world around them (adapted from CDE 2006, 56). Family member is used to define the people who are primarily
responsible for a child, including extended family members and resource families (text adapted from CDE 2006, 56). Programs
support the healthy growth and development of the child within the context of the family by creating continuity between the home
and the early care and education setting. Programs are responsible for learning about the children’s home life through
communication with family members and, when possible, home visits. As part of this process, programs will learn to work with
diverse family structures, including those headed by grandparents, resource families, same-sex parents, and teen parents. An
essential aspect of high-quality programs is finding ways to support the growing relationship between the child and the family, and
adapting to the strengths and needs of each child–family relationship (CDE 2006, 57). By getting to know families and
understanding the importance of children’s relationships with caregivers at home, programs and teachers can support the primary
role of the family in children’s learning and development.
Knowledge of Families
Programs
Develop or adapt program policies, based on knowledge of the families and on their input and feedback, to support family
engagement in the program.
Teachers
Gather information from family members and engage in direct, effective communication to learn about family composition,
values, and traditions to support the primary role of families in their children’s care and education and to engage families in the
early education setting.
Learn about each family’s values, beliefs, and practices by observing and engaging family members in conversation or by
communicating with other staff members as appropriate.
Find out about each family’s language preferences and language goals for the child.
Refer to and use pertinent family information when responding to needs of children and families.
6.3: Valuing the Primary Role of Families in Promoting Children’s Development is shared under a not declared license and was authored,
remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
6.3.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139744
6.4: Empowering Families
Partnership
When programs and teachers engage in open, respectful communication with family members and strive to develop positive,
collaborative relationships with them, family members feel included and empowered. The experience of authentically contributing
to their children’s experiences in preschool helps family members become advocates for their children both within the program and
in interactions with other early learning professionals. For example, they are more likely to seek or request services for their
children, such as referrals to special education, when needed or appropriate.
Programs can help families with dual language learners recognize their families’ cultural and linguistic strengths and learn the
skills to ask for the types of services that they think will benefit their children. Families should be encouraged to share their
strengths with the program and be asked to participate in joint goal setting and decision making about their children’s education.
The entire program benefits when educators incorporate diverse cultures, languages, and talents of families with dual language
learners into the program’s learning environment and curriculum. Once family members feel their contributions and opinions are
valued, programs will benefit from their knowledge and experience.
Empowerment of Families
Programs
Develop an open-door policy that encourages family members to visit the classroom or center at any time.
Encourage families to offer recommendations for the program’s structure and curriculum and to observe the ways in which their
contributions are used in the setting.
Invite families to share their areas of expertise with the teacher, other families, and the children in the program.
Ensure all families have the opportunity to participate in a policymaking capacity or leadership role (e.g., as members of a
board of directors or advisory board).
Develop a philosophy statement that expresses the program’s appreciation of cultural and linguistic diversity and share the
statement with both staff and families.
Invite families with young dual language learners to participate formally as part of groups that contribute to decisions for the
program (e.g., boards, committees, and the like), and to share on an ongoing basis their ideas on how to support and engage
with families.
Teachers
Solicit help from family members in solving problems their child may be having in an early care and education setting.
Invite families to volunteer regularly and to participate in activities.
Hold conferences regularly, not just when there is a problem with the child.
Figure 6.4.3 : When families are welcome in the early education environment, their children thrive.
6.4: Empowering Families is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1: Building and Maintaining Positive Relationships with Families by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
6.4.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139745
6.5: Programs are Responsive to Families' Goals for Their Children's Development
Partnership with families
The most successful opportunities for parent engagement are those that address the ideas of parents about their roles in their
children’s education and their sense of efficacy in helping their children to succeed in early childhood programs (Hoover-Dempsey
and Sandler 1997). Working with parents to define shared goals helps to strengthen the home–school partnership. In particular,
when programs and teachers work to integrate school and family experiences, implement school-readiness practices, and identify
strategies for school readiness and transitions, both families and their children benefit.
Researchers have found that preschoolers achieved at higher levels when families and teachers shared similar child centered beliefs
and practices. Thus, it is important that programs ask all families to collaborate and participate in joint goal setting for their
children, and to ask families with dual language learners and those families who have children with disabilities or other special
needs, about effective strategies and the contexts in which their children learn best.
6.5.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139747
Strategies for School Readiness and Transitions
Programs
Coordinate developmentally appropriate experiences to support children’s school readiness in all developmental domains,
anticipating upcoming transitions to new programs or schools.
Teachers
Know the previous early care and education experiences of children in the group and plan for upcoming transitions to new
programs or schools.
Identify indicators of school readiness and developmental precursors of school readiness, as appropriate, for the ages of the
children served.
6.5: Programs are Responsive to Families' Goals for Their Children's Development is shared under a not declared license and was authored,
remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1: Building and Maintaining Positive Relationships with Families by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
6.5.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139747
6.6: Programs and Teachers Use Effective Communication Strategies that Reflect
the Diversity of Families Served
Communication
Honoring diversity strengthens relationships with families and children, thereby enhancing the quality of care and education for
preschool children (adapted from CDE 2006, 57–58). Being responsive to cultural, linguistic, and economic differences and how
these differences affect the ways in which programs and teachers communicate with families demonstrates a program’s
commitment to each family’s unique strengths. Programs and teachers can work to enhance their communication strategies,
attending carefully to individual differences in family preferences for communication.
Two-way communication strategies have been found to be particularly effective with families with dual language learners who may
otherwise feel disconnected from the program. Two-way communication allows both parties to share information about the
learning progress and well-being of the dual language learner and to collaborate on ways to help the child reach important learning
goals. This type of communication works well during one-on-one meetings with the teacher or in a more informal setting such as in
the community or in a group setting with other families with dual language learners of similar linguistic backgrounds. Regular two-
way communication may be the first step toward increasing family engagement and key to developing strong dual language learner
family–program partnerships.
Communication Strategies
Programs
Provide professional development for staff on the principles of and strategies for effective communication with families.
Ensure confidentiality and privacy in communications throughout the program.
Develop a language and communication policy that informs families with young dual language learners on the possible modes
to communicate with staff.
Teachers
Respect each family’s style and preferred method of communication and interact with families in a transparent, accountable
manner.
Interact with families in a timely and professional manner to establish relationships that encourage mutual, two-way exchange
of information about children.
Maintain confidentiality and ensure privacy in communications regarding children, families, and staff and colleagues.
Figure 6.6.4 : Open communication is vital to the relationships between families and teachers.[9]
6.6.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139748
Model for families effective strategies for communicating with children, adapt strategies for communicating with children, and
[10]
adapt strategies (as needed) to meet diverse language and literacy needs.
References:
[9] Image by the California Department of Education is used with permission
[10] California Preschool Program Guidelines by the California Department of Education is used with permission (pg. 130-135)
6.6: Programs and Teachers Use Effective Communication Strategies that Reflect the Diversity of Families Served is shared under a not declared
license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
1: Building and Maintaining Positive Relationships with Families by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
6.6.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139748
6.7: Family Teacher Conferencing
Conferences
Our responsibility as early childhood professionals is to observe, document, and assess children’s development. This provides us
with information about each child to enable us to plan and implement effective curriculum, design an environment, develop a
schedule/routine, and to know how to guide and support the behavior of the children in our program.
It is important that we share this information with families in a supportive and engaging way. We typically do this with formal
family/teacher conferencing; however, there are informal ways to communicate with families on a more daily basis. Conferences
are designed to facilitate discussion with families regarding the shared goals that the teacher and the family have decided upon
through the many informal communication that happens throughout the school year.
Sometimes there are difficult things that need to be communicated to families in a formal conference. It is critical that we have
established a trusting, collaborative relationships with families in order to have these difficult conversations. When families know
that you truly care about their child, they will be more likely to hear what you are saying and engage with you in working together
to support their child’s developmental needs.
Effective communication strategies are important in all the ways that we communicate with families. Conferencing is one of those
ways. The following are some tips on how to have an effective conference with families.
6.7.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139741
1. My child communicates the following to me at home about school:
Relationships with children and adults
Favorite activities and areas of play
2. I see my child's areas of strength as:
3. I feel that my child needs to develop skills in:
4. I would like to discuss or have more information on:
5. Have you considered the whole child - social, emotional, physical, and intellectual?
6. What else have you been wondering lately?
References:
"Principles and Practices" by Stephens, Peterson, and Eyrich is licensed under CC BY 4.0 / A derivative from the original work
6.7: Family Teacher Conferencing is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
6.7.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139741
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
7: Welcoming and Supporting Families
Learning Objectives
Analyze the importance of a welcoming environment.
Describe ways to make families feel welcome.
Explain how programs can advocate for families.
Define the role of community resources.
Define ways in which you can collaborate with families regarding their home language.
Establishing a welcoming environment is an important aspect of fostering family engagement. “A welcoming environment implies
that a program has focused efforts on maintaining an atmosphere that is inviting to families and honors their presence”
(Constantino 2008, 25). In a welcoming environment, families feel that they belong and seek ways to contribute to the program.
They become comfortable with exchanging information with their children’s teachers and open to exploring ways to bring learning
activities from the preschool program to home. An essential part of a welcoming environment for families with dual language
learners is the program ensuring that they have opportunities to communicate in their home language. Encouraging communication
between families with dual language learners who share a home language, hiring staff members (when possible) who are able to
communicate in the families’ home language, and providing translations help the families to feel welcome in the preschool setting.
7.1: Welcoming Spaces
7.2: Advocacy for Children and Families
7.3: Programs and Teachers Support Dual Language Learning
This page titled 7: Welcoming and Supporting Families is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca
Laff and Wendy Ruiz.
1
7.1: Welcoming Spaces
Creating a Welcoming Space
Families will feel more supported and included if there are spaces designed with them in mind in your program. Many programs
like to have a couch or bench or welcome area with adult furniture where the adult is able to transition from home to school with
their child. Including pictures of the families in the classroom shows that the program encourages family engagement and
understands the need for the child to have a connection to home when away for so many hours a day. Creating a community in a
classroom where families can meet and interact with each other will also make families feel more comfortable with their child
spending time away from them and in an early childhood education program. Family nights, ice cream socials, art fundraisers, child
led plays, and open house nights are all great ways to open the classroom to families. What other ways can you think of to engage
families in your program?
Activity
Design what you think would be the perfect classroom that would be welcoming to children, teachers and families
Programs Regularly Provide Family Members with Information about Their Children’s Learning
and Development, Well-Being, And Everyday Experiences
A key to building successful partnerships with parents is to make them true partners by sharing with them the same kinds of
educational information and ideas that are important to the teacher and staff. In a high-quality program, there is ongoing
communication between the home and the early care and education center. As much as possible, families and teachers support each
other in the development of the child.
Family practices in the home are also important for young dual language learners to learn, practice, and reinforce concepts in their
home language that were initially introduced in school, such as literacy-building skills. Recent research suggests the use of
families’ home language is a protective factor for children of immigrant families. When some amount of the family’s native
language is used regularly in the home, young dual language learners show improved cognitive and social development. Thus, it is
important for preschool programs to encourage learning at home in dual language learners’ home languages. This may be
particularly beneficial in the realm of reading and literacy-building skills.
Although monolingual speakers (those that only speak one language) often do not realize it, the majority of children around the
world are bilingual, (they understand and use two languages). (Meyers- Sutton, 2005). Even in the United States, which is a
relatively monolingual society, more than 47 million people speak a language other than English at home, and about 10 million of
7.1.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139718
these people are children or youth in public schools (United States Department of Commerce, 2003). The large majority of
bilingual students (75%) are Hispanic, but the rest represent more than a hundred different language groups from around the world.
In larger communities throughout the United States, it is therefore common for a single classroom to contain students from several
language backgrounds at once. In classrooms, as in other social settings, bilingualism exists in different forms and degrees.
This page titled 7.1: Welcoming Spaces is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and Wendy
Ruiz.
8.1: Welcoming Spaces by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
7.1.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139718
7.2: Advocacy for Children and Families
Advocacy
The better that families are able to meet their children’s basic need for shelter, food, and clothing, the more that family members
will be available to support their child’s learning. Effective programs provide support to families who want it, usually by linking
families with resources in the community through referrals. To support family functioning and promote resilience in families and
young children, programs and teachers can establish community partnerships and identify key resources for families, connecting
them to those resources considered appropriate. In particular, services that help families become self-sufficient and prevent risk of
stress or at least reduce ongoing, intense stress, allow family members to become sources of support for each other. Services that
promote positive, nurturing relationships among family members enable families to become more resilient and strengthen the
children’s capacity for learning. Once working relationships with other service providers in the community are established,
preschool programs can work to ensure that families receive needed services and children experience continuity in their learning
and development.
Family Functioning
Programs
Collaborate with staff, families, and social service providers to develop policies and procedures related to family support.
Respond to questions or concerns from staff members or other adults and act as a professional resource.
Provide professional development opportunities to staff on family functioning, protective and risk factors, and community
resources.
Teachers
Articulate an understanding that families function in a variety of ways and that children or families may require support outside
the program.
Demonstrate an understanding of risk, stress, and resiliency factors related to family functioning and how to support all families
appropriately.
Take steps for further inquiry when concerns arise based on observations of a child or family.
Communicate daily with families about children’s well-being.
Refer questions or concerns to other staff members when appropriate.
Work with colleagues to respond to signs of risk or stress in children, as developmentally appropriate and individually
meaningful.
Figure 7.2.1 : Your coworkers can work with you to support families that are experiencing stressors.[1]
7.2.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139750
Programs
Establish effective relationships with partners to ensure continuity of children’s learning and development.
Maintain professional connections to community and state partners.
Teachers
Understand the importance of community partnerships in meeting children’s needs.
Form effective partnerships and collaborations with families, professionals, and community representatives.
Support the needs of children, their success, and their well-being by maintaining professional connections to community and
state partners.
Figure 7.2.2 : Families experiencing food insecurity could benefit from this community resource, a food bank.[2]
Note
Often resources for families are compiled and sometimes sold for the cost of printing can be purchased from a church or
community organization. Check your local area to see if that is an option for you.
7.2.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139750
The power of a resource
One morning a mother dropped off her three children to their classrooms in the childcare program and then went to the director
of the programs office, closed the door behind her, and sunk to the floor crying. She shared with the director that her husband is
bipolar and had been off his medication. The night before he had thrown her and her three children ages 4, 3 and 1 out of the
house without shoes, keys, coats or any food or diapers. She was able to call a friend to take her in for the night, but they could
not stay there another night. She needed help. After listening, the director was able to pull out her book of local resources and
find her temporary shelter, a low cost lawyer, a treatment center for her husband and access to food and clothing. While
sometimes all they need is a listening ear, there are times that families need help and resources. Having those gathered ahead of
time can be helpful for struggling families.
Attributions:
[1] Image by the California Department of Education is used with permission
[2] Image by Airman 1st Class Jeffrey Parkinson is in the public domain
7.2: Advocacy for Children and Families is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
8.1: Welcoming Spaces by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
7.2.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139750
7.3: Programs and Teachers Support Dual Language Learning
Programs and families with dual language learners are critical to children’s language development as the sheer amount of words
children hear and the richness of the speech they hear is strongly linked to their future language and literacy abilities. Thus, it is
critical that programs communicate to families with dual language learners the importance of speaking to children in their home
language and suggest that families seize as many opportunities as possible to engage children in conversation. Parents need to help
families understand the importance of dual language learning concepts in their home language and engaging in extended language
interactions in their home language. In addition, preschool programs can provide families with dual language learners with the
necessary provisions and resources to teach new concepts at home in dual language learners’ first language.
Home Language
Programs
Collaborate with families and colleagues to provide a variety of ways throughout the program for young dual language learners
and their families to participate.
Model one-on-one, group, and unstructured peer-to-peer activities.
Collaborate with families and colleagues to design an educational program
that incorporates each child’s home language(s).
Encourage families, colleagues, and community members to use children’s home languages and provide training or support as
needed.
Conduct ongoing evaluation of programmatic support for children’s home language(s) and use data to guide program
improvements.
Teachers
Assist in offering a variety of developmentally appropriate, individually meaningful, and culturally responsive ways for young
dual language learners to participate in the group (CDE 2009).
Work with colleagues to create various opportunities for young dual language learners and their families to participate in the
group throughout the day.
Demonstrate understanding that the early education setting is often the first place where young dual language learners encounter
English and that honoring each child’s home language fosters positive social–emotional development and the child’s
development and learning in all other areas.
Support home language development.
Plan with families, colleagues, community members, and others who support children’s development and learning.
[3]
Incorporate practices that honor the role of the home language as a vital foundation in English-language development.
Attributions:
[3] California Preschool Program Guidelines by the California Department of Education is used with permission (pg. 135-139)
7.3: Programs and Teachers Support Dual Language Learning is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
LibreTexts.
8.1: Welcoming Spaces by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
7.3.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/139751
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
8: Contemporary Issues for Children and Families
Learning Objectives
This page titled 8: Contemporary Issues for Children and Families is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
Krischa Esquivel, Emily Elam, Jennifer Paris, & Maricela Tafoya.
1
8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias
Stereotypes
As children grow, they learn how to behave from those around them. In this socialization process, children are introduced to certain
attitudes, behaviors, and beliefs and develop cognitive schemas. Stereotypes are cognitive schemas that incorporate culturally
shared representations of social groups and influence information processing related to social categorization (Dovidio et al., 2010;
Yzerbyt, 2016). When we encounter someone for the first time, we may not be aware of their cultural or social identities. If we do
not have any prior knowledge, we tend to assign individuals to categories based on appearance, age, and the context in which the
encounter takes place. This is normal human behavior, as we make sense of the world by putting objects and people into categories.
We tend to categorize based on perceived similarities and differences. Obviously, our ability to make viable choices depends on our
own degree of experience and knowledge. The less knowledge we have, the more likely we are to fall back on general information
we may have acquired informally from friends, family, or media reports. Our mind tries to connect the dots in order to create a
complete picture based on the information it already has, which may be scant or faulty. This can provide a very limited, narrowly
focused, and potentially distorted impression of the other.
Stereotypes are oversimplified generalizations about groups of people. Stereotypes can be based on race, ethnicity, age, gender,
sexual orientation—almost any characteristic. Many of these groups are entirely a social construct such as race and gender. They
may be positive (usually about one’s own group, such as when women suggest they are less likely to complain about physical pain)
but are often negative (usually toward other groups, such as when members of a dominant racial group suggest that a subordinate
racial group is stupid or lazy). In either case, the stereotype is a generalization that doesn’t take individual differences into account.
Stereotypes can be perpetuated in every agent of socialization from family, school, community and media. In fact, new stereotypes
are rarely created; rather, they are recycled from subordinate groups that have assimilated into society and are reused to describe
newly subordinate groups. For example, many stereotypes that are currently used to characterize Black people were used earlier in
American history to characterize Irish and Eastern European immigrants. While cultural and other differences do exist among the
various American racial and ethnic groups, many of the views we have of such groups are unfounded and hence are stereotypes. An
example of the stereotypes that white people have of other groups appears in Figure 8.1.1 "Perceptions by Non-Latino white
Respondents of the Intelligence of white and Black Americans", in which white respondents in the General Social Survey (GSS), a
recurring survey of a random sample of the US population, are less likely to think Blacks are intelligent than they are to think
whites are intelligent.
Figure 8.1.1 : Perceptions by Non-Latino white Respondents of the Intelligence of white and Black Americans. (CC BY 2.0; Data
from General Social Survey)
Explaining Prejudice
Prejudice refers to the beliefs, thoughts, feelings, and attitudes someone holds about a group. A prejudice is not based on
experience; instead, it is a prejudgment, originating outside actual experience. Prejudice may be based on a person's political
affiliation, sex, gender, social class, age, disability, religion, sexuality, language, nationality, criminal background, wealth, race,
ethnicity, or other personal characteristic. The discussion in this section will largely focus on racial prejudice.
The 1970 documentary, Eye of the Storm, illustrates the way in which prejudice develops, by showing how defining one category
of people as superior (children with blue eyes) results in prejudice against people who are not part of the favored category; Jane
8.1.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
Elliot, then a 3rd grade teacher, conducted her "Blue Eyes/Brown Eyes" exercise to give her students a difficult, hands-on
experience with prejudice and discrimination.
Note
The Blue Eye Experiment highlights how quickly prejudice can be adopted and embedded within a classroom or peers groups
without basis. Think about which ways Jane's statements about the children shaped behaviors, values, and beliefs about others
and the children's own abilities.
8.1.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
that Blacks’ poverty is due to their lack of motivation and willpower. Ironically some scholars find support for this cultural
deficiency view in the experience of many Asian Americans, whose success is often attributed to their culture’s emphasis on hard
work, educational attainment, and strong family ties (Min, 2005). If that is true, these scholars say, then the lack of success of other
people of color stems from the failure of their own cultures to value these attributes.
How accurate is the cultural deficiency argument? Whether people of color have “deficient” cultures remains hotly debated
(Bonilla-Silva, 2009). Many social scientists find little or no evidence of cultural problems in minority communities and say the
belief in cultural deficiencies is an example of symbolic racism that blames the victim. Citing survey evidence, they say that poor
people of color value work and education for themselves and their children at least as much as wealthier white people do (Holland,
2011; Muhammad, 2007). Yet other social scientists, including those sympathetic to the structural problems facing people of color,
believe that certain cultural problems do exist, but they are careful to say that these cultural problems arise out of the structural
problems.
In these two studies, we can see how the deficit theory can impact children even at the earliest ages. In the landmark Yale study by
Gilliam (2016) the findings reveal that when expecting challenging behaviors, teachers gazed longer at Black children, especially
Black boys. The teachers indicated that they looked for and expected problematic behavior from Black boys. Moreover, Gregory
and Robert (2017) found that teacher's suspend Black children three times more than White children for similar situations. This
suggests that Black students are being treated differently based on race. The researcher concluded that teachers that come with
deficit thinking, believing that Black boys have a tendency toward disruption or violence and who are known to be lenient in
disciplining White children compounds the issue that Black children are being "pushed" out of the education system at a young
age.
8.1.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
Figure 8.1.2 : Attribution by Non-Latino whites of Blacks’ Low Socioeconomic Status to Blacks’ Low Innate Intelligence and to
Their Lack of Motivation to Improve. (CC BY 2.0; Data from General Social Survey)
8.1.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
setting, children from minoritized communities have less access to experienced teachers, advanced coursework, and resources and
are also more harshly punished for minor behavioral infractions occurring in the school setting. They are less likely to be identified
for and receive special education services, and in some states, school districts with more nonwhite children receive lower funding
at any given poverty level than districts with more white children (U.S Department of education, 2017).
Implicit Bias
Sometimes biases exist in people; they’re just more subtle. These are unexamined and sometimes unconscious but real in their
consequences. They are automatic, ambiguous, and ambivalent, and nonetheless are biased, unfair, and disrespectful to the belief in
equality.
Implicit biases are attitudes or stereotypes that unconsciously affect our actions, decisions, and understanding.
Implicit biases can be positive (a preference for something or someone) or negative (an aversion to or fear of something or
someone).
Implicit biases are different from known biases that people may choose to conceal for social or political reasons. In fact,
implicit biases often conflict with a person’s explicit and/or declared beliefs.
Implicit biases are formed over a lifetime as a result of exposure to direct and indirect messages. The media plays a large role in
this formation process.
Implicit biases are pervasive: everyone has them.
Implicit biases are changeable, but research shows that this process takes time, intention, and training.
Note
Social psychologists have developed several ways to measure this relatively automatic own-group preference, the most famous
being the implicit bias test. Take the implicit bias test to explore your own possible biases. Then watch the Kirwan Institute
video examine ways teachers bias can create negative impacts for people of color.
Microaggressions
Implicit biases can impact our relationships and interactions with each other in many ways, some of which are described in the
research findings listed above. One way that implicit biases can manifest is in the form of microaggressions: subtle verbal or
nonverbal insults or denigrating messages communicated toward a marginalized person, often by someone who may be well-
intentioned but unaware of the impact their words or actions have on the target.
Microaggressions can be based on any aspect of a marginalized person’s identity (for example, sexuality, religion, or gender).
Individual microaggressions may not be devastating to the person experiencing them; however, their cumulative effects over time
can be large.
8.1.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
MICROAGGRESSIONS IN THE CLASSR…
CLASSR…
Microaggression Exercise
Microaggressions have been described by many as "small paper cuts" that represent all the times that someone says or does
something that marginalizes you because of your cultural frame of reference. Which of these statements is a Microaggression?
Asking if someone with brown skin has "papers".
Boys will be boys
Disabled people are so inspiring
You don’t act like a normal Black person.
You’re really pretty for a dark-skinned girl.
If it comes to attention that a Microaggression occurred, from a reflective disposition all involved should consider:
1. Why is the statement problematic- who might be affected by the statement?
2. How might the statement be intended as a compliment?
3. What are ways to be upstanders- someone who recognizes when something is wrong and speaks up to make it right?
8.1.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
Addressing Stereotypes, Prejudice, and Bias
Institutional
To begin to dismantle structural discrimination the Academy of Pediatrics (2019) suggest the following:
Acknowledge that educational and health equity is unachievable unless racism is addressed through interdisciplinary
partnerships with other organizations that have developed campaigns against racism.
Advocate for improvements in the quality of education in segregated urban, suburban, and rural communities designed to better
optimize vocational attainment and educational milestones for all students.
Advocate for federal and local policies that support implicit-bias training in schools and robust training of educators in
culturally competent classroom management to improve disparities in academic outcomes and disproportionate rates of
suspension and expulsion among students of color, reflecting a systemic bias in the educational system.
Encourage community-level advocacy with members of those communities disproportionately affected by racism to develop
policies that advance social justice.
Advocate for fair housing practices, including access to housing loans and rentals that prohibit the persistence of historic
“redlining.”
Advocate for funding and dissemination of rigorous research that examine the impact of policy changes and community-level
interventions on reducing the health effects of racism and other forms of discrimination on youth development.
Individual
Many of the efforts used to address prejudice and intolerance on the individual level involve education, that is, increasing
intercultural awareness or sensitizing individuals to difference. However, intolerance is complex, involving not only a cognitive
side, but also affective (emotional), behavioral, and structural/political components. One approach for addressing intolerance is
contact theory, originally the "contact hypothesis," as developed by US psychologist Gordon Allport (1979). Allport suggested that
direct contact between members of different groups – under certain conditions – could lead to reducing prejudice and conflict. The
conditions for success he laid out, are that 1) there be equal status between the groups, 2) both groups have common goals for the
encounter, 3) both groups focus on cooperation rather than competition, and finally 4) the process be supported by an authority of
some kind, such as a government agency. This approach has been used effectively in such conflicts as the relationship between
Catholics and Protestants in Northern Ireland and in the reconciliation talks between whites and blacks in post-apartheid South
Africa. It is the underlying assumption for the benefits derived from school exchanges.
Relying on faulty information leads us to make generalizations that may be far removed from reality. We can overcome the
distortion of the "single story", as Nigerian novelist Chimamanda Adichie puts it, in a number of ways (Adichie, 2009). The most
effective antidote is to gain greater real knowledge of other cultures through direct contact. That can come from travel, study
abroad, service learning, online exchanges, or informal means of making contact. Following news reports on what's happening
outside our immediate area can also be valuable, particularly if we seek out reliable, objective reporting. What can be helpful in
that regard is to try to find multiple sources of information. Another way to gain insight into other cultures is through stories, told
in novels, autobiographies, or movies. The more perspectives we have on a given culture, the less likely it is that we will
extrapolate from a single experience to make generalizations about an entire group.
Research by Allport and others has shown that bringing groups together into contact with one another does not in itself provide a
guarantee of improved attitudes or enlightened views vis-à-vis the other group. Allport’s contact theory shows that the context and
conditions of the encounter will shape success or failure. Even encounters when conducted under ideal and carefully supervised
conditions may still have mixed results. That might include benefits for some students and adverse reactions from others, including
reactions bordering on culture shock.
References
Adorno, T.W., Frenkel-Brunswick, E., Levinson, D.J., & Sanford, R.N. (1950). The Authoritarian Personality. New York, NY:
Harper.
Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Addison-Wesley.
American Academy of Pediatrics Pediatrics (2019) 144 (2): e20191765.
Appier, J. (1998). Policing women: The sexual politics of law enforcement and the LAPD. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University
Press.
8.1.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
Aronson, E. (2008). The Social Animal (10th ed.). New York, NY: Worth.
Barkan, S.E., & Cohn, S.F. (2005). Why whites favor spending more money to fight crime: The role of racial prejudice. Social
Problems, 52, 300–314.
Bobo, L., Kluegel, J. R., & Smith, R. A. (1996). Laissez-faire Racism: The Crystallization of a Kinder, Gentler, Antiblack Ideology.
Racial Attitudes in the 1990s: Continuity and Change.
Bonilla-Silva, E. (2009). Racism without racists: Color-blind racism and the persistence of racial inequality in the United States
(3rd ed.). Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.
chel.by.the.seas. (2020, June 18). Jane Elliot “Blue Eyes – Brown Eyes” Experiment Anti-Racism [Video]. YouTube.
Cowen, E.L., Landes, J., & Schaet, D.E. (1959). The effects of mild frustration on the expression of prejudiced attitudes. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64, 33–38.
Dinnerstein, L., & Reimers, D.M. (2009). Ethnic Americans: A History of Immigration. New York, NY: Columbia University
Press.
Dollard, J., Doob, L.W., Miller, N.E., Mowrer, O.H., & Sears, R.R. (1939). Frustration and Aggression. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press.
Dovidio, J. F., Hewstone, M., Glick, P., and Esses, V. M. (eds.) (2010). “Prejudice, stereotyping and discrimination: theoretical and
empirical overview,” in The SAGE Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping and Discrimination. Thousand Oaks, California: SAGE
Publications Ltd, 3–28.
Entman, R.M., & Rojecki, A. (2001). The Black Image in the White Mind. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.
Gilliam, W.S., Ph., D., Maupin, A.N., Reyes, C.R., Accavitti, M.R., B., S., & Shic, F. (2016). Do Early Educators’ Implicit Biases
Regarding Sex and Race Relate to Behavior Expectations and Recommendations of Preschool Expulsions and Suspensions?
Semanticscholar.
Gilens, M. (1996). Race and poverty in America: Public misperceptions and the American news media. Public Opinion Quarterly,
60, 515–541.
Gregory, A. Skiba, R., Mediratta, K. (2017). Eliminating Disparities in School Discipline: A Framework for Intervention. Review
of Research in Education. 41. 253-278.
Hughes, M., & Tuch, S.A. (2003). Gender differences in whites’ racial attitudes: Are women’s attitudes really more favorable?
Social Psychology Quarterly, 66, 384–401.
Jackson, D.Z. (1997, December 5). Unspoken during race talk. The Boston Globe, p. A27.
Krysan, M. (2000). Prejudice, politics, and public opinion: Understanding the sources of racial policy attitudes. Annual Review of
Sociology, 26, 135–168.
Larson, S.G. (2005). Media & Minorities: The Politics of Race in News and Entertainment. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.
Merton, R. K. (1949). Social Theory and Social Structure. Free Press.
Min 2005 Min, P. G. (Ed.). (2005). Asian Americans: Contemporary trends and issues (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage
Publications.
Murray, C. (1984). Losing ground: American social policy, 1950–1980. New York, NY: Basic Books.
Olzak, S. (1992). The Dynamics of Ethnic Competition and Conflict. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Peters, W., Beutel, B., Elliott, J., ABC News Productions., & Admire Entertainment, Inc. (2003). The Eye of the Storm. Palisades,
NY: Admire Productions.
Quillian, L. (2006). New approaches to understanding racial prejudice and discrimination. Annual Review of Sociology, 32, 299–
328.
Schuman, H., Steeh, C., Bobo, L., & Krysan, M. (1997). Racial Attitudes in America: Trends and Interpretations (Rev. ed.).
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
8.1.8 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
Sears D. (1988). Symbolic Racism. In P.A. Katz & D.A. Taylor (Eds.), Eliminating Racism: Profiles in Controversy (pp. 53–84).
New York, NY: Plenum
Schuman, H., Steeh, C., Bobo, L., & Krysan, M. (1997). Racial Attitudes in America: Trends and Interpretations (Rev. ed.).
Harvard University Press.
Sibley, C.G., & Duckitt, J. (2008). Personality and prejudice: A meta-analysis and theoretical review. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 12, 248–279.
Stangor, C. (2009). The study of stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination within social psychology: A quick history of theory
and research. In T. D. Nelson (Ed.), Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping, and Discrimination (pp. 1–22). New York, NY:
Psychology Press.
Surette, R. (2011). Media, Crime, and Criminal Justice: Images, Realities, and Policies (4th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.
Tolnay, S.E., & Beck, E.M. (1995). A Festival of Violence: An Analysis of Southern Lynchings, 1882–1930. Urbana, IL: University
of Illinois Press.
Unnever, J.D., & Cullen, F.T. (2010). The social sources of Americans’ punitiveness: A test of three competing models.
Criminology, 48, 99–129.
US Department of Education (2017) Equity of opportunity.
Yzerbyt, V. (2016). Intergroup stereotyping. Curr. Opin. Psychol. 11, 90–95.
Attributions
Johnson, Shaheen. (Long Beach City College)
Rodriguez, Lisette. (Long Beach City College)
Introduction to Sociology 2e (OpenStax) (CC BY 4.0)
Project READY: Reimagining Equity & Access for Diverse Youth (Institute of Museum and Library Services) (CC BY 4.0)
Social Problems: Continuity and Change v.1.0 (saylordotorg) (CC BY-NC-SA)Pressbooks. (2016). Introduction to Sociology:
Understanding and Changing the Social World. Openstax
Stevens, L. (2020,September 1). Introduction to Psychology & Neuroscience. Dalhousie University Libraries Digital Editions.
This page titled 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias is shared under a CC BY-SA license and was authored, remixed, and/or
curated by Erika Gutierrez, Janét Hund, Shaheen Johnson, Carlos Ramos, Lisette Rodriguez, & Joy Tsuhako (ASCCC Open Educational
Resources Initiative (OERI)) .
4.2: Stereotypes and Prejudice by Erika Gutierrez, Janét Hund, Shaheen Johnson, Carlos Ramos, Lisette Rodriguez, & Joy Tsuhako is
licensed CC BY-NC-SA 4.0.
4.4: Racism by Erika Gutierrez, Janét Hund, Shaheen Johnson, Carlos Ramos, Lisette Rodriguez, & Joy Tsuhako is licensed CC BY-NC-SA
4.0.
8.1.9 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129801
8.2: Racial Identity and Ethnicity
Racial Identity and Ethnicity
Before we discuss racial identity and ethnicity, it is important that we define race and ethnicity, understand the myths about race
and the historical context of racial grouping, why it was created, and how it evolved overtime. There are two myths or ideas about
race. The first suggests people inherit physical characteristics distinguishing race. Second, the idea that one race is superior to
others or that one “pure” race exists. In actuality, scientific research mapping of the human genome system found that humans are
homogenous (Henslin, 2011). Race is truly an arbitrary label that has become part of society’s culture with no justifiable evidence
to support differences in physical appearance substantiate the idea that there are a variety of human species. Traditionally, racial
terms classify and stratify people by appearance and inherently assign racial groups as inferior or superior in society (Kottak &
Kozaitis, 2012). Scientific data finds only one human species making up only one human race. Evidence shows physical
differences in human appearance including skin color are a result of human migration patterns and adaptions to the environment
(Jablonski, 2012). Nonetheless, people use physical characteristics to identify, relate, and interact with one another.
Figure 8.2.1 : A class of racially and ethnically diverse students. (Public Domain; via NMAAHC)
Ethnicity refers to the cultural characteristics related to ancestry and heritage, and also describes shared cultural group practices
values, and beliefs. People who identify with an ethnic group share common cultural characteristics (i.e.,nationality, history,
language, religion, etc.). Ethnic groups select rituals, customs, ceremonies, and other traditions to help preserve shared heritage
(Kottak and Kozaitis, 2012). Lifestyle requirements and other identity characteristics such as geography and region influence how
we adapt our ethnic behaviors to fit the context or setting in which we live. Culture is also key in determining how human bodies
grow and develop such as food preferences and diet and cultural traditions promote certain activities and abilities including
physical well-being and sport (Kottak and Kozaitis, 2012). Someone of Mexican decent living in Central California who is a
college professor will project different ethnic behaviors than someone of the same ethnic culture who is a housekeeper in Las
Vegas, Nevada. Differences in profession, social class, and region will influence each person’s lifestyle, physical composition, and
health though both may identify and affiliate themselves as Mexican.
Let’s date back to the original consensus in 1790. Race was created for sorting and ranking people in the English colonies. In the
18th century was created to rank America broke populations in to racial groups of free whites, other persons (including free blacks
and taxable Indians), and slaves (Lewitt & Baker, 1994). From the early 1900s through 1950, the census subgroups included
whites, negro, and other (which included American Indians, Chinese and Japanese), and a person’s race was determined by the
consensus taker. Mexican was considered a race in 1930, but was dropped in 1940. Mexican was included in the white subgroup as
a prior consensus. People of mixed race was usually determined by the race of the father (Lewitt & Baker, 1994). As times have
progressed, the categories for racial identities has expanded. Some include:
American Indian or Alaskan Native: A person having origins in any of the original peoples of North America, and who
maintains cultural identification through tribal affiliations or community recognition.
8.2.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129790
Asian or Pacific Islander: A person having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian
subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands. This area includes, for example, China, India, Ja- pan, Korea, the Philippine Islands, and
Samoa
Black: A person having origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa
Hispanic: A person of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin, regardless
of race
White: A person having origins in any of the original peoples of Europe, North Africa, or the Middle East (Lewitt & Baker,
1994).
Now that we have some context on how race transformed over centuries in the United States, let’s build on that understanding by
learning about the impacts of race and ethnicity. Race, and the given contexts of race in America plays a huge role in how children
and families will experience the world around them. Through racial grouping, identifiers such as minority groups were created.
Minority groups are people who receive unequal treatment and discrimination based on social categories such as age, gender,
sexuality, race and ethnicity, religious beliefs, or socio-economic class. For example, a large group of people may be a minority
group because they lack social power. The physical and cultural traits of minority groups “are held in low esteem by the dominant
or majority group which treats them unfairly” (Henslin, 2011, pg 217). The dominant group has higher power and status in society
and receives greater privileges. As a result, the dominant group uses its position to discriminate against those that are different.
White, middle class and European descendants represents the dominant group. Minority groups can garner power by expanding
political boundaries or through expanded migration though both of these efforts do not occur with ease and require societal support
from minority and dominant group members. The loss of power among dominant groups threatens not only their authority over
other groups but also the privileges and way of life established by the majority.Race can be a huge factor in how children will
experience education as well. When dissecting race using critical race theory, studies suggest that systems of oppression,
marginalization, racism, inequity, and discrimination are ingrained in policies, practices, institutions, and systems of education that
impacts children and families (Heard-Garris et al., 2018). Impacts of race and ethnicity can determine the resources a child have
access to, the type of education they receive, and the type of hardship they encounter.
Figure 8.2.2 : The hands of 3 people with different skin colors. (CC BY-SA 4.0; Ibex73 via Wikimedia)
Race and ethnicity can cause families of minority groups to experience stress that’s related to implications of race and ethnicity. For
an example, if a person is experiencing discrimination in the work place, and is eventually laid off, they may experience stress and
other mental health issues that trickles down to their interactions with their children. This will cause a stress response in their
children. Multiple studies have documented how the stresses of everyday discrimination on parents or other caregivers, such as
being associated with negative stereotypes, can have harmful effects on caregiving behaviors and adult mental health. And when
caregivers' mental health is affected, the challenges of coping with it can cause an excessive stress response in their children.
When considering what studies suggest, it’s important to understand that a huge portion of how children identify themselves come
from their race and ethnicity. Race, ethnicity, gender, and culture are all important identifiers. This all falls in to identity formation.
This formation process begins at birth, peaks during adolescence, and continues to develop throughout adulthood, thus allowing an
individual to fully negotiate multiple identities. There are so many moving parts to how identity formation works. For an example,
educators, including both White teachers and administrators, have an impact on the racial identity and development of African
American students. Research has documented that White teachers often treat their students differently and have different
expectations for them depending upon their gender, race, and perceived academic abilities. Black students frequently perceive that
8.2.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129790
teachers have lower academic expectations for them and higher academic expectations for White students. These issues are highly
problematic as teacher- student relations are viewed as a paramount dimension of the school environment (Decuir-Gunby 2009).
Students who are giving lower academic expectations are more likely to have lower academic achievement.
We ask this question. How important is ethnic identity for the developing child? There are so many factors that contributes to a
child developing low self-esteem. Can the negative effects of race and ethnicity be counteracted with teaching children to have a
high sense of ethnic identity? Analyses of data collected from 12,386 adolescents showed that ethnic identity is an important
qualifier of the relationships between independent variables of ethnicity and gender, and dependent variables of global self-esteem,
academic self-confidence, and purpose in life. Whites and Native Americans had lower ethnic identity, and Blacks and Hispanics
had higher ethnic identity. Asians and respondents of mixed ethnicity had intermediate levels of ethnic identity. The greater the
ethnic identity, the higher the self-esteem, purpose in life and self-confidence (Martinez & Dukes 1997).
Racism
The terms stereotype, prejudice, discrimination, and racism are often used interchangeably in everyday conversation, but
sociologists do not view them as the same. While prejudice is not necessarily specific to race, racism is a doctrine of racial
supremacy that sees one racial category as somehow superior or inferior to others. The Ku Klux Klan is a racist organization; its
members' belief in white supremacy has encouraged over a century of hate crime and hate speech.
According to Kendi (2020), racism is a marriage of racist policies and racist ideas that produces and normalizes racial inequities.
Kendi defines a racist as someone who is supporting a racist policy through their actions or inaction or expressing a racist idea.
Further, racial inequity is defined as when two or more race-ethnic groups are not standing on equal footing - which is a result of
racist policies or ideas (Kendi, 2020). For Kendi, the polar of a racist is an anti-racist, one who is supporting an anti-racist policy
through their actions or expressing an anti-racist idea. To say that one is not racist is a hollow statement as it is devoid of action.
Institutional racism refers to the way in which racism is embedded in the fabric of society. For example, the disproportionate
number of Black men arrested, charged, and convicted of crimes may reflect racial profiling, a form of institutional racism. (At the
end of this section, various types of racism are further defined, with examples).
Sociologists, in general, recognize "race" as a social construct. This means that, although the concepts of race and racism are based
on observable biological characteristics, any conclusions drawn about race on the basis of those observations are heavily influenced
by cultural ideologies. Racism, as an ideology, exists in a society at both the individual and institutional level.
While much of the research and work on racism during the last half-century or so has concentrated on "white racism" in the
Western world, historical accounts of race-based social practices can be found across the globe. Kendi reminds us though that a
person of any race-ethnic background could be racist. Racism can be broadly understood to encompass individual and group
prejudices and acts of discrimination that result in material and cultural advantages conferred on a majority or a dominant social
group. So-called "white racism" focuses on societies in which white populations are the majority or the dominant social group. In
studies of these majority white societies, the aggregate of material and cultural advantages is usually termed "white privilege."
Racism in the United States traces the attitudes, laws, practices and actions which discriminate against various groups in the United
States based on their race or ethnicity; while most white Americans enjoy legally or socially sanctioned privileges and rights which
have at various times been denied to members of other ethnic or minority groups. European Americans, particularly affluent white
Anglo-Saxon Protestants, are said to have enjoyed advantages in matters of education, immigration, voting rights, citizenship, land
acquisition, bankruptcy, and criminal procedure throughout United States history.
Racism against various ethnic or minority groups has existed in the United States since the colonial era. African Americans in
particular have faced restrictions on their political, social, and economic freedoms throughout much of United States history. Native
Americans have suffered genocide, forced removals, and massacres, and they continue to face discrimination. In addition, East,
South, and Southeast Asians along with Pacific Islanders have also been discriminated against. Hispanics have continuously
experienced racism in the United States despite the fact that many of them have European ancestry. Middle Eastern groups such as
Jews, Arabs, and Iranians continuously face discrimination in the United States, and as a result, some people who belong to these
groups do not identify as, and are not perceived to be, white.
8.2.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129790
Figure 8.2.3 : Protesters at a Black Lives Matter gathering. (CC BY-SA 4.0; WBPchur via Wikimedia)
Racism has manifested itself in a variety of ways, including genocide, slavery, segregation, Native American reservations, Native
American boarding schools, immigration and naturalization laws, and internment camps. Formal racial discrimination was largely
banned by the mid-20th century and over time, coming to be perceived as being socially and morally unacceptable. Racial politics
remains a major phenomenon, and racism continues to be reflected in socioeconomic inequality. In recent years research has
uncovered extensive evidence of racial discrimination in various sectors of modern U.S. society, including the criminal justice
system, business, the economy, housing, health care, the media, and politics. In the view of the United Nations and the U.S. Human
Rights Network, "discrimination in the United States permeates all aspects of life and extends to all communities of color."
A general definition of racism has been provided above. Yet, in reality, sociologists have identified multiple types of racism, which
are defined and described below. The analysis of these different types of racism provides more depth and complexity which can
help to better diagnose, critically analyze, and potentially remedy racism.
Thinking Sociologically
Color-blind racism is defined as the use of race-neutral principles to defend the racially unequal status quo. While a mainstream
definition of color-blindness suggests that race or racial classification does not affect a person's life chances or opportunities,
sociologists such as Bonilla-Silva argues that this more subtle form of racism ignores race and structural racism and is the dominant
ideology in the U.S. Yet, as shown below structural racism permeates every aspect of our lives, and color blind racism ignores the
structural inequalities that disproportionately affect people of color.
Example: "We are all equal" and "race doesn't matter" are phrases uttered and may sound but, but in reality these phrases ignore
structural problems such as the prison industrial complex, poverty, the wealth gap, and educational inequalities - all of which
hamper the life chances of people of color which means we do not all have equal chances.
How can we reach a point where our differences are acknowledged and even celebrated or where are unequal life experiences
are understood as real?
Environmental racism: Structurally analogous to environmental sexism, environmental racism involves a conceptual association
between people of color and nature that marks their dual subordination (Bullard & Wright, 1987). Environmental racism is seen in
the deliberate targeting of communities of color for toxic waste disposal and the siting of polluting industries(Ibid). It is racial
discrimination in the official sanctioning of the life-threatening presence of poisons and pollutants in communities of color (Ibid).
And, it is racial discrimination in the history of excluding people of color from the mainstream environmental groups, decision-
making boards, commissions, and regulatory bodies (Ibid).
Example: Government-sanctioned lead-contaminated drinking water in Flint, Michigan, disproportionately impacting the
African-American population.
What race-ethnic representation exists in your local, appointed and elected municipalities (government), including those that
regulate water and air pollution? What environmental groups exist in your community to provide checks on these governing
boards, particularly with regards to the communities populated by people of color?
Ideological racism: An ideology that considers a groups’ unchangeable physical characteristics to be linked in a direct, causal way
to psychological or intellectual characteristics and that, on this basis, distinguishes between superior and inferior groups (St. Jean &
Feagin, 1998).
8.2.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129790
Example: The justification of slavery as “saving” Africans from their homeland’s “primitive culture;” Manifest Destiny that
purported Euro-Americans God-given rights to the lands in the eastern United States at the expense of Native Americans who
were symbolized as “savages;” former President Trump’s statements on the campaign trail linking Mexicans to rapists and
criminals.
How can the stereotypes that shape ideological racism be challenged or changed - on an individual level, in our families, in the
media, and in society at large?
Internalized racism: Members of the target group are emotionally, physically, and spiritually battered to the point that they begin to
actually believe that their oppression is deserved, is their lot in life, is natural and right, and that it doesn’t even exist (Yamato,
2004).
Example: A person of color who hates their skin color and wishes to marry out of their race-ethnic group so their children will
be of lighter complexion. Another example: the root of the alcohol problem in Indigenous communities can be traced to the
effects of colonization, internalizing the colonizer’s message (i.e. American Indians are inferior or "savage").
In some communities and families, internalized racism has been in the works over centuries. What types of mental health
supports exist in your communities or schools that may serve to address internalized racism?
Inter-group or inter-personal racism: This is the racism that occurs between individuals or groups; it is the holding of negative
attitudes towards a different race or culture (Safe Places for the Advancement of Community and Equity). Interpersonal racism
often follows a victim/perpetrator model (Ibid). Within poor communities, ignorance and suspicion of groups or individuals of a
different race-ethnic background may result in tension between various race-ethnic groups.
Example: In urban spaces such as Los Angeles, Long Beach, Chicago, New York City, poor Latinx, Asian, and African
American gangs fight each other rather than the capitalist system that perpetuates class inequalities.
Can you identify examples of multiracial coalitions in your community? One such multiracial collective is Californians for
Justice, located in Oakland, San Jose, Fresno, and Long Beach, which is a statewide youth-powered organization fighting for
racial justice, particularly in our public schools.
Intra-group racism: Racist attitudes and behaviors against people of your “same racial group.” Colorism is a type of intra-group
racism which is the ranking or judgment of individuals based on skin tone (Schaefer, 2019).
Example: A light-skinned person of color who evaluates a dark-skinned person of color as inferior; a wealthy person of any
particular "race" who speaks pejoratively of less financially wealthy individuals in their "race."
Have you ever experienced colorism in your family, community, or social media? How did you respond to this colorism, or how
could have you responded to it?
Modern racism: White beliefs that serious anti-Black (or anti-Mexican, anti-Arab, anti-Asian, etc.) discrimination does not exist
today and that African Americans (or other communities of color) are making illegitimate demands for social changes. (St. Jean &
Feagin, 1998). This type of racism may be understood as color-blind racism.
Example: One white male (David C.) in the film, The Color of Fear, was sure he was not racist at all and sure that racism is a
thing of the past and only a figment in the imagination of the minds of African Americans, Latinos, Asian Americans, Pacific
Islanders, Native Americans, etc
In this film, through dialoguing with other men of color and white men, David C. barely begins to understand white privilege
and the systems of power that oppress people of color. Another male featured in the film, Roberto, acknowledges that
unmasking white privilege is painful, as he proclaims,"The cure of the pain is in the pain." How would you respond to someone
who proclaims that racism is not real, but is rather an illusion or a figment of one's imagination?
Structural racism/Systemic racism: A shorthand term for the many systemic factors that work to produce and maintain racial
inequities in America today. These are aspects of our history and culture that allow the privileges associated with “whiteness” and
the disadvantages associated with “color” to remain deeply embedded within the political economy. Public policies, institutional
practices and cultural representations contribute to structural racism by reproducing outcomes that are racially inequitable. (The
Aspen Institute)
Example: The criminal justice system contributes to systemic racism through over-policing of communities of color,
disproportionate police brutality experienced by people of color, and disproportionate mass incarceration of Black men.
The Summer 2020 protests called to dismantle systemic racism in this country, particularly in policing. What do you think
needs to happen to rid this country of system racism that is evident in our laws, schooling, mass media, criminal justice system,
8.2.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129790
political representation, employment patterns, etc.?
Subtle, covert racism: Hidden, camouflaged, pernicious racism.
Example: Merriam-Webster's Dictionary definitions of racially-coded labels such as Black, minority, and savage all contain
derogatory meanings.
What do you think is more harmful to our society: overt (obvious) racism or subtle, covert racism? While laws may address
overt racism such as hate crimes, addressing covert racism may be far more challenging. How might we raise children in a way
to prevent subtle, covert racism?
References
Bullard, R. D., & Wright, B. H. (1987). BLACKS AND THE ENVIRONMENT. Humboldt Journal of Social Relations, 14(1/2),
165–184.
DeCuir-Gunby, J. T. (2009). A Review of the Racial Identity Development of African American Adolescents: The Role of
Education. Review of Educational Research, 79(1), 103–124.
Heard-Garris, N.J., Cale, M., Camaj, L., Hamati, M.C., & Dominguez, T.P. (2018). Transmitting trauma: A systematic review of
vicarious racism and child health. Social Science & Medicine, 199, 230-240.
Henslin, J.M., (2011), Social Problems: A down to earth approach. 10th Ed. Pearson
Jablonski, N. G. (2012). Living color: The biological and social meaning of skin color. University of California Press.
Kendi, I.X., (2020). Stamped: Racism, antiracisim and you: A remix of the national book award winning stamped from the
beginning. Little Brown and Company. New York
Kottak, C., Kozaitis, K.A. (2012), On Being Different: Diversity and multiculturalism in the north american mainstream. 4th ed.
New York: McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Lewitt, E. M., & Baker, L. G. (1994). Race and Ethnicity: Changes for Children. The Future of Children, 4(3), 134–144.
8.2.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129790
Martinez, R.O., Dukes, R.L. The Effects of Ethnic Identity, Ethnicity, and Gender on Adolescent Well-Being. Journal of Youth and
Adolescence 26, 503–516 (1997).
Schaefer, R.T. (2019) Racial and Ethnic Groups. 15th Ed. Pearson
St. Jean, Y., & Feagin, J. R. (1998). The family costs of White racism: The case of African American families. Journal of
Comparative Family Studies, 29(2), 297–312.
Yamato, G. (2004). Something about the subject makes it hard to name. In M. L. Andersen & P. H. Collins (Eds.), Race, class, &
gender: An anthology (5th ed., pp. 99–103). Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.
This page titled 8.2: Racial Identity and Ethnicity is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Krischa
Esquivel, Emily Elam, Jennifer Paris, & Maricela Tafoya.
8.2.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129790
8.3: Children with Diverse Abilities and Special Needs
Children with Diverse Abilities and Special Needs
It is important to recognize and overcome societal and socialized limitations such as stereotypes and discrimination of children with
special needs and diverse abilities. According to U.S Census Bureau (Young, 2021), over three million children (4.3% of the under-
18 population) in the United States had a disability in 2019, up 0.4 percentage points since 2008. Linking back the previous
discussion, some racial groups had higher rates such as Native American and African American children. Connecting the data to
future discussion, children living in poverty have nearly double the rate of disability.
Children with disabilities or other special needs refers to children with a specific diagnosis, as well as children who do not have a
diagnosis but whose behavior, development, and/or health affect their family’s ability to maintain child care services. The disability
or special need may be as mild as a slight speech delay or as complex as a mixed diagnosis of motor challenges, vision impairment,
and cognitive delays. Special health care needs include a variety of conditions such as birth defects, neurological disorders, and
chronic illnesses that can be life threatening or impact daily living (e.g., cancer, sickle cell disease [or anemia], cystic fibrosis,
hemophilia, AIDS, diabetes, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis).
Historical Challenges
In Bronfenbrenner's Macrosystem there are many cultural and legislative challenges. Similarly to the discussion of stereotyping,
bias of ethnic groups, children with special needs have been the target of overt and covert discrimination as well. These
discriminations were often viewed as justified as a result of the child disability. In the US, the socialized view that children with
disabilities should be removed from society or eliminated promoted the eugenics movement as a humane necessity to the
misfortune of being born different with a special need. As recent as 1970, sterilization laws were legal for people with disabilities.
Issues advocates consider controversial with direct implications for children with special needs are limiting medical care to
children and adults with disabilities, and the use of prenatal testing to determine the presence of disabilities in embryos and fetuses
(Pullen, et al, 2020).
Only 50 years ago, children with disabilities seeking education could not attend public schools. This resulted in many children
being separated from their families and ecological systems only to be sent to private schools, isolated in separate classrooms or
institutionalized in appalling State centers. Advocates used the ruling from Brown v. Board of Education decision arguing disabled
children are entitled to the same rights applied to Black children in that landmark decision.
Critical Think
Thinking about macrosystem changes, what system reforms would you advocate for to support children and families with
special needs?
8.3.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129804
Individuals with Disabilities Education Act: 40 Years Later
Historical Legislation
In response to these observed outcomes, legislation was passed to support children with special needs. The Education for All
Handicapped Children Act of 1975 and The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) of 1990, established rights of
young children with disabilities and exceptionalities to receive a Free and Appropriate Education (FAPE) in the Least restrictive
Environments (LRE) to the extent possible, requiring children with disabilities to have access to the general education curriculum,
along with learning activities and settings that are available to their peers without disabilities. Corresponding federal legislation
applied to infants and toddlers (children birth to 3) and their families specifies that early intervention services and supports must be
provided in “natural environments,” generally interpreted to mean a broad range of contexts and activities that generally occur for
typically developing infants and toddlers in homes and communities. To learn more about IDEA Department of Education website.
8.3.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129804
Graduates of these programs often arrive in schools that do not have a culture or mechanism for educator collaboration. Many
schools also lack the resources to provide high-quality professional development to address gaps in teachers’ skills or knowledge.
Figure 8.3.1 : A Sailor plays with a child from the Association For the Welfare of the Disabled Day Care Center during a
community service project.
(CC BY-2.0; N. Ross Taylor via Wikimedia)
Reflection
What resources are available in your community for children with diverse abilities and their families.
Are there resources concentrated in one geographic area?
Are there resources for specific diverse abilities- physical, socio-emotional or cognitive?
References
Elliott, E. S., & Dweck, C. S. (1988). Goals: An approach to motivation and achievement. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 54(1), 5–12.
Hinshaw, S. (1992). Externalizing Behavior Problems and Academic Underachievement in Childhood and Adolescence: Causal
Relationships and Underlying Mechanisms. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 127-155.
Pullen, P., Hallahan, D., & Kauffman, J. (2020). Exceptional Learners. Oxford Review of Education.
U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Statistics. (2015). The Nation’s
Report Card: 2015 Math & Reading Assessments.
Young, N. A. E. (2021, March). Childhood Disability in the United States: 2019. U.S. Census Bureau.
Zeng, S., Pereira, B., Larson, A., Corr, C. P., O’Grady, C., & Stone-MacDonald, A. (2021). Preschool Suspension and Expulsion
for Young Children With Disabilities. Exceptional Children, 87(2), 199–216.
This page titled 8.3: Children with Diverse Abilities and Special Needs is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or
curated by Krischa Esquivel, Emily Elam, Jennifer Paris, & Maricela Tafoya.
11.1: Introduction by Krischa Esquivel, Emily Elam, Jennifer Paris, & Maricela Tafoya is licensed CC BY 4.0.
8.3.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129804
8.4: Socio-Economic Status
Socio-economic Status
Socio-economic status is a combination of a person's or family's economic and social position in comparison to others. This status
is measured by a person's income, education, and occupation. Furthermore, socio-economic status have been used to measure the
status of people, families and communities. There are three levels in which a person can be classified as. These includes low,
middle, and high. Economic inequality is becoming a big topic as researcher are making associations and connections to how the
flow of resources are being distributed amongst families and communities, and how fairness on a systemic level varies within the
three groups.
Socio-economic status can directly impact children’s experience with the world. There are associations between parenting styles,
and socio-economic status. Socio-economic status impacts environment, and in many cases, the culture of how adults parent their
children. High Socioeconomic Status parents tend to be more democratic, use reasoning, more open to children’s opinions, use
more expressions of warmth and affection, more communication, reasoning, and use of complex language. They also emphasize
creativity, happiness, ambition, independence, curiosity, and self-control. Low Socioeconomic Status tend to emphasize obedience,
respect, neatness, cleanliness, and staying out of trouble. They are also more controlling, authoritarian, arbitrary, and use physical
punishment. Even though this is researched information, there are still cultural and racial biases.
A house in Southeast Asia built with a straw roof and makeshift walls.
Figure 8.4.1 : A home in Thailand built with spare materials. (Public Domain; Pxhere)
Socio-economic status goes a step further in to the type of jobs parents have. The type of job parents has can result in the amount of
time they spend with their children, and resources they can assess to provide a higher quality life for their children. Middle-class
occupations deal with ideas and symbols, need to be skilled in interpersonal skills, and have more self-direction on how and what
to get done. These parents evaluate children’s behavior by considering motives and attitudes, and want their children to be
considerate, intellectually curious, responsible and self-controlled. In other words, their focus is on independency. Lower-class
occupations deal with physical objects, use less interpersonal skills, and have routine tasks with high level of supervision. These
parents evaluate children’s behavior based on immediate consequences & external characteristics, and want their children to have
good manners, to do well in school, and be obedient. Their focus is conformity.
The statistics on children and poverty are discouraging (DeNavas-Walt, 2009). Children under 18 represent 36% of all poor
Americans even though they constitute only 25% of the population. About 19% of U.S. children live in poverty, a figure that rises
to 44% for children living just with their mothers and to 53% for children under the age of 6 living just with their mothers. As with
many things, race and ethnicity play an important role: African American and Latino children are more than three times as likely as
non-Latino white children to live in poverty. Children under 18 years represent 23 percent of the population, but they comprise 33
percent of all people in poverty. Among all children, 44 percent live in low-income families and approximately one in every five
(22 percent) live in poor families (Jiang et al., 2015). Young children under age 6 years appear to be particularly vulnerable, with
48 percent living in low-income and 25 percent living in poor families. Being a child in a low-income or poor family does not
happen by chance. Parental education and employment, race/ethnicity, and other factors are associated with children experiencing
economic insecurity (Jiang et al., 2015). This fact sheet describes the demographic, socio-economic, and geographic characteristics
of young children and their parents. It highlights important factors that appear to distinguish low-income and poor children in this
age group from their less disadvantaged counterparts (Jiang et al., 2015).
A mother, father, boy and girl smiling and holing each other.
Figure 8.4.2 : You can't tell a family's socioeconomic status just by their appearance. (Public Domain; Pxhere)
Wealth is an important economic resource that families use to invest in their children It can be accessed to provide cash resources
or used as collateral for securing loans. Wealth is also a stock of resources and enables saving for future expenditures, such as
college education) (Miller et al., 2021). Qualitative work by Thomas Shapiro shows how parents leverage their wealth to make life-
changing investments in children, particularly in terms of residence in better neighborhoods and enrollment in better schools.
Models of family stress show that economic strain leads to increased psychological distress and interparental conflict (Miller et al.
2021). Parental distress and conflict are linked to harsher, more detached, and less nurturing, stimulating, and responsive parenting,
which in turn predicts worse outcomes for children, such as increased internalizing and externalizing problems and less advanced
cognitive and academic skills (Miller et al., 2021). Wealth can reduce economic strain by providing financial and psychological
security against economic crises, especially in times of hardship, such as unemployment or family breakup. Wealth can also
8.4.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133102
generate nonwork income (such as interest or dividend income) without time spent working, which frees up parental time to be
invested in enriching interactions with children (Miller et al., 2021).
Much research finds that poor children are at increased risk for behavioral, psychological, and health problems not only during
childhood and adolescence but also well into their adult years (Wagmiller & Adelman, 2009). In a type of vicious cycle, children
growing up in poor households are at greater risk of continuing to live in poverty after they reach adulthood.
Multiple factors influence social standing, however, people often assume hard work and effort leads to a high status and wealth.
Socialization reinforces the ideology that social stratification is a result of personal effort or merit (Carl, 2013). The concept of
meritocracy is a social ideal or value, but no society exists where the determination of social rank is purely on merit. Inheritance
alone shows social standing is not always individually earned. Some people have to put little to no effort to inherit social status and
wealth. Additionally, societies operating under a caste system where birth determines lifelong status undermines meritocracy. Caste
systems function on the structure that someone born into a low-status group remains low status regardless of their
accomplishments, and those born into high-status groups stay high status (Henslin, 2011). The caste system reinforces ascribed
status rather than achieved to ensure sustainment of multiple roles and occupations in society.
Multiple factors influence social standing, however, people often assume hard work and effort leads to a high status and wealth.
Socialization reinforces the ideology that social stratification is a result of personal effort or merit (Carl, 2013). The concept of
meritocracy is a social ideal or value, but no society exists where the determination of social rank is purely on merit. Inheritance
alone shows social standing is not always individually earned. Some people have to put little to no effort to inherit social status and
wealth. Additionally, societies operating under a caste system where birth determines lifelong status undermines meritocracy. Caste
systems function on the structure that someone born into a low-status group remains low status regardless of their
accomplishments, and those born into high-status groups stay high status (Henslin, 2011). The caste system reinforces ascribed
status rather than achieved to ensure sustainment of multiple roles and occupations in society.
In modern societies, there is evidence of merit based standing in academics and job performance but other factors such as age,
disability, gender, race, and region influence life’s opportunities and challenges for obtaining social standing. A major flaw of
meritocracy is how society measures social contributions. Janitorial and custodial work is necessary in society to reduce illness and
manage waste just as much as surgery is to keep people healthy and alive, but surgeons receive greater rewards than janitors do for
their contributions.
The United States hold the highest rate of childhood poverty than any other Western democracy. A major reason for this is that the
United States lacks the large, national programs other Western democracies have both for preventing poverty and for helping
children and adults already living in poverty. These programs include housing allowances, free or subsidized day care and
preschool programs, and some form of national health insurance. The experience of other Western democracies indicates that the
number of U.S. poor children and the problems they face are much higher than they need to be (Waldfogel, 2009).
Marx and Engels (1967) suggested there is a social class division between the capitalists who control the means of production and
the workers. In 1985, Erik Wright interjected that people can occupy contradictory class positions throughout their lifetime. People
who have occupied various class positions (e.g., bookkeeper to manager to chief operating officer) relate to the experiences of
others in those positions, and as a result may feel internal conflict in handling situations between positions or favoring one over
another. Late in the twentieth century, Joseph Kahl and Dennis Gilbert (1992) updated the theoretical perspective of Max Weber by
developing a six-tier model portraying the United States class structure including underclass, working-poor, working, lower middle,
upper middle, and capitalists. The social class model depicts the distribution of property, prestige, and power among society based
on income and education.
Each class lifestyle requires a certain level of wealth in order to acquire the material necessities and comforts of life (Henslin
2011). The correlation between the standard of living and quality of life or life chances (i.e., opportunities and barriers) influences
one’s ability to afford food, shelter, clothing, healthcare, other basic needs, and luxury items. A person’s standards of living
including income, employment, class, and housing effects their cultural identity.
Social class serves as a marker or indication of resources. These markers are noticeable in the behaviors, customs, and norms of
each stratified group (Carl 2013). People living in impoverished communities have different cultural norms and practices compared
to those with middle incomes or families of wealth. For example, the urban poor often sleep on cardboard boxes on the ground or
on sidewalks and feed themselves by begging, scavenging, and raiding garbage (Kottak and Kozaitis 2012). Middle income and
wealth families tend to sleep in housing structures and nourish themselves with food from supermarkets or restaurants.
8.4.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133102
How does income affect childhood brai…
brai…
References
Carl, J.D. (2013). THINK Social Problems, 2nd Ed. Pearson.
DeNavas-Walt, C., Proctor, B. D., & Smith, J. C. (2009). Income, poverty, and health insurance coverage in the United States:
2008 (Current Population Report P60-236). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
Henslin, J.M., (2011), Social Problems: A down to earth approach. 10th Ed. Pearson
Kahl, J.A., Gilbert, D. (1992). American Class Structure: A new synthesis. Wadsworth.
Kottak, C., Kozaitis, K.A. (2012), On Being Different: Diversity and multiculturalism in the north american mainstream. 4th ed.
New York: McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Marx, K., Engels, F. (1967). The Communist manifesto. Harmondsworth, Penguin
Miller, P., Podvysotska, T., Betancur, L., & Votruba-Drzal, E. (2021). Wealth and Child Development: Differences in Associations
by Family Income and Developmental Stage. RSF: The Russell Sage Foundation Journal of the Social Sciences, 7(3), 154–174.
Jiang, Y., Ekono, M., & Skinner, C. (2015). Basic Facts about Low-Income Children: Children under 6 Years, 2013. New York:
National Center for Children in Poverty, Mailman School of Public Health, Columbia University.
Wagmiller, R. L., & Adelman, R. M. (2009). Childhood and Intergenerational Poverty: The Long-Term Consequences of Growing
Up Poor. Columbia Academic Commons.
Waldfogel, J. (2010). Britain’s war on poverty. New York, NY: Russell Sage Foundation.
Attribution
Pressbooks. (2016, April 8). Introduction to Sociology: Understanding and changing the Social World. Openstax.
8.4: Socio-Economic Status is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
8.4.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133102
8.5: Gender Socialization
Gender Socialization
Previous sections identified several agents of socialization, including the family, peers, schools, the mass media, and religion.
While that chapter’s discussion focused on these agents’ impact on socialization in general, ample evidence of their impact on
gender-role socialization also exists. Sociologists should view gender as a social structure, in the same way we view race.
Note
As you watch the overview of gender theories, reflect on your earliest memories related to gender:
When was the first time you understood how your gender would affect your life?
How did your understanding of gender develop as you grew older, and as the world changed around you?
Were your own experiences related to gender positive or negative?
8.5.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116257
Theories of Gender: Crash Course Sociology #33
8.5.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116257
roles, while girls tend to play smaller, cooperative games such as hopscotch and jumping rope with fewer, more flexible rules.
Although girls are much more involved in sports now than a generation ago, these gender differences in their play as youngsters
persist and continue to reinforce gender roles. For example, they encourage competitiveness in boys and cooperation and trust
among girls. Boys who are not competitive risk being called “sissy” or other words by their peers. The patterns we see in adult
males and females thus have their roots in their play as young children (King et al., 1991).
In considering the debate discussed in the text between biology and sociology over the origins of gender roles, some widely
cited studies by sociologists over gender differences in children’s play and games provide evidence for the importance of
socialization.
Janet Lever (1978) studied fifth-grade children in three different communities in Connecticut. She watched them play and
otherwise interact in school and also had the children keep diaries of their play and games outside school. One of her central
aims was to determine how complex the two sexes’ play and games were in terms of such factors as number of rules,
specialization of roles, and size of the group playing. In all of these respects, Lever found that boys’ play and games were
typically more complex than girls’ play and games. She attributed these differences to socialization by parents, teachers, and
other adults and argued that the complexity of boys’ play and games helped them to be better able than girls to learn important
social skills such as dealing with rules and coordinating actions to achieve goals.
Meanwhile, Barrie Thorne (1993) spent many months in two different working-class communities in California and Michigan
observing fourth and fifth graders sit in class and lunchrooms and play on the school playgrounds. Most children were white,
but several were African American or Latino. As you might expect, the girls and boys she observed usually played separately
from each other, and the one-sex groups in which they played were very important for the development of their gender identity,
with boys tending to play team sports and other competitive games and girls tending to play cooperative games such as jump
rope. These differences led Thorne to conclude that gender-role socialization stems not only from practices by adults but also
from the children’s own activities without adult involvement. When boys and girls did interact, it was often “girls against the
boys” or vice versa in classroom spelling contests and in games such as tag. Thorne concluded that these “us against them”
contests helped the children learn that boys and girls are two different and antagonistic sexes and that gender itself is
antagonistic, even if there were also moments when both sexes interacted on the playground in more relaxed, noncompetitive
situations. Boys also tended to disrupt girls’ games more than the reverse and in this manner both exerted and learned
dominance over females. In all of these ways, children were not just the passive recipients of gender-role socialization from
adults (their teachers), but they also played an active role in ensuring that such socialization occurred.
The studies by Lever and Thorne were among the first to emphasize the importance of children’s play and peer relationships
for gender socialization. They also called attention to the importance of the traits and values learned through such socialization
for outcomes later in life. The rise in team sports opportunities for girls in the years since Lever and Thorne did their research
is a welcome development that addresses the concerns expressed in their studies, but young children continue to play in the
ways that Lever and Thorne found. To the extent children’s play has the consequences just listed, and to the extent these
consequences impede full gender inequality, these sociological studies suggest the need for teachers, parents, and other adults
to help organize children’s play that is more egalitarian along the lines discussed by Lever, Thorne, and other scholars. In this
way, their sociological work has helped to make a difference and promises to continue to do so.
Schools
School is yet another agent of gender socialization (Klein, 2007). First of all, school playgrounds provide a location for the gender-
linked play activities just described to occur. Second, and perhaps more important, teachers at all levels treat their female and male
students differently in subtle ways of which they are probably not aware. They tend to call on boys more often to answer questions
in class and to praise them more when they give the right answer. They also give boys more feedback about their assignments and
other school work (Sadker & Sadker, 1994). At all grade levels, many textbooks and other books still portray people in gender-
stereotyped ways. It is true that the newer books do less of this than older ones, but the newer books still contain some stereotypes,
and the older books are still used in many schools, especially those that cannot afford to buy newer volumes.
In the past, many schools were organized and structured along gender lines which socialized males and females differently. Even
though most schools are the integrated traditional disproportionate outcomes are still prevalent such where females focus on social
science fields for employment and males are more inclined to to focus on STEM (science, technology, engineering and
8.5.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116257
mathematics) subjects. These patterns can be observed with career and study choices already prior to entering the work force
(UNESCO, 2017).
This may be a product of societal influence, where children see behavioral cues from their teachers and caregivers signaling
differences in competencies for girls and boys in school years. This hidden curriculum is determinantal to girls and privileges boys
in classrooms. Research from suggests a teacher's own underlying beliefs about gendered behavior may cause them to act in favor
of the boys such as calling on them more in class or asking boys cognitively more complex questions. This ultimately leads to the
unfolding of a self-fulfilling prophecy in the academic and behavioral performances of the students (Hedges & Nowell, 1995).
Mass Media
Gender socialization also occurs through the mass media (Dow & Wood, 2006). On children’s television shows, the major
characters are male. On Nickelodeon, for example, the very popular SpongeBob SquarePants is a male, as are his pet snail, Gary;
his best friend, Patrick Star; their neighbor, Squidward Tentacles; and SpongeBob’s employer, Eugene Crabs. Of the major
characters in Bikini Bottom, only Sandy Cheeks is a female.
Figure 8.5.1 : Young person showing make-up on camera for social media followers. (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0; Jacob Lund via The
Noun Project)
As for adults’ prime-time television, more men than women continue to fill more major roles in weekly shows, despite notable
women’s roles in shows such as Insecure and Grey’s Anatomy. Women are also often portrayed as unintelligent or frivolous
individuals who are there more for their looks than for anything else. Television commercials reinforce this image (Yoder,
Christopher, & Holmes, 2008).
Cosmetics ads abound, suggesting not only that a major task for women is to look good but also that their sense of self-worth stems
from looking good. Other commercials show women becoming ecstatic over achieving a clean floor or sparkling laundry. Judging
from the world of television commercials, then, women’s chief goals in life are to look good and to have a clean house. At the same
time, men’s chief goals, judging from many commercials, are to drink beer and drive cars.
Women’s and men’s magazines reinforce these gender images (Milillo, 2008). Most of the magazines intended for teenaged girls
and adult women are filled with pictures of thin, beautiful models, advice on dieting, cosmetics ads, and articles on how to win and
please your man. Conversely, the magazines intended for teenaged boys and men are filled with ads and articles on cars and sports,
advice on how to succeed in careers and other endeavors, and pictures of thin, beautiful (and sometimes nude) women. These
magazine images again suggest that women’s chief goals are to look good and to please men and that men’s chief goals are to
succeed, win over women, and live life in the fast lane.
Gender Roles
Gender roles, refer to a society’s expectations of people’s behavior and attitudes based on whether they are females or males.
Understood in this way, gender, like race, is a social construction. How we think and behave as females and males is not etched in
stone by our biology but rather is a result of how society expects us to think and behave based on what sex we are. As we grow up,
we learn these expectations as we develop our gender identity, or our beliefs about ourselves as females or males.
The attitudes and expectations surrounding gender roles are not typically based on any inherent or natural gender differences, but
on gender stereotypes, or oversimplified notions about the attitudes, traits, and behavior patterns of males and females. We engage
in gender stereotyping when we do things like making the assumption that a teenage babysitter is female or that the principal of a
school is male.
While it is somewhat acceptable for women to take on a narrow range of masculine characteristics without repercussions (such as
dressing in traditionally male clothing), men are rarely able to take on more feminine characteristics (such as wearing skirts)
8.5.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116257
without the risk of harassment or violence. This threat of punishment for stepping outside of gender norms is especially true for
those who do not identify as male or female.
These expectations are called femininity and masculinity. Femininity refers to the cultural expectations we have of girls and
women, while masculinity refers to the expectations we have of boys and men. A familiar nursery rhyme nicely summarizes these
two sets of traits:
What are little boys made of?
Snips and snails,
And puppy dog tails,
That’s what little boys are made of.
What are little girls made of?
Sugar and spice,
And everything nice,
That’s what little girls are made of.
As this nursery rhyme suggests, our traditional notions of femininity and masculinity indicate that we think females and males are
fundamentally different from each other.
As mentioned earlier, gender roles are well-established social constructions that may change from culture to culture and over time.
In American culture, we commonly think of gender roles in terms of gender stereotypes, or the beliefs and expectations people hold
about the typical characteristics, preferences, and behaviors of men and women.
By the time we are adults, our gender roles are a stable part of our personalities, and we usually hold many gender stereotypes.
When do children start to learn about gender? Very early. By their first birthday, children can distinguish faces by gender. By their
second birthday, they can label others’ gender and even sort objects into gender-typed categories. By the third birthday, children
can consistently identify their own gender (see Martin, Ruble, & Szkrybalo, 2002, for a review). At this age, children believe sex is
determined by external attributes, not biological attributes. Between 3 and 6 years of age, children learn that gender is constant and
can’t change simply by changing external attributes, having developed gender constancy. During this period, children also develop
strong and rigid gender stereotypes. Stereotypes can refer to play (e.g., boys play with trucks, and girls play with dolls), traits (e.g.,
boys are strong, and girls like to cry), and occupations (e.g., men are doctors and women are nurses). These stereotypes stay rigid
until children reach about age 8 or 9. Then they develop cognitive abilities that allow them to be more flexible in their thinking
about others.
8.5.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116257
Figure 8.5.2 : Children develop the ability to classify gender very early in life.
There are also psychological theories that partially explain how children form their own gender roles after they learn to differentiate
based on gender. The first of these theories is gender schema theory. Gender schema theory argues that children are active learners
who essentially socialize themselves. In this case, children actively organize others’ behavior, activities, and attributes into gender
categories, which are known as schemas. These schemas then affect what children notice and remember later. People of all ages are
more likely to remember schema-consistent behaviors and attributes than schema-inconsistent behaviors and attributes. So, people
are more likely to remember men, and forget women, who are firefighters. They also misremember schema-inconsistent
information. If research participants are shown pictures of someone standing at the stove, they are more likely to remember the
person to be cooking if depicted as a woman, and the person to be repairing the stove if depicted as a man. By only remembering
schema-consistent information, gender schemas strengthen more and more over time.
Gender stigma awareness is the extent to which children, particularly adolescents, are cognizant of being judged by their gender
(e.g., boys are more delinquent than girls, boys are better at math; girls are more hardworking that boys, girls are not good at math)
affect how people perceive and interact with them. This this fear of gender stigma leads many boys to engage in risk taking
behaviors such fighting, delinquent behaviors, and substance abuse to prove their masculinity (Kwaning et al., 2021).
A second theory that attempts to explain the formation of gender roles in children is social learning theory. Social learning theory
argues that gender roles are learned through reinforcement, punishment, and modeling. Children are rewarded and reinforced for
behaving in concordance with gender roles and punished for breaking gender roles. In addition, social learning theory argues that
children learn many of their gender roles by modeling the behavior of adults and older children and, in doing so, develop ideas
about what behaviors are appropriate for each gender. Social learning theory has less support than gender schema theory—research
shows that parents do reinforce gender-appropriate play, but for the most part treat their male and female children similarly (Lytton
& Romney, 1991).
Activity
What did they decide to do?
What problems did it create?
Why did one doctor voice his concern?
What is your opinion of this?
Gender Differences
Differences between males and females can be based on (a) actual gender differences (i.e., men and women are actually different in
some abilities), (b) gender roles (i.e., differences in how men and women are supposed to act), or (c) gender stereotypes (i.e.,
differences in how we think men and women are). Sometimes gender stereotypes and gender roles reflect actual gender differences,
but sometimes they do not.
What are actual gender differences? In terms of language and language skills, girls develop language skills earlier and know more
words than boys; this does not, however, translate into long-term differences. Girls are also more likely than boys to offer praise, to
agree with the person they’re talking to, and to elaborate on the other person’s comments; boys, in contrast, are more likely than
girls to assert their opinion and offer criticisms (Leaper & Smith, 2004). In terms of temperament, boys are slightly less able to
suppress inappropriate responses and slightly more likely to blurt things out than girls (Else-Quest et al., 2006).
8.5.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116257
Figure 8.5.3 : Boys exhibit higher rates of unprovoked physical aggression than girls and are more likely to play organized rough-
and-tumble games. (CC BY-SA 2.0; Aislinn Ritchie via Flickr)
With respect to aggression, boys exhibit higher rates of unprovoked physical aggression than girls, but no difference in provoked
aggression (Hyde, 2005). Some of the biggest differences involve the play styles of children. Boys frequently play organized
rough-and-tumble games in large groups, while girls often play less physical activities in much smaller groups (Maccoby, 1998).
There are also differences in the rates of depression, with girls much more likely than boys to be depressed after puberty. After
puberty, girls are also more likely to be unhappy with their bodies than boys.
However, there is considerable variability between individual males and individual females. Also, even when there are mean level
differences, the actual size of most of these differences is quite small. This means, knowing someone’s gender does not help much
in predicting his or her actual traits. For example, in terms of activity level, boys are considered more active than girls. However,
42% of girls are more active than the average boy. Furthermore, many gender differences do not reflect innate differences, but
instead reflect differences in specific experiences and socialization. For example, one presumed gender difference is that boys show
better spatial abilities than girls. However, Tzuriel and Egozi (2010) gave girls the chance to practice their spatial skills (by
imagining a line drawing was different shapes) and discovered that, with practice, this gender difference completely disappeared.
Many domains we assume differ across genders are really based on gender stereotypes and not actual differences. Based on large
meta-analyses, the analyses of thousands of studies across more than one million people, research has shown: Girls are not more
fearful, shy, or scared of new things than boys; boys are not more angry than girls and girls are not more emotional than boys; boys
do not perform better at math than girls; and girls are not more talkative than boys (Hyde, 2005).
References
Dow, B. J., & Wood, J. T. (2006). The SAGE handbook of gender and communication. SAGE Publications, Inc.
Else-Quest, N. M., Hyde, J. S., Goldsmith, H. H., & Van Hulle, C. A. (2006). Gender differences in temperament: A meta-analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 132(1), 33–72. doi: 10.1037/0033-2909.132.1.33
Hedges, L. V., & Nowell, A. (1995). Sex differences in mental scores, variability, and numbers of high-scoring individuals.
Science, 269, 41–45.
Hyde, J. S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American Psychologist, 60(6), 581–592.
King, W. C., Miles, E. W., & Kniska, J. (1991). Boys will be boys (and girls will be girls): The attribution of gender role
stereotypes in a gaming situation. Sex Roles: A Journal of Research, 25(11-12), 607–623.
Klein, N. (2007). The Shock Doctrine: The rise of disaster capitalism. Metropolitan Books/Henry Holt and Company.
Kwaning K, Wong M, Dosanjh K, Biely C, Dudovitz R. (2021). Gender stigma awareness is associated with adolescent risky
health behaviors. PLoS ONE. 2021;16(5):1-12.
8.5.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116257
Leaper, C., & Smith, T. E. (2004). A meta-analytic review of gender variations in children’s language use: Talkativeness, affiliative
speech, and assertive speech. Developmental Psychology, 40(6), 993–1027.
Lever, J. (1978). Sex differences in the complexity of children's play and games. American Sociological Review, 43(4), 471–483.
Lindsey, L. L. (2011). Gender roles: A sociological perspective. Upper Saddle River, N.J: Pearson Prentice Hall.
Lytton, H., & Romney, D. M. (1991). Parents’ differential socialization of boys and girls: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin,
109(2), 267–296.
Maccoby, E. E. (1998). The two sexes: Growing up apart, coming together. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press/Harvard University
Press.
Marshall, H. H. (1989). The development of self-concept. Young Children, 44, 44-51.
Martin, C. L., Ruble, D. N., & Szkrybalo, J. (2002). Cognitive theories of early gender development. Psychological Bulletin,
128(6), 903–933.
Matsumoto, D. & Juang, L. (2013). Culture & Psychology (5th ed.). Cengage.
Milillo, D. (2008). Sexuality sells: A content analysis of lesbian and heterosexual women’s bodies in magazine advertisements.
Journal of Lesbian Studies, 12(4), 381-392.
Money, J., Hampson, J. G., & Hampson, J. (1955). An examination of some basic sexual concepts: The evidence of human
hermaphroditism. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 97, 301–319.
Sadker, M. P., & Sadker, D. M. (1994). Failing at fairness: How America's schools cheat girls. New York: C. Scribner's Sons.
Tenenbaum, H. R. (2009). 'You'd be good at that’: Gender patterns in parent-child talk about courses. Social Development, 18(2),
447–463.
Thorne, B. (1993). Gender play: Girls and boys in school. New Brunswick, N.J: Rutgers University Press.
Tzuriel, D., & Egozi, G. (2010). Gender differences in spatial ability of young children: The effects of training and processing
strategies. Child Development, 81(5), 1417–1430.
UNESCO (2017). Cracking the code: Girls’ and Women’s Education in Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics
(STEM).
Weinraub, M., Clemens, L., Sockloff, A., Ethridge, T., Gracely, E., & Myers, B. (1984). The development of sex role stereotypes in
the third year: Relationships to gender labeling, gender identity, sex-types toy preference, and family characteristics. Child
Development, 55, 1493-1503.
Yoder, J. D., Christopher, J., & Holmes, J. D. (2008). Are television commercials still achievement scripts for women? Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 32(3), 303-11
This page titled 8.5: Gender Socialization is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Rebecca Laff and
Wendy Ruiz.
4.3: Socialization and Gender by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
4.2: Gender Roles and Gender Stereotypes by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
8.5.8 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116257
8.6: Gender Expression and Sexual Orientation
Development of Sexual Orientation
According to current scientific understanding, individuals are usually aware of their sexual orientation between middle childhood
and early adolescence. However, this is not always the case, and some do not become aware of their sexual orientation until much
later in life. It is not necessary to participate in sexual activity to be aware of these emotional, romantic, and physical attractions;
people can be celibate and still recognize their sexual orientation. Some researchers argue that sexual orientation is not static and
inborn, but is instead fluid and changeable throughout the lifespan.
There is no scientific consensus regarding the exact reasons why an individual holds a particular sexual orientation. Research has
examined possible biological, developmental, social, and cultural influences on sexual orientation, but there has been no evidence
that links sexual orientation to one factor (APA, 2008). Biological explanations, that include genetics, hormones, and birth order,
will be explored further. Excess or deficient exposure to hormones during prenatal development has also been theorized as an
explanation for sexual orientation. One-third of females exposed to abnormal amounts of prenatal androgens, a condition called
congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH), identify as bisexual or lesbian (Cohen-Bendahan et al., 2005). In contrast, too little exposure
to prenatal androgens may affect male sexual orientation (Carlson, 2011).
Gender Expression
A person’s subjective experience of their own gender and how it develops, or gender identity, is a topic of much debate. It is the
extent to which one identifies with a particular gender; it is a person’s individual sense and subjective experience of being a man, a
woman, or other gender. It is often shaped early in life and consists primarily of the acceptance (or non-acceptance) of one’s
membership into a gender category. Gender roles and identity is largely a function of culture. Children learn to differentiae and
begin to identify these characteristics through the process of socialization.
Many countries such as Africa, India, Philippines and Sweden have a much more cultural permissiveness related to gender. Here is
a map of gender diverse countries and their traditions Gender Diverse Countries. Sweden is ranked as one of the most egalitarian
countries in the world, with a strong national equality discourse and a relatively high number of men engaging in traditionally
communal roles such as parenting and domestic tasks (Gustafsson Sendén et al., 2019).
Note
In some cultures, gender is seen as completely binary, a dichotomy. If your culture tends to view gender as binary, is one
gender dominant, or are the genders of equal value, as in the yin-yang symbol in Chinese culture?
What is your view now as you begin this discussion?
How are these expectations transmitted to children?
In most societies, there is a basic division between gender attributes assigned to males and females. In all societies, however, some
individuals do not identify with some (or all) of the aspects of gender that are assigned to their biological sex.
8.6.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116259
Those that identify with the gender that corresponds to the sex assigned to them at birth (for example, they are assigned female at
birth and continue to identify as a girl, and later a woman) are called cisgender. In many Western cultures, individuals who identify
with a gender that is different from their biological sex (for example, they are assigned female at birth but feel inwardly that they
are a boy or a gender other than a girl) are called transgender. Some transgender individuals, if they have access to resources and
medical care, choose to alter their bodies through medical interventions such as surgery and hormonal therapy so that their physical
being is better aligned with their gender identity.
Recent terms such as “genderqueer,” “genderfluid,” “gender variant,” “androgynous,” “agender,” and “gender nonconforming” are
used by individuals who do not identify within the gender binary as either a man or a woman. Instead they identify as existing
somewhere along a spectrum or continuum of genders, or outside of the spectrum altogether, often in a way that is continuously
evolving.
8.6.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116259
aiding and advocating for transgender youth.
Figure 8.6.1 : Two non-binary students looking at each other in the hallway. (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0; Zackary Drucker via Vice)
A safe school climate is essential for transgender, gender dysphoric, and gender non-conforming children, who likely experience
stress and anxiety due to their desire to transition or display themselves as a different gender. While many schools have become
more accepting and allow children to express their desired gender identity, current research shows that there is an increased amount
of harassment, bullying, indifference by school staff, and antigay victimization towards transgender and gender non-conforming
youth.
LGBTQ Parenting
LGBTQ parenting refers to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people raising one or more children as parents or foster
care parents. This includes: children raised by same-sex couples (same-sex parenting), children raised by single LGBTQ parents,
and children raised by an opposite-sex couple where at least one partner is LGBTQ. Within the microsystem, LGBTQ people can
become parents through various means including current or former relationships, co-parenting, adoption, donor insemination,
reciprocal IVF, and surrogacy.One of the most controversial issues concerning the family today is that of gay and lesbian
marriages. According to census data, about 800,000 same-sex couples now live together in the United States, and about one-fifth of
these couples are raising at least one child under age 18; the number of children being raised by same-sex couples is about 270,000
(Barkan, Marks, & Milardo, 2009). In the macrosystem, Five states permit same-sex marriage as of July 2010—Connecticut,
Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Iowa, and Vermont—along with Washington, DC. Several other states recognize civil unions or
provide some legal benefits to same-sex couples, but civil union status does not afford couples the full range of rights and
privileges that married couples enjoy. Thirty-two states have laws or constitutional amendments that ban same-sex marriage.
Internationally, same-sex marriage is permitted in Belgium, Canada, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, South Africa, Spain, and
Sweden.
Among other arguments, opponents of same-sex marriages say that they threaten the stability of the institution of marriage and that
children of same-sex couples fare worse in several respects than those raised by both their biological parents (Benne & McDermott,
2009). However, the social science evidence fails to support either of these two arguments. There is no evidence that heterosexual
marriages have been undermined in the five states that have legalized same-sex marriage. For example, Massachusetts, which has
allowed same-sex marriage since 2004, continues to have one of the lowest divorce rates in the nation. Regarding children of same-
sex couples, studies find that their psychological well-being is as high as those of children of heterosexual couples. As a review of
this body of research concluded, “Because every relevant study to date shows that parental sexual orientation per se has no
measurable effect on the quality of parent-child relationships or on children’s mental health or social adjustment, there is no
evidentiary basis for considering parental sexual orientation in decisions about children’s ‘best interest’” (Stacey & Biblarz).
Scientific research consistently shows that gay and lesbian parents are as fit and capable as heterosexual parents, and their children
are as psychologically healthy and well-adjusted as those reared by heterosexual parents despite the reality that considerable legal
discrimination and inequity remain significant challenges for these families. Major associations of mental health professionals in
the U.S., Canada, and Australia have not identified credible empirical research that suggests otherwise.
8.6.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116259
Figure 8.6.2 : Two fathers (an LGBT couple) with their son. (CC BY 4.0; MickeyMasters via Wikimedia)
Children of LGBT parents do not have any differences in their gender role behaviors in comparison to those observed in
heterosexual family structures. In fact, a study by Bos and Sandfort (2009) also revealed that children raised by same-sex couples
felt less pressured to follow gender stereotypes. But children may struggle with negative attitudes about their parents from the
harassment they may encounter by living in society.
Critical Reflection
What challenges might LGBTQ families face? What role might early childhood educators and their programs play in
supporting these families?
What resources in your community support LGBTQ families?
Trans Parenting
There is little to no visibility or public support through pregnancy and parenting resources directed towards trans parents. In the
case of trans individuals who desire to become parents and to be legally recognized as mothers or fathers of their children, courts
often refuse to legally acknowledge such roles because of biological discrimination.
Figure 8.6.3 : Ferndando Machado and Diane Rodriguez, who are both transgender, with their son Sununun. (CC BY-SA 4.0; Ceoti
via Wikimedia)
8.6.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116259
ambivalent sexism recognizes the complex nature of gender attitudes, in which women are often associated with positive and
negative qualities (Glick & Fiske, 2001). It has two components. First, hostile sexism refers to the negative attitudes of women as
inferior and incompetent relative to men. Second, benevolent sexism refers to the perception that women need to be protected,
supported, and adored by men. There has been considerable empirical support for benevolent sexism, possibly because it is seen as
more socially acceptable than hostile sexism.Gender inequality based on gender bias is found in varying degrees in most societies
around the world, and the United States is no exception.
As an individualist culture, North Americans believe that people should be free to pursue whatever family and career
responsibilities they desire but enculturation and stereotyping combine to limit the ability of girls and boys and women and men
alike to imagine less traditional possibilities.Different treatment by gender begins with parents. A meta-analysis of research from
the United States and Canada found that parents most frequently treated sons and daughters differently by encouraging gender-
stereotypical activities (Lytton & Romney, 1991). Fathers, more than mothers, are particularly likely to encourage gender-
stereotypical play, especially in sons. Parents also talk to their children differently based on stereotypes. For example, parents talk
about numbers and counting twice as often with sons than daughters (Chang, Sandhofer, & Brown, 2011) and talk to sons in more
detail about science than with daughters. Parents are also much more likely to discuss emotions with their daughters than their
sons.
Biased attributions lead to negative stereotyping and discrimination but being aware of your personal biases, as well as situations or
contexts where you experience bias helps reduce cultural. It is important to remember that biases are not permanent and can be
shaped and changed to limit their impact on our thoughts and behaviors (Dasgupta, 2013). Taking a culturally relativist perspective
is another way to reduce gender bias. When we consider the experiences of people who are different from us, we are less likely to
make negative and hasty judgments. Challenging and correcting gender stereotypes in everyday activities is another way that we
can reduce gender bias as individuals.
Gender inequality is found in varying degrees in most societies around the world, and the United States is no exception. Just as
racial/ethnic stereotyping and prejudice underlie racial/ethnic inequality so do stereotypes and false beliefs underlie gender
inequality.Globalization and cultural transmission has facilitated improvements in gender inequality but more can be done to
challenge traditional possibilities and increase the opportunities for both females and males. Women working full time often have
trouble making ends meet, so many are in low-paying jobs. One-parent families headed by a woman for any reason are much
poorer ($30,296 in 2008 median annual income) than those headed by a man ($44,358) according to Gadlla (2008). Additionally,
women also engage in a “second shift” of work at home; they take care of most of the household (cleaning and cooking), childcare
(homework, bathing, etc.), and additional family care responsibilities (such as caring for elderly parents). As many sociologists
note, this unequal distribution of unpaid labor is largely connected to traditional gender roles.Although stereotypes and beliefs have
weakened considerably since the 1970s thanks in large part to the contemporary women’s movement and the gay and lesbian rights
movements, they obviously persist and hamper efforts to achieve full gender equality.
8.6.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116259
Children may experience homophobic bullying in every agent of socialization. Some research suggest that identifying as an
LGBTQ youth was the most common reason for school victimization by their peers specifically in anti- social language towards the
youth (Hong & Garbarino, 2012).
Gay, lesbian, and bisexual people regularly experience stigma, harassment, discrimination, and violence based on their sexual
orientation (Carroll, 2016). Research has shown that gay, lesbian, and bisexual teenagers are at a higher risk of depression and
suicide due to exclusion from social groups, rejection from peers and family, and negative media portrayals of homosexuals
(Bauermeister et al., 2010). Socio- culturally, research suggest larger school setting, school settings that offer social group support
(affinity groups) offer more protective environments for LGBTQ youth. Teacher who are trained and involved report a lower rate of
harassment.
References
American Psychological Association (APA). (2008). Answers to your questions: For a better understanding of sexual Orientation
and Homosexuality. Washington, DC.
Barkan, S., Marks, S., & Milardo, R. (2009, September 22). Same-sex couples are families, too. Bangor Daily News.
Bauermeister, J. A., Johns, M. M., Sandfort, T. G., Eisenberg, A., Grossman, A. H., & D'Augelli, A. R. (2010). Relationship
trajectories and psychological well-being among sexual minority youth. Journal of youth and adolescence, 39(10), 1148–1163.
Benne, R., & McDermott, G. (2009). Gay marriage threatens families, children, and society. In R. Espejo (Ed.), Gay and lesbian
families (pp. 11–15). Farmington Hills, MI: Greenhaven Press.
Bos, H., & Sandfort, T. G. M. (2010). Children's gender identity in lesbian and heterosexual two-parent families. Sex Roles, 62(1),
114-126.
Carroll, J. L. (2016). Sexuality now: Embracing diversity. Australia: Cengage Learning.
Chang, A. Sandhofer, C., & Brown, C. S. (2011). Gender biases in early number exposure to preschool-aged children. Journal of
Language and Social Psychology.
Cohen-Bendahan, C. C. C., van de Beek, C., & Berenbaum, S. A. (2005). Prenatal sex hormone effects on child and adult sex-
typed behavior: Methods and findings. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 29(2), 353–384.
Dasgupta, N. (2013). Chapter Five - Implicit Attitudes and Beliefs Adapt to Situations: A Decade of Research on the Malleability
of Implicit Prejudice, Stereotypes, and the Self-Concept. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 47, 233-279.
Gadalla, T. M. (2008). Gender differences in poverty rates after marital dissolution: A longitudinal study. Journal of Divorce &
Remarriage, 49(3/4), 225–238.
Glick, P., & Fiske, S. T. (2001). An ambivalent alliance: Hostile and benevolent sexism as complementary justifications for gender
inequality. American Psychologist, 56(2), 109–118.
Gustafsson Sendén, M., Klysing, A., Lindqvist, A., & Renström, E. A. (2019). The (Not So) Changing Man: Dynamic Gender
Stereotypes in Sweden. Frontiers in psychology, 10, 37.
Hong, J., & Garbarino, J. (2012). Risk and Protective Factors for Homophobic Bullying in Schools: An Application of the Social-
Ecological Framework. Educational Psychology Review, 24(2), 271–285.
Human Right Campaign Foundation. (2019). Corporate Equality Index 2019: Rating Workplaces on Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual,
Transgender, and Queer Equality.
King M. (2019). Stigma in psychiatry seen through the lens of sexuality and gender. BJPsych international, 16(4), 77–80.
Lytton, H., & Romney, D. M. (1991). Parents’ differential socialization of boys and girls: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin,
109(2), 267–296.
National Coalition of Anti-Violence Programs, (2010). Hate Violence against Gay, Lesbian, and Transgender Communities affected
by HIV. New York New York.
Pasquesoone, V. (2014, April 14). 7 Countries Giving Transgender People Fundamental Rights the U.S. Still Won’t. MIC.
Ryle, Robyn . 2011. Questioning Gender: A Sociological Exploration. Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press.
8.6.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116259
Stacey, J., & Biblarz, T. J. (2001). (How) does the sexual orientation of parents matter? American Sociological Review, 66(2), 159–
183.
Tangmunkongvorakul, A., Banwell, C., Carmichael, G., Utomo, D., Sleigh, A. (2010). Sexual Identities and Lifestyles Among
Non-Heterosexual Urban Chiang Mai Youth: Implications for Heath. Cult Health Sex, 12(7).
Thorne, B. (1993). Gender Play: Girls and Boys in School. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.
Attribution
Pressbooks. (2016). Introduction to Sociology: Understanding and Changing the Social World. Openstax.
Boundless Psychology - Gender and Sexuality references Curation and Revision by Boundless Psychology, which is licensed under
CC BY-SA 4.0
Boundless Psychology - Gender and Sexuality references Curation and Revision by Boundless Psychology, which is licensed under
CC BY-SA 4.0
The Human Rights Campaign (2019).Transgender Children & Youth: Understanding the Basics. Retrieved from
https://www.hrc.org/resources/transgender-children-and-youth-understanding-the-basics
Lifespan Development: A Psychological Perspective by Martha Lally and Suzanne Valentine-French is licensed under CC BY-NC-
SA 3.0;
This page titled 8.6: Gender Expression and Sexual Orientation is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by
Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz.
4.5: Sexual Orientation by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
4.4: Gender Identity and Gender Expression by Rebecca Laff and Wendy Ruiz is licensed CC BY 4.0.
8.6.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/116259
8.7: Language
Language
Although language is tied greatly in to culture, language also helps children with their self identity. Both culture and language play
a role in children's self identity so you will see the two terms being mentioned together to explain the relationship they have with
identity. In recent years, there has been substantial scholarly work on the relationship between language – especially second
language or L2 – and identity. The common perception is that being proficient in another language can add a new personal identity
which inherits traits from the culture in which the language is spoken. We may acquire, along with linguistic skills, nonverbal
behaviors (i.e. learning how to bow when learning Japanese), cultural preferences in areas such as food or music, as well as a
fundamental worldview shared by native speakers of the language. However, we should be aware of the complex relationship
between language and culture, which is not the same for all languages. Learning English, for example, a language which
encompasses many different cultures, is quite different culturally from learning Japanese, closely associated with just one country.
Figure 8.7.1 : Woman showcasing cultural heritage. (Public Domain; HAROLDPH via Pixabay)
Modern theories of language and identity have moved away from the focus on the individual psychological effect of second
language acquisition to a greater concern with sociological and cultural dimensions. Contemporary scholars study how language
learners construct identity depending on the time and place in which they are using the L2. David Block, one of the leading
scholars in the area of language and identity, points out that issues of self-identity arise often when individuals move across socio-
cultural and language borders. In this sense, says Block, identity can be seen as "contested in nature as the new and varied input
provided to the individual serves to disturb taken-for-granted points of reference" (Block, 2007, p. 20). Block and Cameron (2002)
used the term "critical experience" to refer to such periods in one's life:
By critical experiences, I mean periods of time during which prolonged contact with an
L2 and a new and different cultural setting causes irreversible destabilization of the
individual sense of self. There is, in a sense, an element of before and after in critical
experiences as the individual's socio-historical, cultural and linguistic environment, once
well defined and delimited, becomes relatively ill-defined and open-ended (Block &
Cameron, 2002, p. 4).
In such cases, argues Block, it's not a question of discarding one's identity and substituting something new. Rather the result is what
has come to be known as "hybrid" or "third place" identities. This hybrid identity creates a subject position that provides insights
into different linguistic and cultural worlds. However, it can also lead to feelings of uncertainty and ambivalence, in particular for
8.7.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129820
migrants, who strive to keep aspects of their home culture while learning a new language and adapting to a new way of life. In
order to construct a coherent life narrative, we seek to resolve internal conflict and assuage feelings of ambivalence. In that sense,
there is a recognition that as individuals we can make choices in terms of self-identity (see sidebar). We tend to take on different
available identities depending on need and context. Block points out, however, that in contrast to the open choice of products in a
supermarket, we are constrained in our choice of identity by factors such as social hierarchies, educational systems, or government
policies. The language choices we make are influenced by a variety of factors. Socio-economic and historical contexts may play
significant roles. In formally colonized nations, the language of the colonizer acquired a hegemony over the local languages, which
continued even after the colonizer had left. This in turn left a significant impact on the identity that the speakers of the language of
the colonizer assumed or were attributed. The speakers of the language of the colonizer were considered to be socially superior or
higher up in society than speakers of the local language.
The cultural anthropologist, Gordon Matthews, argues that identities are not entities into which one is "raised"; rather, one
"assumes" an identity and then works on it. Identity is thus seen to develop in what Matthews calls the cultural supermarket:
just as the modern supermarket offers foods from all over the world, in all shapes and sizes, so the international media and
advanced technology together make available to individuals around the world a range of identities to be assumed.
Block, 2007, pp. 21-22
The dynamics of identity formation has led to an interest within applied linguistics in what is called the imagined community that
language learners may aspire to join when they learn a new language (Anderson, 1991). The imagined community may be a
reconstruction of a past culture or a construct of the imagination, a desired community that offers a range of possible identities for
the future. Often language learners are motivated by such imagined futures and may develop extensive fictional personae around
these possible future selves: "An imagined community presupposes an imagined identity—one that offers an enhanced range of
possibilities for the future" (Pavlenko & Norton, 2007, p. 598). Learners of French might envision a future in which they live in
Paris and are fluent enough in French to converse in cafés and to read French poetry in the original. The "imagined self" available
through a second language might involve personal growth (Dörnyei, 2009). Pavlenko & Norton (2007) cite research that has shown
that "many young Japanese women consider English to be intrinsically linked to feminism and thus are motivated to learn it as a
language of empowerment" (p. 597). In fact, in many parts of the world English has become the language which represents
opportunities for personal growth and professional advancement (Lin & Byram, 2016). At the same time, English may be seen as
an instrument of colonialism and imperialism and as a repressive force on the development of indigenous cultures.
Another intersection of language, place, and identity is represented in the concept of linguistic landscapes, the often multilingual
urban signage now encountered in cities throughout the world (Shohamy & Gorter, 2008). An analysis of signs in particular
neighborhoods can reveal the dynamics of different language and ethnic communities. Examining the changes over time, as Dutch
scholar Jan Blommaert has done for his neighborhood in Amsterdam, can show not only how neighborhoods change but also how
they identify themselves linguistically (2013). This interest in signs is a branch of semiotics, the science of signs and their
significance. Increasingly linguists are looking beyond traditional uses of language to "multimodal" understanding of how
communication takes place and how identities are created through language use in context and in combination with other modes of
communication.
8.7.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129820
Figure 8.7.2 : In culturally diverse cities such as New York, many different languages are used for public signs. (CC BY 2.0; MK
Feeney via Wikimedia)
References
Anderson, J. R. (1991). The adaptive nature of human categorization. Psychological Review, 98(3), 409–429.
Block, D. (2007). Second Language Identities. Journal of Language, Identity and Education 9 (3)
Block, D., & Cameron, D. (2002). Globalization and language teaching. London and New York: Routledge.
Blommaert, J. (2013). Ethnography, Superdiversity and Linguistic Landscapes: Chronicles of complexity. Tilburg Papers in Culture
Studies.Tilburg University
Dornyei, Z. (2009). Individual Differences: Interplay of Learner Characteristics and Learning Environment. Language Learning. A
Journal of Research in Language Learning 59(1). University of Michigan
Lin, W., Byram, M. (2016). New Approaches to English Language and Education in Taiwan: Cultural and Intercultural
Perspectives. Tung Hua Book Company, 1st Ed
Pavlenko, A., Norton, B. (2007). Imagined Communities, Identity, and English Language Learning. International Handbook of
English Language Teaching. Springer International Handbooks of Education, Vol 15. Springer, Boston, MA.
Shohamy, E., & Gorter, D. (Eds.). (2008). Linguistic Landscape: Expanding the scenery 1st ed. Routledge.
This page titled 8.7: Language is shared under a CC BY-NC license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Robert Godwin-Jones.
2.2: Judging and Treating Others Fairly by Robert Godwin-Jones is licensed CC BY-NC 4.0.
8.7.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129820
8.8: Bilingual Children and Codeswitching
Dual Language Learners
Dual language learners (DLLs) are children under the age of five who have at least one parent or guardian who speaks a language
other than English at home and are mastering their native language proficiency while learning English simultaneously. The
population of dual language learners (DLLs) is growing rapidly. 62 percent of DLLs are Hispanic, 16 percent are White, 15 percent
are Asian, and 16 percent are Black. Spanish is by far the most prevalent language spoken in DLLs households and is spoken by 60
percent of parents of DLLs (Park, Zong, and Batalova, 2018). DLLs are significantly more likely to live in poverty with 31 percent
of DLLs living in families with incomes below the poverty line. In comparison, 22 percent of non DLLs live in families below the
poverty line. DLL parents are likely to have lower academic attainment with 26 percent holding less than a high school diploma.
Overall, 77 percent of DLLs are likely to have a better two parent family structure which can lead to having more access to
resources for child care and supervision. While DLLs usually have a family structure of two parents, 24 percent of DLLs live in
linguistically isolated households and have limited English proficiency. In this case, all members of the family speak English less
than well, which leads to having limited resources to educational, medical and other critical services (Park, Zong, and Batalova,
2018).
Dual language learners learn and develop differently than monolingual children. Cognitively, bilingual children may process things
differently which has an influence on how they problem solve and learn language and literacy skills. It is not surprising that the
linguistic development of bilingual children is different from that of their monolingual peers, but increasing evidence shows that
nonverbal cognitive development is also affected by bilingualism. Linguistic tasks are often performed more poorly by bilingual
children than monolinguals, especially assessments of vocabulary (Barac & Bialystok, 2012). Some studies suggest that bilingual
advantage was due to socioeconomic differences between bilingual and monolingual child. There is no doubt that socioeconomic
status (SES) is a powerful influence on executive control, but it does not undermine the body of literature for which bilingual
advantages have been recorded (Barac & Bialystok, 2012).
Figure 8.8.1 : Three children tinker with small objects. (CC BY-SA 2.0; Bakken Museum via Minneapolis2040)
Code Switching
Children who are bilingual or dual language learners who are able to converse entirely in one or the other of the two languages they
speak often switch back and forth between the two languages. An example would be “I put the forks en las mesas”, meaning, “I put
the forks on the tables” (Woolford (1983). This is an example of code switching.
In speech development of multilingual children, not only two or more linguistic forms are acquired, but also the socialization to the
rules and expectations that accompany the usage of those languages (Klapicova, 2017). Children are developing through language,
and social rules. Socialization can be viewed as the learning of given social rules through which social structures are reproduced,
and as the acquisition of the motivation to practice these structures in role performance (Klapicova, 2017). Code switching for
bilingual and multilingual learners is the result of developing language and maneuvering through social rules. The child is seen as
beginning life as a social being within already defined social network; through the growth of communication and language, the
child, in interaction with others constructs a social world and it is through these verbal and communicative processes as
conversational exchanges that social action itself is constituted (Klapicova, 2017). Code switching is used by its speakers to
communicate,for social purposes, and even as a form of cultural capital as discussed in the theories section (Spears, 2015).
Below is an example of codeswitching.
8.8.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/136122
Paul, Delaney, Paul's mother and Paul's father going to visit Paul and Stephanie's grandparents and pick up Stephanie, who spent
the afternoon there. Paul's father is trying to park the car in front of the grandparents' house.
Paul's father (to Paul): "Mozeme tuto zaparkovat? Zmestime sa tu?" (Can we park here? Shall we fit in here?)
Paul (to his father): Ano, zmestime sa." (Yes, we'll fit in here.)
Paul (to Delaney): Grandma!
Delaney: That's where Stevka is?"
Paul: No, grandma.
While commenting on the parking space with his father, Paul made sure Delaney did not feel left out from the conversation and
even though he did not translate what the matter he and his father were discussing was, he found a different topic to talk about with
Delaney: who the house they stopped at belonged to. As Delaney assumed that's where Stephanie had spent the day, she asked Paul
whether that was the case. However, in that moment, Paul found it relevant to emphasize that was where the grandmother was, not
his sister (Klapicova, 2017).
The idea of code switching has developed in to a broad concept that impacts many minorities socially and psychologically. Code-
switching involves adjusting one’s style of speech, appearance, behavior, and expression in ways that will make others feel more
comfortable in exchange for fair treatment, quality service, and employment opportunities. For an example: When a Black person
is with their friends, they may speak more comfortably using informal language and body language, but when in the presence of a
White officer, they may code switch in to a more formal English language as a survival instinct. Studies points to code switching
being used frequently in the workplace which is a sign of a lack of equity and inclusion. While more in-depth studies are needed to
expand the theory of cultural code switching, studies point to many minorities being impacted by this growing idea.
References
Barac, R., & Bialystok, E. (2012). Bilingual Effects on Cognitive and Linguistic Development: Role of Language, Cultural
Background, and Education. Child Development, 83(2), 413–422.
Klapicova, E. H. (2017). Social Aspects of Code-switching In Bilingual Children. SKASE Journal of Theoretical Linguistics 14(2)
Park, M., Zong, J., and Batalova, J. (2018). Growing Superdiversity Among Young U.S. Dual Language Learners and It’s
Implications. Migration Policy Institute
Woolford, E. (1983). Bilingual Code-Switching and Syntactic Theory. Linguistic Inquiry, 14(3), 520–536.
Attributions
Schull, C. P., La Croix, L., Miller, S. E., Austin, K. S., & Kidd, J. K. (n.d.). Early Childhood Literacy: Engaging and Empowering
Emergent Readers and Writers, Birth – Age 5. The Virtual Library of Virginia.
8.8: Bilingual Children and Codeswitching is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
8.8.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/136122
8.9: Age
In middle-class U.S. families, children are often not regarded as capable of caring for themselves or tending another child until
perhaps age 10 (or later in some regions). In the U.K., it is an offense to leave a child under age 14 years without adult supervision
(Subbotsky, 1995). However, in many other communities around the world, children begin to take on responsibility for tending
other children at ages 5–7 (Rogoff et al, 1975), and in some places even younger children begin to assume this responsibility. For
example, among the Kwara’ae of Oceania, three year olds are skilled workers in the gardens and household, excellent caregivers of
their younger siblings, and accomplished at social interaction. Although young children also have time to play, many of the
functions of play seem to be met by work. For both adults and children, work is accompanied by singing, joking, verbal play and
entertaining conversation. Instead of playing with dolls, children care for real babies. In addition to working in the family gardens,
young children have their own garden plots. The latter may seem like play, but by three or four years of age many children are
taking produce they have grown themselves to the market to sell, thereby making a significant and valued contribution to the
family income. (Watson-Gegeo, 1990, p. 87)
Figure 8.9.1 : In some cultures, it is the norm for the older siblings to raise the younger ones. (CC BY-SA 4.0; Basile Morin via
Wikimedia)
When do children’s judgment and coordination allow them to handle sharp knives safely? Although U.S. middle-class adults often
do not trust children below about age 5 with knives, among the Efe of the Democratic Republic of Congo, infants routinely use
machetes safely (Rogoff, 2003). Likewise, New Guinea infants handle knives and fire safely by the time they are able to walk
(Rogoff, 2003). Parents of Central Africa teach 8- to 10-month-old infants how to throw small spears and use small pointed digging
sticks and miniature axes with sharp metal blades: Training for autonomy begins in infancy. Infants are allowed to crawl or walk to
whatever they want in camp and allowed to use knives, machetes, digging sticks, and clay pots around camp. Only if an infant
begins to crawl into a fire or hits another child do parents or others interfere with the infant’s activity (Rogoff, 2003). It was not
unusual, for instance, to see an eight month old with a six-inch knife chopping the branch frame of its family’s house. By three or
four years of age children can cook themselves a meal on the fire, and by ten years of age, children know enough subsistence skills
to live in the forest alone if need be. (Rogoff, 2003). This evidence shows that children's wide range of abilities are linked to
cultural practices, and many of our cultural practices either put limitations on what we allow children to do, or enhance children's
abilities. Rogoff & Chavajay discussed how cultural practices relate to the development of ways of thinking, remembering,
reasoning, and problem solving. (1995). What children are learning from a young age can impact how they learn, develop, and
determine their practical skills during their later ages.
References
Rogoff, B. (2003). The Cultural Nature of Human Development. Oxford University Press, Inc. New York, New York.
Rogoff, B., & Chavajay, P. (1995). What's become of research on the cultural basis of cognitive development? American
Psychologist, 50(10), 859–877.
Rogoff, B., Sellers, M. J., Pirrotta, S., Fox, N., & White, S. H. (1975). Age of Assignment of Roles and Responsibilities to
Children: A Cross-Cultural Survey. Human Development, 18(5), 353–369.
Subbotsky, Eugene. (1995). The Development of Pragmatic and Non-Pragmatic Motivation. Human Development. 38. 217-234.
Watson-Gegeo, K. A. (1990). The social transfer of cognitive skills in Kwara’ae. Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of
Comparative Human Cognition, 12, 86–90.
8.9.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/138953
8.9: Age is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
8.9.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/138953
8.10: Media Influences on Children
Media Technology and Socialization
Media's changing landscape has a profound affect on socialization. Media technology includes screen media (television & motion
pictures), print (magazines & books) audio and multimedia inclusive of computers and phones. As discussed earlier in the chapter,
it is an agent of socialization that impacts beliefs, attitudes and behaviors. Media has the ability to influence our political views; our
tastes in popular culture; our views of women, people of color, and the LGBTQ+ community; and many other beliefs, behavior and
practices. This was evident in recent years during the chronosystem shift employing new technology utilized during COVID- 19.
Children and families became even more reliant on media technology for information, socialization and remote learning due to
school closures. The proliferation of digital media platforms and apps became the lifeline to society for sharing news and
connecting the global world.
Media Consumption
Figure 8.10.1 :Children using tablets. (CC BY-NC 4.0; Allison Shelley, EDUImages)
The current generation of children are digital natives- meaning they have never know a time without digital technology.
Entertainment, education, and socialization opportunities have been literally at their fingertips 24 hours a day. Although media
estimates vary, current research from Common Sense Media (Rideout & Robb, 2020), offer these insights on media consumption of
children related to age, income, race, and type of preference media:
Children from birth to age 8 use about two and a half hours (2:24) of screen media a day. Daily use ranges from 49 minutes
among those younger than 2, to two and a half hours (2:30) among 2- to 4-year-olds, and more than three hours (3:05) among 5-
8.10.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
to 8-year-olds.
More than a third (34%) of children age 8 and younger watch online videos every day, up from 24% three years ago. Nearly
half (46%) of 2- to 4-year-olds and more than two-thirds (67%) of 5- to 8-year-olds have their own mobile device (tablet or
smartphone), making online viewing even more accessible.
Children in lower-income households spend an average of nearly two hours a day more with screen media than those in higher
income homes (3:48 vs. 1:52).
Both the frequency and amount of time spent reading among children from lower-income households have increased. The
proportion of children in lower-income households who are daily readers—that is, who read or are read to every day—has
increased by 10 percentage points over the past three years, from 40% to 50%.
For the first time since we began the census, online video viewing dominates kids’ screen time. Our youngest kids are spending
39 minutes a day watching online videos on platforms like YouTube and TikTok, up from only 19 minutes in 2017. The growth
in mobile device access is driving this increase, as nearly half of 2- to 4-year-olds and more than two-thirds of 5- to 8-year-olds
have their own tablet or smartphone.
Types of Media
At the beginning of the 20th century, neither television nor the Internet existed. There were no commercial radio stations, no
roadside billboards, no feature films, and certainly no smartphones. People were dependent on newspapers and magazines for their
knowledge of the outside world. In the last generation during the digital explosion, media saturates all aspects of life from
children's bedrooms to schools to senior living communities. Mass media have allowed for more shared social experiences, but new
media now create a seemingly endless amount of airtime for any and every voice that wants to be heard. Advertising has also
changed with technology. New media allow consumers to bypass traditional advertising venues and cause companies to be more
innovative and intrusive as they try to gain our attention.
Traditional Media
Traditional media encompasses all the means of communication that existed before the Internet and new media technology,
including printed materials (books, magazines, and newspapers), broadcast communications (television and radio), film, and music.
New media, on the other hand, includes electronic video games and entertainment, the Internet, and social media. Although
different forms of mass media rise and fall in popularity, it is worth noting that despite significant cultural and technological
changes, none of the media discussed throughout this text has fallen out of use completely.
The publishing industry has also suffered from the effects of new technology (although newspaper readership has been in decline
since the introduction of television and radio). When newspapers began developing online versions in response to competition from
cable television, they found themselves up against a new form of journalism: amateur blogging. Initially dismissed as unreliable
and biased, blogs have gained credibility and large readerships over the past decade, forcing traditional journalists to blog and
tweet in order to keep pace (which allows less time to check that sources are reliable or add in-depth analysis to a story).
Traditional newspapers are also losing out to news aggregators such as Google News, which profit from providing links to
journalists’ stories at major newspapers without offering financial compensation to either the journalists or the news organizations.
Many newspapers have adapted to the Internet out of necessity, fighting falling circulation figures and slumping advertising sales
by offering websites, blogs, and podcasts and producing news stories in video form. Those that had the foresight to adapt to the
new technology are breathing a sigh of relief; a 2010 Pew Research Center report found that more Americans receive their news
8.10.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
via the Internet than from newspapers or radio sources, and that the Internet is the third most popular news source behind national
and local television news.
New Media
Initially conceived as an attack-proof military network in the 1960s, the Internet has since become an integral part of daily life.
With the development of the World Wide Web in the 1980s and the introduction of commercial browsers in the 1990s, users gained
the ability to transmit pictures, sound, and video over the Internet. Since then, it is almost impossible to overstate the influence the
Internet has had on media over the past four decades. Media has become a primary socialization factor utilizing cinema, radio,
television, video, computer, Internet, mobile communication which has influenced a generational cohort during crucial
developmental tasks. Different types of media matter at each stage, for example a teenager may feel excluded from their peer group
without a smart phone. On the other hand, technology keeps evolving over time and offers increasing access to media and to a
larger variety of media content to our youngest children. Novel forms of access through new digital devices shape the current
media habits of new generations.
Advantages of Media
The availability of media for children provide them with access to formal and informal educational programming, low cost
entertainment and leisure, and a fully connect life with peers and family. These benefits will be explored here.
The saturation of media technology for children has offered well-designed television programs, such as Sesame Street, which can
improve cognitive, literacy, and social outcomes for children 3 to 5 years of age. Evaluations of apps from Sesame Workshop and
the Public Broadcasting Service (PBS) also have shown efficacy in teaching literacy skills to preschoolers. These high quality
programs can be learning tools (Santomero, 2018). Digital books, which are books that can be read on a screen, often come with
interactive enhancements that, research suggests, may decrease child comprehension of content or parent dialogic reading
interactions when visual effects are distracting. Parents should, therefore, be instructed to interact with children during eBook
reading, as they would a print book (Radesky, J., & Christakis, D., 2016).
Figure 8.10.2 : A computer screen shows a second-grade teacher leading a lesson for her remote learning students. (CC BY-NC 4.0;
Allison Shelley via EDUimages)
In the era of COVID -19, access to computers and technology supported informal and formal learning for most children. In a 2021
Census Bureau survey (McElrath, 2020), 93% of households had a child learning online. As a result, education has changed
dramatically, with the rise of online learning where teachers provide instruction to students remotely using various digital
8.10.3 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
platforms. A growing number of research studies suggests that online learning has been shown to increase retention of information,
take less time, and has helped keep children in school.
In addition to speed, reach, and cost, online media delivery enables a wider range of voices and perspectives on any subject.
Through nontraditional media such as blogs and Twitter, people can put their own personal slant on current events, popular culture,
and issues that are important to them without feeling obliged to remain neutral. A study by the Pew Research Center (2010) found
that nontraditional media sources report on a wider variety of stories than traditional media, enabling individual sites to develop
their own personality and voice. The study also discovered that these online sources focus on highly emotional subject matter that
can be personalized by the writers and shared in the social forum. By opening up blogs and social media sites to online discussion
or debate, bloggers enable readers to generate their own content, turning audiences from passive consumers into active creators. In
this way, knowledge becomes a social process rather than a one-way street—the blogger posts an opinion, a reader comments on
the blogger’s opinion, the blogger then evaluates the reader’s comment and revises his or her perspective accordingly, and the
process repeats itself until an issue has been thoroughly explored. Many bloggers also provide links to other blogs they support or
enjoy reading, enabling ideas with merit to filter through various channels on the Internet.
Challenges of Media
Disparity and Digital Divide
Although media technology use has become ubiquitous in our culture, some children do not have access to the opportunities of
media, causing them to miss out on educational and economic opportunities. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics
(Radesky, J., & Christakis, D., 2016), approximately 37% of lower income households do not have a computer. This is significant,
at time when remote learning has become essential, and given the achievement gaps for low income children, disproportionately
comprised of Black and Brown children, this failure to stem the divide could be devastating. Society not addressing this gap
between people who can afford personal computers and access to the web and people who cannot is known as the digital divide.
These disparities mean that people with lower incomes and educational levels are at a disadvantage when it comes to accessing
educational opportunities, information, news, and computer-related skills that might help them navigate society.
The 2020 pandemic demonstrated how access to technology and use of technology influences the ability of children to acquire to
learning virtual settings. Some teachers held synchronous video-conference sessions. Yet, accessibility to learning experience for
children was not equitable. Some children may not have had the opportunity to participate in the synchronous sessions with their
classmates and viewed recordings of the read aloud experience. Other students might not have access to an appropriate device or
wifi. A family’s economic capacity to mitigate and successfully utilize technology varied greatly, and resulted in uneven access to
educational opportunities throughout the pandemic. For example, some students may have access to a device, but might be sharing
this access with siblings or other family members who also need them. Parents might be able to allow a child to use their cell phone
for a portion of the day, but few adults can navigate a whole day without access to their own cell phone. The younger the age of the
child, the less likely they might be to have access to their own device.
The digital divide is even more prominent between developed and developing countries. In nations such as Jordan, Saudi Arabia,
and Syria, the government permits little or no access to the Internet. In other countries, such as Mexico, Brazil, and Columbia, poor
telecommunications infrastructure forces users to wait extremely inconvenient lengths of time to get online (Bahia & Delaporte,
2020). As discussed, socio economic status and race intersect with the digital divide, and so does gender. According to the same
report, girls and women are less likely to have access to internet and computers as well. To learn more about the global digital
divide visit United Nations Conference on Trade and Development to see which countries are most affected.
8.10.4 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
When Is Your Brain Ready for Social Me…
Me…
Health Factors
In an ongoing controversy, the media is often blamed for youth violence, mental health issues, obesity and many other of society’s
ills. The average child sees thousands of acts of violence in media platforms. Media often seemingly extol sex violence, including
violence against women. Advertising can greatly influence our choice of soda, shoes, and countless other products. The mass media
may also reinforce racial and gender stereotypes, including the belief that women are sex objects and suitable targets of male
violence. Here is a review of recent data on the health impact of media on children.
In 2021, internal research from Facebook suggested social media made mental health issue increase (Wells et al., 2021).
Common Sense Media's (Rideout & Robb, 2020), research indicates that people of color are underrepresented in movie and TV
roles across platforms, and when they are represented, they’re often stereotyped. For example, despite being 18% of the
population, Latinos only make up 5% of speaking film roles. Characters of color in shows most watched by children age 2 to 13
are more likely to be depicted as violent, and women of all ethnic-racial groups in adult programming are more likely to appear
in sexualized roles.Moreover, watching the gender stereotypes embedded in video increased boys' and girls' stereotype
confirmation (Wille et al., 2018).
Zillmann et al. (1994) found the average child sees 12,000 violent acts on television annually, including many depictions of
murder and rape. More than 1000 studies confirm that exposure to heavy doses of television violence increases aggressive
behaviour, particularly in boys.
Television viewing makes a substantial contribution to obesity because prime time commercials promote unhealthy dietary
practices (Ostbye et al., 1993)
Today, media has become a leading sex educator for children. Between 1976 and 1996, there has been a 270% increase in
sexual interactions during the family hour of 2000 hours to 2100 hours (Crespo et al., 2001).
Digital Literacy
Advertising
Advertising to children and teenagers via various forms of media has occurred for decades, with expenditures of $3.2 billion for
non-digital and $900 million for digital advertising in the United States in 2018. Children and teenagers encounter advertising
through television, radio, print media, the Internet, and their mobile phones. Advertising can take many forms, including images,
videos, and games that advertise specific brands. Along with a growing number of online predators misrepresenting themselves on
social networking sites, the Internet is responsible for a lot of other types of misinformation circulating the web. Unless children are
able to distinguish between reliable, unbiased sources and factual information, they may find themselves consuming inaccurate
news reports or false encyclopedia entries. Even so-called reliable news sources are subject to occasional errors with their source
material.
Teaching children digital literacy is crucial. Children and parents need to understand how technology influences and sometimes
exploits them. These mechanisms often are invisible, so digital citizenship curricula will need to help children understand.
According to Rideout & Robb (2020) the concerns around digital literacy are listed below.
Free digital products aren’t really “free” unless they are made by a nonprofit group.
Cookies (browser data trackers that follow our “crumbs” as we go from site to site) and device identifiers (IDs hardwired into
smartphones and tablets, which can be traced back to users) often are collected by platforms and sold to companies that collect
8.10.5 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
data on purchases, gameplay or browsing histories.
Individuals’ video viewing behavior on sites like YouTube can indicate aspects of users’ mental health, race, sexuality, political
leaning or other characteristics.
Platforms used by schools (such as Google Classroom, ClassDojo) collect children’s data about test scores and behavior, which
need to be protected.
Algorithms that sort people into categories of consumers carry bias and can reinforce disparities.
Users are more complicated than these algorithm categories, and they need to be aware of what tech platforms know about them
and how this informs what messages they get (e.g., anti-vaccine misinformation to anxious new parents; alcohol and marijuana
marketing to minority and low-income populations).
Research on children’s understanding of television advertising suggest that children have limited ability to understand the intent of
advertisers, consider Piaget's developmental stages. Marketers use many approaches such as the use of animated characters,
interactive games for product using reinforcement strategies, which can be seen here with Barbie. Marketers also embedded
products in TV, video games and movies (think of the Coke cup next to American Idol).
The proliferation of advertising and misinformation based on media companies algorithm is makes children particularly vulnerable
which is why some countries, such as Sweden and Brazil, have laws banning advertising to children younger than 12 years. US
advocates for children urge stricter regulations to protect children and ban commercials and misinformation targeted to young
children. Regulations on television advertising have not yet been updated for the modern digital environment.
While Tumblr and Facebook encourage us to check in and provide details of our day through online social networks, corporations
can just as easily promote their products on these sites. Even supposedly crowd-sourced sites like Yelp (which aggregates local
reviews) are not immune to corporate shenanigans. That is, we think we are reading objective observations when in reality we may
be buying into one more form of advertising.
Facebook, which started as a free social network for college students, is increasingly a monetized business, selling you goods and
services in subtle ways. But chances are you don’t think of Facebook as one big online advertisement. What started out as a symbol
of coolness and insider status, unavailable to parents and corporate shills, now promotes consumerism in the form of games and
fandom. For example, think of all the money spent to upgrade popular Facebook games like Candy Crush. And notice that
whenever you become a “fan,” you likely receive product updates and special deals that promote online and real-world
consumerism.
Note
With the fast pace changes occurring in media, what macrosystem policy changes would you advocate for to protect children in
a vulnerable developmental stage? What about in the microsystem level, what should parents or caregivers do to protect
children?
Media Regulations
8.10.6 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
Privacy
Within Bronfenbrenners Macrosystem is the idea regulations related to media. Regulations have been focused on advertisement as
discussed above and privacy concerns. Online privacy concerns also extend from individuals to their dependents. In accordance
with the Child Online Privacy Protection Act, school districts must consider and control certain elements of privacy on behalf of
students, meaning they cannot require or encourage students under age thirteen to provide personal information. Likewise, online
platforms such as Instagram do not let children under the age of thirteen register for their sites. And where children are registered
by their parents, sites like YouTube and, more recently, TikTok issue controls to prevent inappropriate portrayals by children or
inappropriate behavior by other members. For example, YouTube often disables comments on videos produced by children
(Moreno, 2020). TikTok added privacy and protection methods in 2020, but in early 2021 was hit with allegations of violating child
safety and privacy guidelines.
Although schools and companies are required to take steps to lower risks to children, parents and guardians are free to make their
own choices on behalf of their children. Some parents avoid showing their children on social media; they do not post pictures, and
ask family members to refrain from doing so (Levy, 2019). On the other end of the spectrum, some parents run social media
accounts for their children. Sometimes referred to as "sharents," they may share entertaining videos, promote products through
demos or try-ons, or post professionally produced photos on behalf of clothing companies or equipment makers. A child's (even a
toddler's) role as an influencer can be financially lucrative, and companies making everything from helmets to dancewear have
taken notice (Allchin 2012).
The responsibility for regulating children's media is traditionally been the responsibility of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC). The Communications Act of 1934 replaced the Radio Act and created a more powerful entity to monitor the
airwaves—a fiver-member Federal Communications Commission (FCC) to oversee both radio and telephone communication. It
has no jurisdiction over print media, mainly because print media are purchased and not broadcast. The FCC requires TV and radio
stations to apply for licenses, granted only if stations follow rules about limiting advertising.
There has always been marketing to young children, even prior to 1980, but the amount was very limited and confined. With the
growing purchase power of children restrictions on advertisers and companies to protect children has lessen in the past 50 years.
Between 1975 and 1985, deregulation public policy removed limitations on advertising to children and stripping congress' power to
to protect children from marketers, leaving companies free to advertise to children as they see fit, and allowing them to use the
strategies above. At the same time, children's media inclusive of TV shows has expanded. There are upwards of 500 channels
running at a 24 hour cycle providing entertainment content to children such as Nickelodeon, Disney, Netflix, Disney streaming,
Sprouts and more. As a result of deregulation, society witnessed media content created for the sole purpose of selling a toy,
essentially turning kids’ shows into program-length toy commercials.
Net Neutrality
The issue of net neutrality, the principle that all Internet data should be treated equally by Internet service providers, is part of the
national debate about Internet access and the digital divide. On one side of this debate is the belief that those who provide Internet
service, like those who provide electricity and water, should be treated as common carriers, legally prohibited from discriminating
based on the customer or nature of the goods. Supporters of net neutrality suggest that without such legal protections, the Internet
could be divided into “fast” and “slow” lanes. A conflict perspective theorist might suggest that this discrimination would allow
bigger corporations, such as Amazon, to pay Internet providers a premium for faster service, which could lead to gaining an
advantage that would drive small, local competitors out of business.
The other side of the debate holds the belief that designating Internet service providers as common carriers would constitute an
unreasonable regulatory burden and limit the ability of telecommunication companies to operate profitably. A functional
perspective theorist might point out that, without profits, companies would not invest in making improvements to their Internet
service or expanding those services to underserved areas. The final decision rests with the Federal Communications Commission
and the federal government, which must decide how to fairly regulate broadband providers without dividing the Internet into haves
and have-nots.
8.10.7 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
Media Regulation: Crash Course Govern…
Govern…
Note
With the increased growth of media-linked toys and products, there has been a rapid growth in children’s consumption. Do you
think we should be concerned about this?
Do you think these is a link between the increasing frequency to use licensed characters to sell junk food and other products to
children?
References
Allchin, D. (2012). Teaching the Nature of Science Through Scientific Errors. Wiley Online Library.
Bahia, K., & Delaporte, A. (2020). Connected Society: The State of Mobile Internet Connectivity 2020. GSMA.
Crespo, C. J., Smit, E., Troiano, R. P., Bartlett, S. J., , Macera, C. A., Andersen, R. E. (2001, March). Television Watching, Energy
Intake, and Obesity in US children: Results from the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988–1994. Arch
Pediatr Adolesc Med.
McElrath, K. (2020, August 26). Nearly 93% of Households with School-Age Children Report Som Form of Distance Learning
During Covid-19. United States Census.
Ostbye, T., Pomerleau, J., White, M., Coolich, M., McWhinney, J. (1993, November 1). Food and Nutrition is Canadian "Prime
Time" Television Commercials. Canadian Journal of Public Heath.
Pew Research Center. (2010, May 23). New Media, Old Media:The Blogosphere.
Radesky, J., & Christakis, D. (2016, November 1). Media and Young Minds. American Academy of Pediatrics.
Rideout, V., & Robb, M. B. (2020). The Common Sense Census: Media Use by Kids Age Zero to Eight. Common Sense Media.
Santomero, A. (2018). Preschool Clues. New York: Touchstone.
Wells, G., Horwitz, J., & Seetharaman, D. (2021, September 14). Facebook Knows Instagram Is Toxic for Teen Girls, Company
Documents Show. The Wall Street Journal.
Wille, E., Gaspard, H., Trautwein, U., Oschatz, K., Scheiter, K., & Nagengast, B. (2018). Gender stereotypes in a children's
television program: Effects on girls' and boys' stereotype endorsement, Math Performance, motivational dispositions, and attitudes.
Frontiers.
Zillmann, D., Bryant, J., & Huston, A. C. (1994). Media, children, and the family: Social scientific, psychodynamic, and clinical
perspectives. Hillsdale, N.J: Erlbaum.
Attributions
Sociology: Brief Edition – Agents of Socialization by Steven E. Barkan is licensed under CC BY-NC-SA 3.0
Cornerly, T. R., Holmes, K., Tamang, A. L. (2021, June 3). Introduction to Sociology (3rd ed.). Openstax.
8.10.8 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
This page titled 8.10: Media Influences on Children is shared under a CC BY license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by Paris,
Ricardo, Raymond, & Johnson (College of the Canyons) .
15.7: Media- Influences on Teens by Paris, Ricardo, Raymond, & Johnson is licensed CC BY 4.0.
16.1: Changes in Media Over the Last Century by Anonymous is licensed CC BY-NC-SA 3.0. Original source:
https://2012books.lardbucket.org/books/sociology-comprehensive-edition.
16.3: Modern Media Delivery- Pros and Cons by Anonymous is licensed CC BY-NC-SA 3.0. Original source:
https://2012books.lardbucket.org/books/sociology-comprehensive-edition.
8.10.9 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/129819
8.11: Political Context
Political Context and Policy
Policies have a huge impact on children, families and how they experience the world around them. For instance, in 2001, President
Bush signed into effect Public Law 107-110, better known as the No Child Left Behind Act mandating that schools administer
achievement tests to students and publish those results so that parents have an idea of their children's performance. Additionally,
the government would have information on the gaps in educational achievement between children from various social class, racial,
and ethnic groups. Schools that showed significant gaps in these levels of performance were mandated to work toward narrowing
these gaps. Educators criticized the policy for focusing too much on testing as the only indication of student performance. Target
goals were considered unrealistic and set by the federal government rather than individual states. Because these requirements
became increasingly unworkable for schools, changes to the law were requested. Children living in low SES communities suffered
the most from this law. Children were expected to perform and meet unrealistic achievement levels while schools were not given
the proper funding, tools, and resources to improve the quality of education to children.
School discipline policies that are below federal and state level can also be detrimental to children’s development. This idea fits in
to the school to prison pipeline. It is widely acknowledged that American schools—urban public schools in particular— are
defining and managing student discipline with an increasingly punitive approach. Specific examples of restrictive school policies
include the imposition of dress codes or uniforms to promote conformity, as well as the use of student ID badges to facilitate
immediate identification of troublemakers and deter would-be rule breakers Recent statistics indicate that over 80 percent of
schools, and nearly all urban schools, now use some type of security and surveillance program. Aspects of these programs include
the use of metal detectors, locked or monitored doors and gates, adult supervision of hallways, uniformed security guards or
uniformed and armed security resource officers (SROs), security cameras, locker searches, clear school bag requirements, and
drug-sniffing dogs. Research suggests that these trends in school punitiveness are not inconsequential (Welch & Payne 2010). For
students perceived by teachers and administrators to be in the “school to prison pipeline” or on the “jailhouse track”, more punitive
discipline is sanctioned, even when the particular violations are not illegal. Schools are more frequently responding to defiance of
behavioral codes and broken laws with in-school suspensions, out-of-school suspensions, and expulsions (Welch & Payne 2010).
These extreme measures contribute to children’s academic success and perception of self.
Figure 8.11.1 : Protesters fighting for public change. (CC BY-SA 4.0; Ted Eytan via The Federalist)
Reflection
If tomorrow you could make one change to public policies that would make life better for children in your care or community,
what would you change and why?
An investment in a well-crafted government program, using the tools that we know today to be highly effective, can have a huge
development impact. Early childhood development programs are the foundations for successful social investments over the lifetime
of an individual, especially for the poor. Investing more in this area is one of the most effective ways governments can improve
economic mobility. Many governments are taking this lesson to heart and have increased investments in the early years. On a per
8.11.1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133103
capita basis, for example, governments are spending three times more on children aged 6–11 than on those aged 0–5. Moreover,
early childhood investments tend to disproportionately favor physical infrastructure such as daycare facilities, while neglecting
vital training and human capital. Recent research shows that some of the biggest returns on investment can come from modest
programs that focus on improving the critical early interactions between young children and adults, be they parents, teachers, or
caregivers (Berlinski & Schady, 2015).
Consider the influences from the exosystem and macrosystems that influence children and families as you watch The Raising of
America video clips. Explore the website to learn more about the five-part documentary series that explores the question: Why are
so many children in America faring so poorly? What are the consequences for the nation’s future? How might we, as a nation, do
better? The series investigates these questions through different disciplines: What does science tell us about the enduring
importance of early life experiences on the brain and body? What it is like to be a parent today? And what policies and structures
help or hinder the raising of healthy, happy and compassionate children?
Did you know that wages for average Americans have stagnated over the last forty years. At the same time, the cost of essentials
(like housing and education) has substantially increased while corporate profits have skyrocketed. How does this pattern affect
childhood?
Some facts to consider from Raising of America
Most women work and 40% of new mothers return to work by the time their babies are three months old. Former Investment
banker and economist Robert Dugger says, “Our policies actually actively discourage parents from being able to take care of
their children when they’re very young. They may instinctively want to do it, but we don’t make it easy for them.”
Ashley a welfare recipient says, “Everybody thinks that you get state assistance, well you’re just lazy and you don’t want to
work. That’s not the case for the majority and that’s sure not the case for me.” Given its inaccuracy, why do you think the
stereotyping of people in need of public assistance as “lazy” persists? What kind of public assistance do wealthy people
receive?
Why do so many people blame parents for making “wrong” or “irresponsible” decisions rather than address how the dice are
loaded against them? How does this impact the policies and programs enacted to support low-income families with children?
References
Welch, K., & Payne, A. A. (2010). Racial Threat and Punitive School Discipline. Social Problems, 57(1), 25–48.
Attributions
Eliason, S. (n.d.). Introduction to Childhood Studies. Pressbooks.
Berlinski, S., and Schady, N., ( 2015) The Early Years Child Well Being and the Role of Public Policy. Creative Commons
8.11: Political Context is shared under a not declared license and was authored, remixed, and/or curated by LibreTexts.
8.11.2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/133103
Index
C H S
colorism hidden curriculum sedimentation of racial inequality
8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias 5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias
credentialism social placement
5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education I 5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education
cultural capital informal education sorting
5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education 5.2: Education around the World 5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education
cultural transmission institutional racism stereotypes
5.2: Education around the World 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias
D N T
discrimination Norms tracking
8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias 2.3: Norms 5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education
E P U
education prejudice universal access
5.2: Education around the World 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias 5.2: Education around the World
F R W
formal education racial steering white privilege
5.2: Education around the World 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias
racism
G 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias
grade inflation redlining
5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education 8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias
1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134915
Glossary
Sample Word 1 | Sample Definition 1
1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/134916
Detailed Licensing
Overview
Title: Child Family Community: The Socialization of Diverse Children
Webpages: 80
Applicable Restrictions: Noncommercial
All licenses found:
Undeclared: 61.3% (49 pages)
CC BY 4.0: 30% (24 pages)
CC BY-SA 4.0: 5% (4 pages)
CC BY-NC 4.0: 2.5% (2 pages)
CC BY-NC-SA 4.0: 1.3% (1 page)
By Page
Child Family Community: The Socialization of Diverse 3.3: Influences on Child Rearing Practices -
Children - Undeclared Undeclared
Front Matter - Undeclared 3.4: Styles of Parenting - Undeclared
TitlePage - Undeclared 3.5: Child Rearing Practices and Guidance -
InfoPage - Undeclared Undeclared
Table of Contents - Undeclared 3.6: Child Abuse and Neglect - Undeclared
Licensing - Undeclared 3.7: Mandated Reporting - Undeclared
Text/Chapter Organization - Undeclared 4: Community - Undeclared
Acknowledgements and Feedback Request - 4.1: What is Community? - Undeclared
Undeclared 4.2: Neighborhoods - Undeclared
1: Introduction to Socialization and Theories - CC BY- 4.3: Community Organizations and Services -
NC 4.0 Undeclared
4.4: Type of Communities - Undeclared
1.1: Developmental Theory - CC BY 4.0
4.5: Racism - Undeclared
1.2: Socialization Factors - CC BY 4.0
1.3: Methods of Socialization - Undeclared 5: School - Undeclared
1.4: Bronfenbrenner - Undeclared 5.1: Theoretical Perspectives on Education - CC BY
1.5: Vygotsky - Undeclared 4.0
1.6: Barbara Rogoff - Undeclared 5.2: Education around the World - CC BY 4.0
1.7: Bandura - Undeclared 5.3: School Systems - Undeclared
1.8: Cultural Frameworks - Undeclared 5.4: What is the future of education? - CC BY-SA 4.0
1.9: Erikson - Undeclared 5.5: The History of Instructional Technology in
1.10: Clarks-Cross Cultural Issues - Undeclared Education - CC BY-SA 4.0
1.11: Piaget - Undeclared 5.6: Emerging Trends in The Use of Emerging
1.12: Behaviorism - CC BY-NC-SA 4.0 Technologies in E-learning - CC BY-SA 4.0
1.13: Family Systems Theories - Undeclared 5.7: The Role of Teachers/Educators - CC BY 4.0
2: Why Culture is Important - CC BY 4.0 5.8: Interrelationships of Families, School and
2.1: Introduction - CC BY 4.0 Communities - Undeclared
2.2: Cultural Schemas - CC BY 4.0 5.9: Current Research - Undeclared
2.3: Norms - CC BY 4.0 6: Building Collaborative Relationships with Families -
2.4: Attitudes - CC BY 4.0 CC BY 4.0
2.5: Culture in the Classroom - CC BY 4.0 6.1: Building and Maintaining Positive Relationships
3: What is a Family - CC BY 4.0 with Families - CC BY 4.0
3.1: Diversity of Families - CC BY 4.0 6.2: From Parent Involvement to Family Engagement
3.2: Development of Parents - CC BY 4.0 - Undeclared
1 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/166709
6.3: Valuing the Primary Role of Families in 8.3: Children with Diverse Abilities and Special
Promoting Children’s Development - Undeclared Needs - CC BY 4.0
6.4: Empowering Families - Undeclared 8.4: Socio-Economic Status - Undeclared
6.5: Programs are Responsive to Families' Goals for 8.5: Gender Socialization - CC BY 4.0
Their Children's Development - Undeclared 8.6: Gender Expression and Sexual Orientation - CC
6.6: Programs and Teachers Use Effective BY 4.0
Communication Strategies that Reflect the Diversity 8.7: Language - CC BY-NC 4.0
of Families Served - Undeclared 8.8: Bilingual Children and Codeswitching -
6.7: Family Teacher Conferencing - Undeclared Undeclared
7: Welcoming and Supporting Families - CC BY 4.0 8.9: Age - Undeclared
7.1: Welcoming Spaces - CC BY 4.0 8.10: Media Influences on Children - CC BY 4.0
7.2: Advocacy for Children and Families - 8.11: Political Context - Undeclared
Undeclared Back Matter - Undeclared
7.3: Programs and Teachers Support Dual Language Index - Undeclared
Learning - Undeclared Glossary - Undeclared
8: Contemporary Issues for Children and Families - CC Detailed Licensing - Undeclared
BY 4.0
8.1: Stereotypes, Prejudice, Discrimination and Bias -
CC BY-SA 4.0
8.2: Racial Identity and Ethnicity - CC BY 4.0
2 https://socialsci.libretexts.org/@go/page/166709